DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT
                     for
                INTERIM FINAL
       EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS, GUIDELINES
AND PROPOSED NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                   for the

           EXPLOSIVES MANUFACTURING
            POINT SOURCE CATEGORY
               Russell E. Train
                Administrator

         Andrew W. Breidenbach, Ph.D.
           Assistant Administrator
      for Water and Hazardous Materials

               Eokardt C. Beck
      Deputy Assistant Administrator for
         Water Planning and Standards
                Ernst P. Hall
Acting Director, Effluent Guidelines Division


              Joseph S. Vitalis
               Project Officer
                     and
               George M. Jett
          Assistant Project Officer
                  March 1976

         Effluent Guidelines Division
   Office of Water and Hazardous Materials
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Washington, D.C.  20460

-------

-------
                          ABSTRACT
This document presents  the  findings  of  a  study  of  the
explosives  manufacturing  point  source  category  for  the
purpose of developing effluent  limitations  and  guidelines
for  existing point sources and standards of performance and
pretreatment standards for new and existing  point  sources,
to   implement  Sections  301(b),  301(c),  304(b),  304(0),
306(b) , 306(c), 307(b)  and  307(c)   of  the  Federal  Water
Pollution  Control  Act,  as  amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311,
1314(b) and  (c), 1316(b) and 1317(b)  and (c), 86  Stat. '816
et. seq., P.L. 92-500  (the "Act").

Effluent  limitations  and  guidelines  contained herein set
forth the degree of effluent  reduction  attainable  through
the  application  of the Best Practicable Control Technology
Currently  Available   (BPT)  and  the. degree  of   effluent
reduction   attainable  through  the  application of the Best
Available Technology  Economically  Achievable   (BAT)  which
must  be achieved by existing point sources by July 1, 1977,
and July 1,  1983,  respectively.   The  standards  of  per-
formance  and  pretreatment  standards  for existing and new
sources contained herein set forth the  degree  of  effluent
reduction which is achievable through the application of the
Best  Available  Demonstrated  Control  Technology   (BADCT),
processes,  operating methods, or other alternatives.

The development of data and recommendations in this document
relate to explosives manufacturing, which is  one  of  eight
industrial   segments  of  the  miscellaneous chemicals point
source category.  Effluent limitations  were  developed  for
each  explosives  manufacturing  subcategory on the basis of
the level of raw waste load as well  as  on  the  degree  of
treatment   achievable.   Appropriate  technology  to achieve
these limitations includes biological and  physical/chemical
treatment  systems  and  systems  for reduction in pollutant
loads.  Various combinations  of  in-plant  and  end-of-pipe
technologies are  considered  for  explosives manufacturing
plants.

 Supporting  data  and  rationale  for  development  of   the
 proposed  e^luent  limitations, guidelines and standards of
 performance are contained in this report.
                            111

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
   I
  II
 III
  IV
   V
  VI
 VII
VIII

   IX
   XI
  XII
 XIII

  XIV
   XV
  XVI
 XVII
 XVIII
                    Title
Abstract
Table of Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
conclusions
Recommendations
Introduction
Industrial Categorization
Waste Characterization
Selection  of Pollutant Parameters
Control and  Treatment Technologies
Cost, Energyf  and Non-water Quality
Aspects
Best Practicable Control Technology
Currently  Available
Best Available Technology Economically
Achievable
New Source Performance Standards
   ^y
 pretreatment Guidelines
 performance  Factors for Treatment Plant
 Operations
 Acjnowl edgement s
 Bibliography
 Glossary
 |fcjbreviations  and Symbols
 List of Explosive Compounds by Common Name
gage
  1
  7
  13
  15
  59
  75
 .91
 111

 131

 135
 137
 141

 143
 149
 153
 173
 205
  207

-------

-------
                      LIST OF FIGURES
Number                   Title                        Page

IV            Major Explosive and Propellant
              Facilities in the U.S.                   27

IV-la         Typical Nitroglycerin Production
              Schematic                                35

IV-Ib         Biazzi Continuous Nitroglycerin
              Schematic                                37

IV-2a         Typical Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil
              Production Schematic                     41

IV-3a         Typical Batch TNT Production
              Production Schematic                     42

IV-3b         Continuous TNT Production Schematic      44

IV-4         Typical Schematic for RDX and HMX
           -  Production                               46

IV-5         Nitrocellulose Powder Production
              Schematic                                48

 IV-6         Solvent Propellant Production Schematic  50

 IV-7         Typical PETN Production and Acetone
              Recovery Schematic                       52

 IV-8         Typical Lead Azide Production Schematic  53

 IV-9         Typical Nitromannite or Isosorbide
              Dinitrate Production Schematic           55

 IV-10        Typical Lead Mononitroresorcinate
              Production Schematic                     57

 Vill-1       BPCTCA Cost Model For Waste Treatment,
              Subcategories A, B, and D                121

 VHI-la      BPCTCA and BADCT Cost Model For Waste
              Treatment, Subcategory C                 122

 VIII-2       BATEA Cost Model For Waste Treatment     123
                         vii

-------

-------

Number
1-1
II- 1
II- 2
II-3
II 1-1
III- 2
III- 3
IVa
IVb
IV- 1
IV- 2
IV- 3
V-1
V-2a
V-2b
V-2c
V-2d
V-3a
LIST OF TABLES
Title p
Summary Table
BPCTCA Effluent Limitations Guidelines
BATEA Effluent Limitations Guidelines
BADCT Effluent Limitations Guidelines
Explosives Products - SIC 2892
Major Operations at Military Ammunition
Plants
Industrial Explosives and Blasting
Agents Sold For consumption In The
United States, 1973.
Number of Explosives Manufacturing Plants
By State
Number of Explosives Manufacturing Plants
By U.S. EPA Region
Common Ingredients of Dynamite
Ingredients of Water Gels and Slurries
Ingredients of ANFO Explosives
Raw Waste Loads In Weight Per Unit
Weight Of Production
Raw Waste Loads/Subcategory A
Raw Waste Loads/Subcategory B
Raw Waste Loads/Subcategory C
Raw Waste Loads/Subcategory D
Explosives Manufacture Raw Waste Loads

§36
4
8
9
10
19
22
23
28
30
34
39
39
60
61
62
64
66
*• r±
V-3b
For Additional Parameters                68

Propellant Manufacture Raw Waste Loads
For Additional Parameters                69
                            IX

-------
 V-3c


 V-3d


 V-4

 VI-1

 VII-1

 VII-2



 VII-3


 VII-4


 VII-5


 VII-6



 VIII-1

 VIII-2


 VIII-3



 VIII-4



VIII-5



VIII-6
 Load, Assemble and Pack Plants Manufacture
 Raw Waste Loads For Additional Parameters

 Initiating Compounds' Manufacturing Raw
 Waste Loads For Additional Parameters

 Concentrations of Pollutants

 List of Parameters Examined

 Summary of Treatment Investigations

 Sample Analysis of NG Process  Wastewater
 Pollutants from Acid Separator and
 Nitrator Tub

 Sample Analysis of NG Process  Wastewater
 From Emulsifier Transfer Operations

 Raw Waste Load for the Continuous  NG
 Process Excluding Wash Water for Plant 43

 Comparison of  NG Batch Process Vs.  NG
 Continuous Process Raw Waste Loads

 Comparison of  Continuous NG  Process
 Effluent Loading to Range  of Loadings
 for Explosives Subcategory A

 BPCTCA Treatment System Design Summary

 BATEA and BADCT  Treatment  System Design
 Summary

 Wastewater Treatment Costs for BPCTCA,
 BADCT,  and BATEA Effluent Limitations -
 Subcategory A.

 Wastewater  Treatment Costs for BPCTCA,
 BADCT,  and  BATEA Effluent Limitations -
 Subcategory B.

Wastewater  Treatment Costs for BPCTCA,
BADCT, and BATEA Effluent Limitations -
Subcategory C.

Wastewater Treatment Costs for BPCTCA,
BADCT, and BATEA Effluent Limitations -
Subcategory D.
  70


  71

  73

  77

  94



  98


  99


 100


 101



 102

 116

 119




 124



 126



 127



128
                              x

-------
IX-1
X-l
XI-1
XIX
BPCTCA Effluent Limitations Guidelines   133
BATEA Effluent Limitations Guidelines    136
New Source Performance Standards         138
Metric Table                             215
                         xi

-------

-------
                         SECTION I

                        CONCLUSIONS
General
"                                                     i
The   miscellaneous   chemicals   point   source    category
encompasses    eight    segments    grouped   together   for
administrative purposes.  This document provides  background
information  for  the  explosives manufacturing point source
category and represents a  revision  of  a  portion  of  the
initial  contractor's  draft  document  issued  in February,
1975.

In that document it was  pointed  out  that  the  explosives
manufacturing  point source category differs from the others
in  raw  materialsf  manufacturing  processes,   and   final
products.   Water usage and subsequent wastewater discharges
also   vary   considerably   from   segment   to    segment.
Consequently,  for  the  purpose  of  the development of the
effluent limitations and guidelines for corresponding BPCTCA
(Best Practicable Control Technology  Currently  Available),
BADCT   (Best  Available Demonstrated control Technology) for
new  sources,   and   BATEA    (Best   Available   Technology
Economically  Achievable)  requirements,  each  point source
category is treated independently.

It should be emphasized that the  proposed  treatment  model
technology  will  be used only as a guideline and may not be
the most appropriate in every case.   The  cost  models  for
BPCTCA,  BATEA,  and  BADCT were developed to facilitate the
economic analysis and should not be construed  as  the  only
technology  capable  of  meeting  the  effluent limitations,
guidelines and standards of performance  presented  in  this
development  document.   There  are many alternative systems
which,  taken either singly or in combination, are capable of
attaining the effluent limitations, guidelines and standards
of performance recommended  in  this  development  document.
These alternative choices include:

     1.   Various types of end-of-pipe wastewater treatment.
     2.   Various in-plant modifications and installation  of
         at-source pollution control equipment.
     3.   Various combinations of  end-of-pipe  and  in^plant
         technologies.

It is the intent of this document to identify the technology
that can be used to meet the regulations.  This information
also will allow the individual plant to make  the  choice  of

-------
 which  specific combination of pollution control measures is
 best  suited  to  its  situation  in  complying   with   the
 limitations  and  standards of performance presented in this
 development document for the explosives manufacturing  point
 source category.                                       c

 Explosives
   •*•••     Purpose   of  developing  effluent  limitations,
 guidelines and  standards  of  performance,  the  explosives
 segment has been subcategorized as follows:

     A.   Manufacture of Explosives.  Examples of  explosives
          are   dynamite,   nitroglycerin,  cyclotrimethylene
          trinitramine       (RDX),       cyclotetramethylene
          tetranitramine  (HMX),  trinitrotoluene  (TNT)   and
          nitroguanidine.
     B.   Manufacture of Propellants.    Examples  of  propel-
          lants  are  rolled powder, high-energy ball powder,
          and  nitrocellulose  (NC).   Propellants   can   be
          single-based,  double-based,  or triple-based.
     C.   Load,  Assemble  and  Pack  Operations.     Includes
          plants  which   blend  explosives and market a final
          product, and plants that  fill shells  and .blasting
          caps.   Examples  of  such  installations  would be
          plants manufacturing ammonium nitrate and fuel   oil
          (ANPO) ,   nitrocarbonitrate  (NCN) ,  slurries, water
          gels, and shells.
     D.    Manufacture of  Initiating  Compounds.    Initiating
          compounds  are highly-sensitive explosives  used for
          detonation.  Examples   are  pentaerythritol   tetra-
          nitrate   (PETN) ,   lead styphnate,   tetryl, mercury
          fulminate,   lead  azide,   nitromannite   (HMN),   and
          isosorbide  dinitrate.

The     criteria   used    for     establishing   the   above
subcategorization included the  impact of   the  following
factors on the above  groupings:

     1.    Production processes,
     2.    Product types  and  yields.
     3.    Raw material sources.
     4.    Wastewater quantities,  characteristics, control
          and treatment.

The wastewater  parameters  of  significance   in  explosives
manufacturing  are BOD5, COD, TOC, TSS,  NO3-N, SOU, TKN, oil
and grease and trace quantities of explosives.  In addition,
lead and sometimes mercury were found to be  significant  in
the  wastewaters  of subcategory D.  The characterization of

-------
the  wastewaters  are in terms of these parameters and their
concentrations are variable.

In explosives manufacturing, a portion of the pollution load
comes from the  manufacture,  concentration,  recovery,  and
purification  of  sulfuric, nitric, acetic, and other acids.
The  wastes  associated  with  this  portion  of  explosives
manufacturing  are  not  addressed  in  this document, since
these are covered by CFR  414,  415  and  418  manufacturing
point  source categories (organic, inorganic and fertilizer,
respectively).

End-of-pipe treatment for  the  1977  standard,  i.e.,  Best
Practicable  Control Technology Currently Available  (BPCTCA)
for subca€egories A, B  and  D,  is  defined  .as  biological
treatment  as  typified  by equalization, neutralization and
activated sludge with pre-clarification.  These systems  may
require  pH  control  and  equalization  in order to control
variable waste loads, and phosphorus  nutrient  addition  to
ensure  maintenance  of  an  activated sludge with desirable
performance and handling characteristics.  These systems  do
not   preclude   the  use  of  equivalent  chemical/physical
systems, nor do they preclude the  use of in-process  controls
applicable for the control of those pollutants which may  be
inhibitory  to  the biological waste treatment system.  End-
of-pipe treatment for 1977 standards,  that   is  BPCTCA  for
subcategpry C, is defined as equivalent to extended  aeration
packaged   plant   which   includes   biological  treatment,
clarification with skimming and chlorination.

Wastewater treatment technology for  new   sources  utilizing
the   Best  Available Demonstrated  Control  Technology (BADCT)
for  subcategories A, B  and D is defined as equivalent  BPCTCA
with suspended solids removal by   filtration.   In   case  of
subcategory  C,  the BADCT  is defined as BPCTCA with further
suspended  solids and oil removal by  a  packaged  dual-media
filtration system.  In  addition, exemplary in-plant  controls
are   applicable,  particularly where biologically inhibitory
pollutants must be controlled.

Best Available Technology  Economically  Achievable   (BATEA),
is  based  upon  treatment equivalent  to  the  addition of
filtration and activated   carbon   to  BPCTCA  treatment  for
subcategories   A,   B  and  D.    The  BATEA  treatment  for
subcategory   C   is  based   upon   the  addition of   chemical
coagulation   and   filtration  to  BPCTCA   treatment.   This
technology is based upon the need  for substantial reductions
of dissolved organics which tend   to  be   biorefractory,  as
well as  those which are biodegradable.

-------


ife * * {

,
w * * *
IH

-J
S *** *"*


4 *»
51 0 CO
"•8 *•
""S ** "»
to. «
J
jp 3 55 *



~"
•"•*> a —
5s »



*


i

c
o £
CM
0 -o
CM n
•*
V
s
c
i i
•^ t
«• °-
01 01
fc
1

*£ QJ
•5?** =
fceK
sit «
Lj
^sfe * S * *
' *
c k o
*T S> § 0 *
"J E in S o
> 10
0 U *""*
 Si2 a o
« Uo. S
J LI
" O> 10 ._ *
1 E - s
J 3

CM
ff^ ° §
:* T3 O -j! .
oi 2 to

en -o E
TS 1" iJ
JJ'J -*

- I"s fs  (U
1 If sf jflfl il |f 1
1 *z IK fegiH :j.
£ o1 5^ sjfe^-s °-g SX5
O| *^ "* ^ " '•» Q_ fj J2 (£ CO fO ^~ -O t—
G fli •» _
fe .-t1 <= CM m
£o Sll S S S
y bl K s s s
» *• 3C g> CO ^

•I— 3
| !%£ ^ „ |
"S cnu *^
g UB.
A)
v» ^1 S '^ v» c

I/
i

al * -.1
^ g •-* en


** VI

o r"" *^»
2ii II i§ IS
C2< rt (S3 ""
^1^3 CM*--


* «J » * 0) . Oj
(/) Go co u co o
P> g^ »2 w lo S
a * fc -* .£
ie ^^ ^^ ^^
||, §l|i 8|| §||
j, O 
™ 5423
•SS 01 £
S ^Sg ;
ic « Sw "j
^"""o ~
ra 4) a. ^
>> ia D>
lof S
CM O) *S *r~ £
• 4-> O •*-
10 na 
coin *
°°Ci


* <« ••
CO (J v)
^^ • "~
og o
y| ! i
i a 1 1
o o" o »-
o. " S 4
^g w « I
o° ^, *• '
S"E ^g •]
l_
•i I § § §
-= 5 *• *• *»
*J P m to m
^5 * j= £
«U 1- ^ w *~
c u. u. u. C
Is s s s
3 g 13 S S
t fe s s g
iS . .
^H s J t *
Lj
**fc
™ « as§
a
3 - o 5
4-> *M cn o
CD O • • •
* 3 0 10 0 0
51 "o ^
3£ Q_ C
m
5

| 5 |rt S

3
3

+j co 5
D) O fij ^" CD
S -o ° ^ ^ °!
•*. O O *-* O CM

ai o. N
il ll ll l| -§
3 £fe S *" «S t. (Ot.
S a>v> >.!a
1 O 3 OJ O 3 C O C O =j t!
5 St3.S SS5 glJ |3J5
j -Ptavi +j ns i — .p (O(a
3 03^ S 3 S. OTD £ S^S
i .oca. JD c o .a 
-------
The effluent limitations are in terms of the maximum for any
one  day (maximum day limitation) and the maximum average of
daily values for  any  period  of  thirty  consecutive  days
(maximum  thirty  day  limitation).   These  limitations are
determined using  the  performance  factors  developed  from
long-term   operation  of  exemplary  systems  evaluated  in
explosives  manufacturing.   In  the  case  of  TSS   (total
suspended   solids)   and  O8G  (oil  and  grease),  effluent
limitations have been established by transfer of  technology
from  the  inorganic  chemicals,   fertilizer  chemicals  and
petroleum refining point source categories, respectively.

Table 1-1 summarizes the contaminants of interest, raw waste
loads, and recommended treatment  technologies  for  BPCTCA,
BATEA,  and  BADCT  for  each  subcategory of the explosives
manufacturing point source category.

-------

-------
                         SECTION II

                      RECOMMENDATIONS
General

The  recommendations for effluent limitations and guidelines
commensurate with the BPCTCA, BATEA and BADCT are  given  in
this  text  for  the  explosives  manufacturing point source
category.  A discussion of in-plant and end-of-pipe  control
technology  required  to  achieve  the  recommended effluent
limitations, guidelines and new source performance standards
are included.

Explosives

The   BPCTCA   treatment    technology    recommended    for
subcategories  A,  B and D of explosives manufacturing is an
activated  sludge  system  with  influent  equalization  and
neutralization.  The BPCTCA treatment technology recommended
for  subcategory  C  is  equivalent  to an extended aeration
packaged  plant  which  includes  screening,   biotreatment,
clarification   with   skimming   and  chlorination.   These
treatment systems are designed to attain the BPCTCA effluent
limitations and guidelines presented in Table II-l.

BATEA treatment technology for subcategories A, B and  D  is
defined  as  filtration  and  activated  carbon added to the
BPCTCA treatment  system.   For  subcategory  C,  the  BATEA
treatment  technology is defined as chemical coagulation and
filtration added  to  the  BPCTCA  treatment  system.   This
treatment  system  is  designed to attain the BATEA effluent
limitations and guidelines presented in Table II-2.

New source performance standards  (BADCT)  for  subcategories
A, B and D can be achieved by filtration added to the BPCTCA
treatment  system.  BADCT standards for subcategory C can be
achieved by a packaged dual-media filtration system added to
the  BPCTCA  treatment  system.   Effluent  limitations  and
guidelines  for BADCT are shown in Table II-3.  The effluent
limitations are based on the maximum day limitation and  the
maximum  thirty  day  limitation.  These effluent limitation
values are developed using the performance factors  for  the
treatment  plant  operation  as discussed in Section XIII of
this document.

It  is   recommended   that   wastewater   from   explosives
manufacturing  plants  be  treated  on  site.   If municipal

-------






in
c
o
•H
J_l


r* ^N
o rt
JJ
Jc*
Pi



^
bo
6

bO
3
}J


0
m
rH

CN r~» m
r-r^ CM
o r^ o


o
in.
rH


i-H ID O
^ ^ 2 * *
00 CO ""**'
CN
O'O
in vo
f-H

VO rH
CN rH
0 0


O

•H


C
•^° £
o\«> f2
in vo •">
                        rt
S     I
en











rH
J-l
hH

a
Cu
*rf
£-«







(A
c
O
*r™

u
TJ
i
tn
5
•H
(/>
O
V) (/)
S ^
P cd

> O (U

X'H O
Ej 3
(/) O

0 O
CJ i-H
MO cd
rt to J5
^ CO
> O





>-3 O O CD O O
>. m m in CM ir>

€





C
O
• f»4
*n
•H ^* OO i.^) M
S1 _^ _. oo oo n 3
S csIS0 t-cvj^ <=> o oo -g
M CNJ .oo^co * # o o t--om Q,
rX rH !>. rH CTl CM «. M<
"-"CM „,
"XJ" £)
rH
^^
^^
«k
                                                                                                       V)
0
•H
**tt
CJ -H
CO f-i
as
m ca
c3
rG
XJ
rH
5
•4-1
c-Vea OT "* cu c? ^
OOCO QOCO O O CO "a8 C3OCO _j
0 O E-< « O E-i PQ O H 3 COOK- "3
&
•rH
3
0 8*
CO
•H

cl
s
•H
J-J



^j
CU

-------












D>
in c
C -r-
o s-
•r- 3
10 0

£ C
— ' . «O
C IO
CD s
g CD
|5
^ ^
s


to to
It
trj rO
>  OJ
X'H O
i-l -M !«j
'H S
Q  CO
g-a
9 0)
«l





t-J 0 0 00
— CM CM ^J« C4

^r o in
oo n ^f r^ n
^ i-Hl/JO iH CO j. ., OO
,X IHOO. r~cM. **«.
bO OCD^ *5f ^O


^ ° <=> S2
bO «-H i— 1 CN i-H







H r» in co
bo t-- _i r>» m r-l
i4 \o ui oo rr ._; £j
2 C3tn° oivo^ **°°
bo o CM vo CN









en LO LO
C3 ^^ ^O C3 C™i CO c"*i C3 C/D ^ ^
^^ ^^ ^O f*^ ^^ WD f™ ^ f^ y^ o^5






o
CM


in
e
00 r-l rH
f-H

o





g
•H
•P
^ "§
If) 00 00 8
UJCO S
00
CO
rt
o
o
o
co
Xi
iH
o
+J
cl'oJ/i «
1
1
(O
•H
•H
•P
0
                                                                      •g
 CD
 U
I

-------
O R
P
to S <,
§
•H
•P
1-1
•P (/)(/)
§ 3 nT
m>jj§
o H o 5
JJ g> U rH
CtS O H^<*^ jg
to •£ **- LI co
•P* C fe O
JH -J ^ ^tfi
tu c cn
>-J 0) , 0)
H C *w
t_> fl
0 0
CO 4J
•H «
SfJ
rj Q)
m^j 4>J
MH o
i


.
o
i
,0
J O O O O O
^^fc **• '^J* *sl" ^^ ^t"
I5
. „ r. in
W vo t«. co
S ro\o° ui1*" oo
bO OtOO LOO^ -Je-JeOO to O m
r*4 rH rHi~( CO t— 1 n
tH CMCO
to

• — o o o o o
bO CM CM CM r-\ CM

1
H ^r • o
tp^co •* jo~ ir> 'e
2 CMtO° f^ O> . OO ' • ^
^ vO CO 1^ yj
o
o
o
r-S
p
+->
10 to m if) §
ss^ 8§^ §§i§S §§2 ?
1
.a
1
p
|
£
-I
«< W U Q j*?
rH











0)
in
c

-------
•treatment is highly advantageous over on-site  treatment,  a
pretreatment  system  must be designed to remove potentially
hazardous explosives wastes.  Variability factors  for  BOD5.
and  COD  have  been  computed  from  historical  data where
available.  Long term TSS data from explosives manufacturing
was not available.  In this case, the predominant  treatment
technology  is  biological  and  treatment  plants  in  both
industries should experience similar suspended solids on the
exit side of the biological treatment plant in spite of  the
complex  mix  in  the  influent from the respective types of
manufacturing plants.

Due to the lack  of  a  more  reliable  data  base  and  the
similarity  of  the  wastes  generated and treatment systems
available for use in the pharmaceutical and explosives point
source categories the technology has been transferred.  Both
are generally  batch  type  operations  using  non-dedicated
equipment  and  generating a wide pH range of effluents.  In
addition,  the  treatment  technology  from  the   inorganic
chemicals   manufacturing   point   source   category,   the
fertilizer  manufacturing  point  source  category  and  the
petroleum   refining   point   source   category  have  been
transferred to applicable subcategories in this point source
category.  The wastes  from  the  fertilizer  and  petroleum
manufacturing  processes  and  their  treatability are quite
similar to treatment in this point source category  and  the
model  technologies  are therefore used.. When a better data
base becomes available, this position will be reevaluated.
                                11

-------

-------
                        SECTION III

                        INTRODUCTION
Purpose and Authority

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments  of  1972
(the  Act)   made  a  number  of  fundamental  changes in the
approach  to  achieving  clean  water.   One  of  the   most
significant changes was to shift from a reliance on effluent
limitations  related to water quality to a direct control of
effluents  through  the  establishment  of  technology-based
effluent  limitations  to  form  an  additional  basis, as a
minimum, for issuance of discharge permits.

The Act requires EPA to establish guidelines for technology-
based effluent limitations which must be achieved  by  point
sources  of  discharges  into  the  navigable  waters of the
United States.  Section  301(b)  of  the  Act  requires  the
achievement  by  not  later  than  July  1, 1977 of effluent
limitations for point sources,  other  than  publicly  owned
treatment  works,  which are based on the application of the
BPCTCA as defined by the Administrator pursuant  to  Section
304 (b)   of  the  Act.   Section  301 (b)  also  requires  the
achievement by not later  than  July  1, . 1983  of  effluent
limitations  for  point  sources,  other than publicly owned
treatment works, which are based on the application  of  the
BATEA,  resulting  in  progress  toward the national goal of
eliminating the discharge of all pollutants,  as  determined
in  accordance  with regulations issued by the Administrator
pursuant to Section 304(b)  of the Act.  Section 306  of  the
Act  requires  the  achievement  by  new  sources of federal
standards of performance providing for the  control  of  the
discharge  of pollutants, which reflects the greatest degree
of effluent reduction which the Administrator determines  to
be   achievable   through   the  application  of  the  BADCT
processes,  operating  methods,   or   other   alternatives,
including,  where,  practicable,  a  standard  permitting  no
discharge of pollutants.

Section 30U(b) of the  Act  requires  the  Administrator  to
publish   regulations   based  on  the  degree  of  effluent
reduction attainable through the application of  the  BPCTCA
and  the  best  control  measures  and practices achievable,
including  treatment  techniques,  process   and   procedure
innovations, operation methods, and other alternatives.  The
regulations  proposed  herein set forth effluent limitations
and guidelines pursuant to Section 304(b) of the Act for the
explosives manufacturing  point  source  category.   Section
                              13

-------
 304(c)  of  -the  Act   requires  the  Administrator  to issue
 information  on  the   processes,  procedures,  or  operating
 methods  which result  in the elimination or reduction in the
 discharge  of   pollutants   to   implement   standards   of
 performance  under Section 306 of the Act.  Such information
 is to include technical and other data, including costs,  as
 are  available  on  alternative  methods  of  elimination or
 reduction of the discharge of pollutants.

 Section 306 of the Act requires  the  Administrator,  within
 one  year  after a category of sources is included in a list
 published pursuant to Section 306(b) (1) (A) of the Act,  to
 propose   regulations   establishing  federal  standards  of
 performance for new sources  within  such  categories,   Th(=>
 Administrator  published  in the Federal Register of January
 16, 1973 (38 F.R. 1624) a  list  of  27  source  categories.
 Publication  of  the  list  constituted  announcement of the
Administrator's intention  of  establishing,  under  Section
 306, standards of performance applicable to new sources.

Furthermore, Section 307(b)  provides that:

    1.    The Administrator shall,  from time to time,  publish
         proposed  regulations   establishing   pretreatment
         standards   for  introduction  of  pollutants  into
         treatment works (as defined in Section 212 of  this
         Act)  which are publicly owned,  for those pollutants
         which  are  determined  not  to  be  susceptible to
         treatment by such treatment works   or  which  would
         interfere  with  the  operation  of  such treatment
         works.   Not  later  than   ninety  days   after  such
         publication,  and after opportunity for  public hear-
         ing,    the   Administrator  shall   promulgate  such
         pretreatment  standards.    Pretreatment   standards
         under  this  subsection shall   specify  a time for
         compliance not to exceed three  years  from the  date
         of  promulgation and shall  be established to  prevent
         the  discharge  of  any pollutant  through treatment
         works  (as  defined in Section 212 of this Act) which
         are  publicly   owned,   which pollutant  interferes
         with,   passes  through,  or  otherwise is  incompatible
         with  such  works.
    2.    The Administrator  shall,   from  time  to  time,  as
         control  technology,   processes, operating methods,
         or    other  alternatives    change,   revise    such
         standards,  following   the  procedure  established by
         this  subsection for  promulgation of such standards.
    3.   When proposing or   promulgating  any  pretreatment
        standard   under  this   section,  the  Administrator
                               14

-------
         shall  designa-te  the  category  or  categories  of
         sources to which such standard shall apply.
    4.   Nothing  in  this  subsection  shall   affect   any
         pretreatment  requirement  established by any State
         or local law not in conflict with any  pretreatment
         standard established under this subsection.

In  order  to  insure that any source introducing pollutants
into a publicly owned treatment works, which would be a  new
source  subject  to  Section  306  if  it  were to discharge
pollutants, will not  cause  a  violation  of  the  effluent
limitations  established  for  any such treatment works, the
Administrator  is  required   to   promulgate   pretreatment
standards  for  the  category of such sources simultaneously
with the promulgation  of  standards  of  performance  under
Section  306  for  the  equivalent  category of new sources.
Such pretreatment standards shall prevent the discharge into
such treatment works of any pollutant  which  may  interfere
with,  pass  through, or otherwise be incompatible with such
works.

The Act  defines  a  new  source  to  mean  any  source  the
construction  of which' is commenced after the publication of
proposed regulations prescribing a standard of  performance.
Construction  means any placement, assembly, or installation
of facilities or equipment  (including  contractual  obliga-
tions  to  purchase  such  facilities  or  equipment) at the
premises  where  such  equipment  will  be  used,  including
preparation work at such premises.

Scope  of  Study  and  Methods  Used  for Development of the
Effluent Limitations, and Standards for Performance

The  Standard  Industrial .Classifications   (SIC),- list  was
developed by the United States Department of commerce and is
oriented  toward  the collection of economic data related to
gross production, sales, and unit costs.  The  SIC  list  is
not related to the nature of the industry in terms of actual
plant  operations,  production, or considerations associated
with water pollution control.  As such, the  list  does  not
provide  a  realistic  or  definitive  set of boundaries for
study   of   effluent   limitations   for   the   explosives
manufacturing  point source category.  The scope of coverage
is therefore not based strictly on SIC  codes,  but  on  the
manufacture  of  explosives  by  the commercial and military
sector.   These  include  the  manufacture  of   explosives,
propeilant,  the manufacture of initiating compounds and the
load; assemble and pack operations.
                               15

-------
 The  effluent   limitations   and   standards  of   performance
 proposed  in   this   document were developed in the  following
 manner.   The miscellaneous  chemicals  point  source  category
 was first divided into  industrial segments, based on type of
 industry  and  products  manufactured.  Determination was then
 made as  to whether  further  subcategorization  would aid  in
 description  of  the segment.  Such determinations  were made
 on   the   basis   of  raw    materials   required,   products
 manufactured,  processes employed,  and other factors.

 The  raw  waste  characteristics   for  each  category and/or
 subcategory were  then identified.  This included an analysis
 of;   1)  the source  and  volume of  water used in  the process
 employed  and   the   sources of wastes and wastewaters in the
 plant;    and   2)  the  constituents   of   all   wastewaters
 (including toxic constituents) which result in taste, odor,
 and color in water  or could affect aquatic  organisms.   The.
 constituents   of  wastewaters  which  should  be  subject to
 effluent  limitations,   guidelines   and   standards    of
 performance were  identified.

 The  _full range  of  control  and  treatment  technologies
 existing  within  each  category  and/or   subcategory   was
 identified.     This  included  identification  of  distinct
 control  and treatment technology,  including  both  in-plarit
 and end-  of-pipe  technologies,- which are existent or capable
 of being designed for.each  subcategory.  It also.included an
 identification  of  the  effluent  level  resulting from the
 application  of  each  of   the   treatment   and.   control
 technologies,   in terms of the amount of constituents and of
 the  chemical, physical, and  biological  characteristics  of
 pollutants.   The   problems, limitations,  and reliability of
 each treatment  and  control  technology  and  the  required
 implementation  time were also identified.  In addition, the
 non-water quality environmental impacts (such as the effects
 of the application  of such technologies upon other pollution
 problems,  including air, solid' waste, radiation, and  noise)
 were  also  identified.   The energy requirements of each of
the control and treatment technologies were  identified,  as
well as the cost of the application of such technologies.

 The  information,   as  outlined above, was then evaluated in
 order to determine what levels of technology constituted the
BPCTCA, BATEA,  and  BADCT.   In identifying such technologies,
 factors considered  included the total cost of application of
technology in relation to the effluent reduction benefits to
be achieved from such application, the age of equipment  and
 facilities  involved,  the process employed,  the engineering
aspects of the   application  of  various  types  of   control
                                16

-------
techniques, process changes, non-water quality environmental
impact  (including energy requirements), and other factors.

During  the  initial  phases of the study, an assessment was
made of the availability, adequacy, and  usefulness  of  all
existing data sources.  Data on the identity and performance
of  wastewate'r  treatment  systems were known to be included
in:

     1.  NPDES permit applications.

     2.  Self-reporting discharge data from various states
         and regions.

     3.  Surveys conducted by trade associations or by
          agencies under research and development grants.
A preliminary analysis of these data
need for additional information.
indicated  an  obvious
Additional  data  in  the following areas were required:  1)
process raw waste  load  (RWL)  related  to  production;  2)
currently  practiced  or  potential  in-plant  waste control
techniques; and 3)  the identity and effectiveness of end-of-
pipe treatment systems.  The best source of information  was
the  manufacturers  themselves.   Additional information was
obtained from  direct  interviews  and  sampling  visits  to
production facilities.

Collection  of the data necessary for development of RWL and
effluent treatment capabilities within dependable confidence
limits' required analysis of both  production  and  treatment
operations.   In  a few cases, the plant visits were planned
so that the production operations of a single plant could be
studied in association with an end-of-pipe treatment  system
which  receives  only  the wastes from that production.  The
RWL for this plant and associated treatment technology would
fall within a single subcategory.  However, the wide variety
of products manufactured by most of  the  industrial  plants
made this situation rare.

In  the  majority  of  cases,  it  was  necessary  to  visit
facilities where the products manufactured fell into several
subcategories.    The   end-of-pipe   treatment   facilities
received   combined   wastewaters  associated  with  several
subcategories  (several   products,   processes,   or   even
unrelated  manufacturing  operations).   It was necessary to
analyze   separately   the   production   (waste-generating)
facilities  and  the  effluent (waste treatment) facilities.
This approach required establishment of a common basis,  the
                               17

-------
 raw waste   load   (RWL),   for  common  levels  of  treatment
 technology  for "the  products within  a subcategory and for the
 translation of treatment  technology between  categories  or
 subcategories.

 The selection  of  wastewater  treatment plants was developed
 from identifying information available in the  NPDES  permit
 applications,   state   self-reporting  discharge  data,  and
 contacts within the point source category.  Every effort was
 made to choose facilities where  meaningful  information  on
 both  treatment facilities and manufacturing processes could
 be  obtained.

 Survey teams composed of  project  engineers  and  scientists
 conducted   the  actual  plant  visits.   Information  on the
 identity and performance  of wastewater treatment systems was
 obtained through:                                     '
     1.
    2.
Interviews  with  plant  water  pollution
personnel or engineering personnel.
                                control
Examination   of   treatment   plant   design   and
historical  operating data  (flow rates and analyses
of influent and effluent) .                      ;,
    3.   Treatment plant influent and effluent sampling.

Information on process plant operations and  the  associated'
RWL was obtained through:
    1.

    2.




    3.


    4.
Interviews with plant operating personnel.

Examination of  plant  design  and  operating  data
(design  specifications,  flow  sheets,  day-to-day
material balances around individual process modules
or unit operations where possible).
Individual
analysis.

Historical
data.
 process   wastewater   sampling
and
production  and  wastewater   treatment
The  data  base obtained in this manner was then utilized by.
the methodology previously described to develop  recommended
effluent  limitations  and  standards of performance for the
explosives manufacturing point source category.   References
utilized  are  included  in  Section XV of this report.  The
data obtained during the field data collection  program  are
included  in Supplement B.   Cost information is presented in
                            18

-------
                        Table  I I I -1
                Explosives Products - SIC 2892
Amatol (explosive)
Azides (explosives)
Blasting powder and blasting caps
Carbohydrates, nitrated (explosives)
Cordeau detonant  (explosive)
Cordite (explosive)
Detonating caps for safety fuses
Detonators (explosive compounds)
Dynamite
Explosive cartridges for concussion
  forming of metal
Explosive compounds
Exp1os i ves
Fulminate of mercury (explosive com-
  pound)
Fuse powder
Fuses, safety
Gunpowder
High explosives
Lead azide  (explosive)
Mercury azide  (explosive)
Nitrocellulose powder  (explosive)
Nitroglycerin  (explosive)
Nitromannitol  (explosive)
Nitrostarch  (explosive)
Pentolite (explosive)
Permissible explosives
Picric acid  (explosive)
Powder:  pellet, smokeless and
  sporting  (explosive)
RDX (explosive)
Squibbs, electric
Styphnle acid
Tetryl (explosive)
TNT (trinitrotoluene)
Well shooting torpedoes  (explosives)

-------
Supplement A.  These documents are available for examination
by  interested  parties  at  the  EPA   Public   Information
Reference Unit, Room 2922  (EPA Library), Waterside Mall, 401
M St. S.W., Washington, D.C.  20460.

The  following  text  describes  the  scope  of  the  study,
technical  approach   to   the   development   of   effluent
limitations,  guidelines,  and the scope of coverage for the
data base for explosives manufacturing.

Explosives

The  compounds  covered  by  explosives   manufacturing   as
designated  in  SIC  2892  are  shown in Table III-1.  For a
cross-sectioned view of the commercial explosives sold,  see
Table III-3.

As  stated  previously in the conclusions section, inorganic
and organic acids such as the  sulfuric  acid  concentration
(SAC) and nitric acid concentration  (NAC)  are not considered
as  a  part  of  the  explosives  manufacturing point source
category and have been excluded from consideration  in  this
document.   Also  excluded  are  off-site ANFO activities at
mining  or  construction  locations  (point  of  use)   since
investigation  determined that no point source water related
pollution occurred.

In  addition;  little  quantitative  information  could   be
gathered  for the process of demilitarization of explosives.
(Demilitarization normally would occur in the load, assemble
and pack subcategory.)   This  is  a  process  by  which  the
military  scours  obsolete or defective munitions with steam
hoses to remove explosives' and propellants from  their  con-
tainers  (e.g., projectiles and shell casings).  The process
is performed so as  to  save  the  containers  for  possible
reuse.

The  pollution  load  from the operation of demilitarization
can be very high.  It is recommended that, until  such  time
when  an  adequate data base is available, this operation be
dealt with on a  piant-by-plant  basip  since  investigation
determined  that  no  point  source  water related pollution
occurred.   This  potential  source  of  pollution  was  not
recognized  early  since  it is non-continuous in nature and
was not assigned to the contractor.
To help clarify the coverage of this document the
are excluded from the scope of this study.

     -  Metal parts and finishing
following
                               20

-------
         Toxic  chemical  agents,  except as  noted
      -   Illuminants  and incendiaries
      -   Liquid propellants
      -   Nuclear explosives
      -   Demilitarization

 Explosives  manufacturing   can   be  divided  into  two broad
 areas:   military and commercial.   Military  and  commercial
 plants   differ  in both size, product and type of operation.
 Ammonium  nitrate   based   explosives,    dynamite,    and
 nitroglycerin   are   considered   commercial explosives, while
 TNT,  HMX,  and RDX are   generally   considered   military
 explosives.

 The   manufacture of explosives  in either area can be viewed
 primarily as the nitration  of  an  organic molecule.   Most
 processes  use  nitric  acid as the nitrate source and employ
 sulfuric or acetic acid as  a dehydrating  agent.   Therefore,
 most  wastes in the industry are  low in
Wastewaters  in  explosives  manufacturing  are  of  concern
because of their pollutional nature and, in  certain  cases,
their  hazardous  character.   For example, wastewaters from
nitroglycerin manufacture are often saturated  with  soluble
nitroglycerin, which may become a potential explosive hazard
if  concentrated.  Other than military publications, in some
cases^ classified and/or  limited  distribution,  information
pertaining  to the wastewaters of explosives manufacture and
pollution  abatement  technology  applicable  to  explosives
manufacturing is very limited.

    Technical   approach  to  the  Development  of  Effluent
    Limitations and Guidelines

To  prepare  effluent   limitations   and   guidelines   for
explosives  manufacturing  as  stated,  it  was necessary to
develop a comprehensive scope of work.   Each  EPA  regional
office  was  visited,  and  permit information was gathered.
This enabled the contractor to select representative  plants
to visit and to sample.

Plant  visits  generally consisted of' two phases.  The first
took place in an office, where pertinent data was exchanged.
The second phase consisted of an examination of  the  plant,
viewing  each  process  previously  discussed,  followed by a
detailed examination and/or sampling of processes  producing
pollutants.

Four  commercial  and  two  military  explosives plants were
visited.   Extensive sampling was performed at  each  of  the
                             21

-------
                                   Table I 11  -2

                   Major Operations at Major Ammunition  Plants
       Plant
Exp1os i ve
Manufacture
Propellant
Manufacture
Initiator
Manufacture
Assemble,
Load and
  Pack.
   ARMY
 HoIston AAP
 Radford AAP
 Jq-liet AAP
 Badger AAP
 Lake City
 Longhorn AAP
 Newport AAP
 Volunteer AAP
 Indiana AAP
 Iowa AAP
 Kansas AAP
 Louisiana AAP
 Lone Star AAP
 Milan AAP
 Twin Cities AAP
 Sunflower AAP
 Cornhusker AAP
   NAVY

 NOS Indian Head
 NAD Yorktown
 NAD Crane
 NAD McAlester
 NAD Hawthorne
 Navy Magna Plant

  AIR FORCE

 AF Plant 78

COMMERCIAL

 45
 46
 47
 48
 49
 50
                                      22

-------
I
O)
CO
                                               O
                                               in
                                               CM


CO
1
1— 1
»— 4
1— 1
LU
«J
CQ
s


























O--I-
i
CO
1—
Q
O.—
(SI*-*
CO
co r«.
1— a,
1 BLASTING AGEN
IITED STATES, 1
ription
ISTRIAL EXPLOSIVES AND
CONSUMPTION IN THE UN
Desc

a c£.
= p
I— I U_















to
CO
re
u




0
1 CM
>
*
CO
• c
3 V-
 03
JD
JO tl
o
•O tO
O) (U
> s.
oa.
O. rO
a.
re C
"r-
co
01 «
> a> .
•r- CO CO
to 3 01
0 S=
1 	 S- •!-
a. o £
X <•-
Ol r—
co re
^ QJ O
en c u
•t— °r-
^ 2T-0
<»-<»- 3
O O 0
to 3 en
- "O
s- 3 c:
CI? CO 3












^ 11^
CM

to
ai
>

CO
o
a. to
x 
a. co
U 3
X i—
QJ to
to S-
•i- co
to i—
o ai
X S.
rU OJ
+J
-C re
en 3
•r"
-C OJ
co
r— O
r— SI













to

>

CO
o
r\
X
UJ
_c:
en
1C
S-

O


all formulatic
itainers.
to o
 c
CO •!-
0)
> XJ
co en
O re
0. 0
X re
01 0.






















O)
<0
•JC
O
(O
Q.
453?
£3 r»u
O) re
en u
E
en -a
c c
•r*_ •r*
to >)
re u
nn

•i—
re
•*->
o
u
0
•r- «
-U 
C re
r- ^:


























o
CM
to
C 4->
•i- C
£ s
S ~
j*:
E i —
•r- 3 &
r>«
r™-
co
CM
^
3
•"3
A
to
 XI re «r- "r™
O *St rO i— r- i. E S
m o s- o o
xi en to 3 <»- s M-
o> e c
en re T-
re ^: +J
JK: +J co
U re
re o>i—
O- S- _O
o
" E S-
to o
Ol <+-
•i- O CO
f~ 01
i. E >
3 O ••-
r— f— CO
CO +J O
i. -5*0.
O XI X
 E 4->
i ...
r-^2
i — 3 IO
•a: ja s









^^
CM
**-^
to
Ol
•r™
&.
4.
3
r"*
CO
XI
E
tO
in
"oj
en
01
S


-Q S
to xi re
Ol « Ol
i- 0 E XI
3 T- en 01
•M -U T- E
X CO tO -I—
•r- re Ol re
Ef— XI i.
Q. en
r— CO
Ol « S- i.
3 &. Ol O
<4- 01 E
Q-'i- XI
XI re re  Q.
re XI i-
S- Ol Ol O
+> ^«i j; to
•r- O +-> r—
E ro O re
Q.
E S- •- •
3 s- o en 01
•r- O E +J
E •>•!— ro
O -i£ to XI S-
g i — en re -t->
S 3 ro O t-
 01
to to
ro to
i— 01
-Q U
2OI
+J
Ol Q. ro
to E S-
CO 3 4J
Ol -r-
OX> E
0 E ,_
0.*° § 4S
s-^3= « ,2
Ol E O 4J
^=-01 g O XI
O ro iO .Q re
3 S-
CO CS
O
3
1
CQ
•t
o
•r-
epartment of the Inte
o

•
V5

•
Z3

•»
—
CO
>^

s_
3
CO

>J
.£;
CO
-a
E
*-H
2
oi
E
•f™
z
*~^
r—
ith "other" processed
dual company data.
•O •!-
Ol XI
XI E
3 T-
"o en
E E
•r~ «r*
CO
O) O
(0 *O
CO
4J .,_
E xi
Ot
cnx>
eo i-
O
en >
E ret
•r-
•4-> 0
CO 4->
JO
S3
^£
0 -!->
OI 'E
CO 3
O •!-
*Q. O
X g

XI
 <0
re en
3 £1
CT'r-
4->
§to
re
Oi—
co .a
*"^»
CM
C
to
to
-(-)
c
Ol
en
re
en
•r-
4->
CO
re
ja
XI
01
o>
drically packa
c
to
Ol
to •
r— Ol
Q. >
X 0
Ol _Q
re
•r— r~-
c— ^.^

xi  -r-
•i- 4-

E 3
re i —
3 CO
CP
-a
lie
0
to to
CO 0)
— Ol
O 4->
C re
*^*x
CO
              23

-------
commercial  plants,  while  the military plants were visited
for conceptualization, visual  inspection,  and  verification
of  existing  data.   The  data existing for the government-
owned,  contractor-operated   (GOCO)  munitions  plants  were
collected  and  made  available  by  the  Army Environmental
Hygiene Agency  (AEHA).

The Army operates seventeen  (17) munitions plants, the  Navy
operates  six   (6)  plants, and the Air Force one  (1).  Only
the Army is actually engaged in large scale  manufacture  of
explosives.   Although  there  are  load,  assemble and pack
 (LAP)   operations   at   various   Navy   and   Air   Force
installations,  no  usable  data  were  available  from these
operations at  this  time.   Since  similar  load  and  pack
operations  are  carried  out  at  the  Navy  and  Air Force
facilities,  the  Army  data   collected  is   felt   to   be
representative.   Hence,  the  Army  was  the best source of
military effluent quality data at this time.   consequently,
it  was  decided that the focus of the study of the military
area  of  explosives  manufacturing  would   be   the   Army
ammunition plants (AAPs).  Excellent representative effluent
data  for  the several AAPs were included in the information
provided by AEHA.

Visits with  AEHA  personnel,  investigation  of  laboratory
techniques  and  equipment, rationalization of the excellent
field procedures, and the  fact  that  production  processes
were  similar  or identical for particular processes between
plants the AEHA reports were used to their  fullest  extent.
Two  large  AAPs  considered   the  most  representative were
visited.

When all the  explosives  manufacturing  plant  visits  were
completed   and  the  laboratory  analysis  of  the  samples
finished, waste load characteristics were compiled, and each
process waste stream was characterized  by  production-based
water  quality parameters.  Subcategorization of the segment
was based  on  raw  waste  loading  calculations.   Effluent
limitations   were   determined   for  each  subcategory  by
reviewing the removal rates of a treatment facility  serving
a  propellant  plant.   This  was  necessary since pollution
treatment  in  the  explosives  manufacturing  point  source
category   is   uniformly   inadequate.    Hence,  the  best
information available from  manufacturers  (both  commercial
and  military)  and transfer technology between subcategories
within  the  same  point  source  category  were   used   in
developing  the  effluent,  limitations,  guidelines  and new
source performance standards.
                                24

-------
                         SECTION IV

                 INDUSTRIAL CATEGORIZATION
The goal of  this  study  is  the  development  of  effluent
limitations  and guidelines for the explosives manufacturing
point source category that will be achieved  with  different
levels of in-plant waste reduction and end-of-pipe pollution
control  technology.   These effluent limitations and guide-
lines specify the quantity of pollutants  which  are  to  be
discharged  from  a  specific  facility and are related to a
common yardstick for the  point  source  category,  such  as
quantity of production,

Explosives

         Discussion of. the Rationale of Categorization

Manufacturing subcategories were established so as to define
those  sectors  of  explosives  manufacturing where separate
effluent limitations and  standards  of  performance  should
apply.  The distinctions between the subcategories have been
based  on  the  production , process  and  product  type, its
quality, characteristics, and applicability of  control  and
treatment.    The   following  factors  were  considered  in
determining whether such subcategorizations are justified:
         Raw Material,
              Type
Production  Processes,   and  Product
The  general  production  process  for  the manufacturing of
explosives involves the nitration of  an  organic  molecule.
Raw  materials  used in this process are nitric acid, acting
as the nitrate source, and sulfuric or acetic  acid,  acting
as  a  dehydrating agent.  Examples of the organic molecules
used  are  glycerin,  toluene,  resorcinol,  hexamine,   and
cellulose.  After nitration, these organic molecules produce
the  following products:  nitroglycerin and dinitroglycerin;
trinitrotoluene  and   dinitrotoluene;   trinitroresorcinol;
nitromannite;  and nitrocellulose, respectively.  Additional
production  processes  involve  the  formation   of   highly
sensitive  initiating  compounds  with  nitrogen  salts as a
nitrogen source.  An example of this product would  be  lead
azide.

A  categorization  based  on product or process is possible.
For example, explosives manufacturing could be  broken  down
into   four   areas:   explosives,  propellants,  LAP  plant
operations  and  initiating   compounds.    Explosive-s   and
                                 25'-

-------
 propellants  are  manufactured  in  bulk,  while  initiating
 compounds (highly sensitive compounds  used  to  ignite  the
 explosive   or   propellant)    are   manufactured  in  small
 quantities.   Explosives oxidize at an extremely  fast  rate,
 giving  off  large  volumes  of gas.  Propellants burn layer
 after layer at a much slower rate than explosives.

 Propellant  manufacturing  is   highly   specialized.     Two
 considerations   of   density   are   important   in   solid
 propellants-volume efficiency and density of the  propellant
 itself.   A propellant of high density is generally desirable
 so  as_  to  contain  the  maximum possible amount of energy-
 producing material in the minimum space.   Pressure  exerted
 during extrusion or molding frequently increases the density
 of   a   propellant.     The   minimum   mechanical  strength
 requirement   for  solid   propellants   dictate   that   the'
 propellant will not undergo deformation under its own weight
 to  change  the  grain  geometry  or substantially alter  the
 dimensions of the grain.   In addition, the propellant should
 possess   sufficient  strength  to  withstand  the   stresses
 imposed  during shipping,  handling,  and firing.

 Many  compounds used  as military high explosives can be used
 as propellants since the difference between  combustion  and
 detonation   of   a   crystalline  propellant  is'  merely  a
.difference in reaction rate.   Many of 'these  compounds will
 burn quietly when ignited;  they will detonate only under  the
 influence of  a mechanical shock much more severe  than will
 be found in  a gun or  rocket chamber.

 Plastic  propellants are commonly known as smokeless powders.
 The   first  such  propellants  were   made   by   converting
 nitrocellulose (NC)  into  grains with the addition,  and later
 removal   of   solvents  such  as ether and alcohol.   The next
 development    of •  smokeless     powders     involved    using
 nitroglycerin  (NG)   as  a   colloiding  plasticizer for  the
 nitrocellulose.   Such propellants  are known  as  double-base
 because   they  contain two  explosive ingredients in contrast
 to    single-base    propellants     which .   contain   only
 nitrocellulose.    Smokeless  powders are' generally  comprised
 of   three principal    ingredients:    a    polymer,   usually
 nitrocellulose;     an    energetic     plasticizer,   usually
 nitroglycerin;     and    a     fuel     plasticizer,     often
 diethylphthalate.  other  nitrate esters  which have  been used
 in   place of  nitroglycerin  are diethylene glycol  dinitrate
 (DEGN) ,   triethylene   glycol    dinitrate    (TEGN) ,   metriol
 trinitrate,    and  butanetriol   trinitrate.    Other  fuel
plasticizers  which have been  acceptable  include dimethyl and
di-n-butyl esters of   phthalic  acid,  triacetin,  adipates,-
sebacates-,  dinitrotoluene  (DNT) , and  substituted ureas such
                                 26

-------
     CO

     D

     111
     X
     CO
     01
£   a
i   s
D   <
<   £
CO
LU


I
a.
X

     LU
     >
     CO

     3

     %
     LU
     CC
     o
                                                                                                <
                                                                                                t
                                                                                                -i5 fc
                                                                                                I8§

                                                                                                o«
                                     27

-------
                                                                        TABLE IV-J



                                                         NUMBER OF EXPLOSIVES MANUFACTURING PLANTS
TO —
Rtgion
4
10
9
6
9
8
1
3
3
4
4
9
10
S
5
7
7
4
6
1
3
1
5
5
4
7
8
7
9
1
2
G
2
4
8
5
G
10
3
2
1
4
8
4
6
8
1
10
3
S
8
. IMJs.
Alabam
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Colwsbla
Florida
Georgia
Hawaii
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Htbraska
Kevada
New Hampshire
Hew Jersey
New Mexico
Hew York
Korth Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Puerto Rico
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Verswnt
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming
All-*** Additional 	
Data Data from TRW*
11
0
22 1

43
19
9
0
1
11
11
1
6
23 1
14
17
7
21
4
2
5
2-
12
n
i
17
12
2
g
4
6 2
13
16
8 1
0
30 1
81
i
3
72
o
Q
2
Q
1?
l£
35 1
I
y
0 ^
7
12
11 '
1 1
6
Cornnerdal
Subtotal




At
43
10
17


11
I I




17
1 /
21
4'

5
12
1
17
1 /
1 o
12

4

1 *5
1 J
IK
10

31

9
3
72
0
0
2
0
12
36
9
1
7
12
23
n
6
                                                                                                                         Military (GOCO) Plants**
    KATIOKM. TOTALS
                                       576
                                                    10
                                                                    586
Active '
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0 .
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
_0
21
Subtotal
1
0 '
0
1
2
1
0
0
0
0 •
0
0
0
1
2
2
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1 .
0
0
2
2 '-•••'
0
0
0
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
JL
35
Combined
Total
12
0
23
8
45
20
9
0
1
n
n
i
6
25
16
19
9
21
5
2
6
2
12
12
1
19
12
3
9
4
10
15
16
9
0
33
g
3
75
0
0
2
0
15
39
•9
1 .
8
12
23
12
6

                                                                                      °f

«»ATF Is the abbreviation for the Bureau of Alcohol.  Tobacco and Firearm, Department of the Treasury

-------
as centxali-tes.  Hence, propellant manufacturing  wastewater
varies significantly from bulk explosives manufacturing.

These  factors  make products a basis for subcategorization.
In addition, a separate subcategory is assigned  formulation
and  packing  of " (military  and  commercial)  explosives and
propellants under the LAP plant sufccategory.

              Plant Size

Plant sizes ranged from a few hundred  to  several  thousand
acres.   Explosives  plants  are  generally spread out  (each
area isolated from the other) so that if a serious  accident
occurs,  a chain reaction will be minimized.  Plant size had
no bearing on waste characteristics.

              Plant Age

Most plants visited were old plants, ranging from 20  to  50
years in age.  Waste characteristics could not be correlated
to  age.  Most plants do not separate uncontaminated cooling
waters, and load, assemble and  pack  operations  use   large
amounts  of  water  for corrosion control.  Plant age is not
considered a basis for subcategorization.

              Plant Location

Explosives plants generally  are evenly   distributed  in the
eastern  portions  of  the   United  States,  away from  large
population centers  (See  Figure  IV).    They  are  generally
located  in  rural  areas  or areas that were rural when the
plant began operations.  A determination of  the  number  of
explosives  manufacturing  plants  was   made  for  both the
commercial  (private) sector  and the military sector of  this
point source  category  by reviewing  records maintained by the
Bureau  of  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of the
U.S. Treasury.   See  Tables  IVa  and  IVb  for  a  complete
breakdown by  state and EPA region,  respectively.

               Air Pollution  Technology

Air  pollution  controls  were  almost   non-existent  at the
plants  visited,  but most plants had plans  -for  controlling
emissions.    Wet  scrubbers  will   be  used  in  three areas:
demilitarization, sulfate  liquor  incineration,   and  sludge
incineration.    Because  of   the  industry-wide  lack of air
pollution control equipment  and the wide variety of waste to
be controlled,  air pollution technology  is  not considered   a
basis  for  subcategorization.
                                  29

-------
                       0)0
                          g,-
                                   co    10    en    CM    o
                                   •""    CM    r—    CO    i—
00    r-l  _
 -
                                                                                         CM
                                                                                              to
                                                                                   CM
                            u
                                  o    •—
                                              CM
                                                                            O    i—
                                                                                        <=>   r-
                                                                                                                      * en
                                                                                                                      •M c
                                                                                                                      Oi-
                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                      •«-> 10
                                                                                                                      o c
                                                                                                             N
      CO
                                                                                                            r—       0) J-
                                                                                                             18      JC O
                                                                                                            T      +•"*-
                                                                                                                      o  to
                                                                                                                      00
                                                                                                                                  (U
                                                                                                                      oj
      «C    T-
      u.     en
      =     (U
                         ai
Ul
                                                                                                                     TJ (O
            CO
                         i- -I-
                         O 5-
                         Q.+J
                          «
                                                                                                           c 
                       •jr f—    o c o
                        E (O    IB id s-
                        a> o    
                                r—   CM
                                                  r--    r—
                                                                                      i—    vo
                                                                                      CM|   rt.
                           O)    (O
                           S-    r— I
                                                                                                          S- U
                                                                                                          CO f-
                                                                         00   Ch
                         o:
                                                                                                                    O.CJ  0)

                                                                                                                   o o 5
                                   <»- C

                                (O O R>
                                0>    r—
                                XJ S_ •—

                                3 0) 0)
                                              30
                                                                                           CO
                                                                                           UJ
                                                                                           on
                                                                                                          ce.

-------
              Solid Waste

A  de-tailed  study  performed  by  TRW  Systems  and  Energy
assessed the hazardous solid waste problems associated  with
the  explosives  industry.   With  the information available
from that study combined with the Roy F. Weston, Inc.  study
solid waste generation, other than the imperfect explosives,
is  not a major problem.  At least one plant incinerates its
waste in a starved oxygen incinerator.  Disposal of the  ash
can  be done by landfilling.  The landfill area is generally
available on plant site.  Therefore, solid waste  generation
is not considered a basis for subcategorization,

              Military vs. commercial Explosives

Two  major  sectors  of  explosives  manufacturing  are  the
military and the commercial sectors.   Military  plants  are
involved   in   bulk   manufacturing   of   explosives   and
propellants.  Military plants involved in munitions  loading
are  classified  as   (LAP)  load,  assemble and pack plants.
Common    military    explosives     are     nitroguanidine,
trinitrotoluene   (TNT),  RDX,  HMX and composition B.  These
are less sensitive explosives and are manufactured in  bulk.
In  addition, the military manufactures sensitive explosives
commonly called  initiating  compounds.   Examples  of  such
initiating compounds are mercury fulminate, tetryl, and lead
styphnate   (lead  trinitroresorcinate).   The manufacture of
tetryl, although not currently manufactured  in  the  United
States, is included for completeness.

The  commercial  sector of explosives manufacturing can also
be  divided  into  plants  manufacturing  bulk   explosives,
propellants and initiating compounds.  Others are designated
load,   assemble  and  pack  plants.   Examples  of explosives
manufactured commercially are nitroglycerin  (NG), dynamites,
and gelatin  dynamites.   Load,  assemble  and   pack  plants
typically buy the raw materials and blend explosives on site
in a recipe operation.

Since both  sectors of explosives manufacturing  are basically
involved with the same  production processes, the waste loads
on  a production basis  are similar.. Hence, the  military and
commercial  sectors of  segment are considered as  one  in  this
study.

         Nature of Wastes Generated

Wastewater  characteristics in explosives manufacturing have
extreme variability.   Characteristics are presented  for this
segment by  subcategory   in  Section  V.   For   this  reason.
                            31

-------
 subcategorization  of  the  industry   was   influenced   by
 wastewater  characterization and processes.  For the earlier
 contractor draft document, the  industry  was  divided  into
 three  initial  subcategories  and the first subcategory was
 further subdivided into two more subcategories:
     A.
     B.
     C.
Manufacturing plants
Subcategory Al - Manufacture of Explosives
Subcategory A2 - Manufacture of Propellants
Load, assemble and pack plants
Manufacture of initiating compounds
(specialty plants)
 Subsequently,  the  four   subcategories   were   reassigned
 according to the following designations for this document.
     Subcategory A
     Subcategory B
     Subcategory C
     Subcategory D
           Manufacture of explosives
           Manufacture of propellants
           Load, assemble and pack plants
           Manufacture of initiating compounds
           (Specialty plants)
          Description of_ Subcategories

          Subcategories  A and B  -  Manufacturing  Plants

Manufacturing   plants    are those  plants   that   formulate
explosives  from  raw materials  by  a   specific   industrial
process.     Such   plants   are   generally   large,  complex
facilities.    Products   can   be  generally    classified   as
explosives   or  propellants.    On the basis  of this product
difference,  the manufacturing  plant  category  was  further
subdivided    into  two   parts:    manufacture  of   explosives
(subcategory A)  and manufacture of propellants  (subcategory
B) .

Although  there  is no  sharp  boundary between the  two areas,
there are basic differences between them, including effluent
characteristics.  Explosives  are  compounds  or  mixtures  of
compounds  which, when  ignited, decompose rapidly, releasing
large volumes  of gases   and   heat.  . Propellants  differ  in
their  mode   of  decomposition  in that they are designed to
burn rather  than detonate.  Burning in a propellant does not
proceed through the material  as  in  an  explosive  but  in
layers parallel  to  the  surface,  plosives are nitroglycerin,
aynamite,  ammonium-nitrate-based  explosives, RDX, HMX,  and
X £t J. •

The  wastewaters  associated   with   the   manufacture   of
explosives   are  of  moderate  loading,   while wastewaters
                              32

-------
emanating   from  the  manufacture  of  propellants  contain
loadings, in some cases, orders of  magnitude  higher.   For
example,  the  Ib  COD/ton production for the manufacture of
propellant because of the different methods of manufacturing
such as liquid  transport  of  propellant  from  station  to
station and the use of contact cooling water, was 22.6 times
larger •  than   that  for  the  manufacture  of  explosives.
Constantly higher values for other water quality  parameters
for  propellant  manufacture  necessitated  the  division of
explosives  manufacturing  into  these  two   subcategories.
Within  each  subcategory,  the  deviation  from the average
value is not excessive.  For example, the  average  COD  raw
waste  load  for propellant manufacture was 174.8 Ib COD/ton
production and ranged  from  70.7  to  271;  for  explosives
manufacture,  it  was 7.73 Ib COD/ton and ranged from 1.1 to
20.6.

    Subcategory C - Load, Assemble and Pack Plants

Load, assemble and pack  (LAP) plants are those that may  buy
all  the  necessary ingredients from an outside supplier and
then mix and pack them as a final product.  Examples of this
type of manufacturing in the private sector would  be  small
arms plants involved in the filling of shells.  Other plants
manufacture  load  and  pack  ammonium  nitrate and fuel oil
(ANFO), nitrocarbonitrate (NCN) , blasting  caps,  and  water
slurry plants.  In the military sector, munitions are filled
with  blends  of  TNT and other ingredients.  The process of
filling is preceded by melting in a kettle.   These  kettles
are cleaned after use along with other equipment.

Small rocket motors can be loaded with preshaped propellants
that  fit- snugly into the casing.  Pollutant loads from this
operation generally come  from  the  preshaping  area.   The
wastes  generated  from  this  subcategory are small, coming
from sloppy handling, accidental  spills  and  washdowns  of
floors and equipment.

The  load,  assemble  and pack operations in this definition
exclude  demilitarization,  which  is  a  non-scheduled  and
discontinuous  activity.   That  is the process by which the
military disposes of obsolete  and  defective  munitions  by
scouring  out  the  shells.  Also excluded are off-site ANFO
activities at mining or  construction  locations  (point  of
use) .

    Subcategory D -Manufacture of Initiating Compounds
Initiating   compounds
"sensitive" explosives.
plants   are   those  manufacturing
Examples of these explosives  would
                               33

-------
                  Table  IV -1




        Common  Ingredients of Dynamites






Nitroglycerin



Ammonium Nitrate




Sodium Nitrate




Sodium Chloride



Sulfur




Nitrocellulose



Phenolic Resin Beads



Bagasse




Sawdust and Wood Flour



Coal




Corn Meal  and Corn Starch




Trace Inorganic Salts




Grain and Seed Hulls and Flours
               34

-------
                                 FIGURE IV -1a

                TYPICAL NITROGLYCERIN PRODUCTION SCHEMATIC
          NITRATOR.
              NG-ACID
              MIXTURE
         GRAVITY
        SEPARATOR
                       NG
        SPENT ACIDS
       TO RECOVERY
            OR
       NEUTRALIZER
WASTE WATER.
                              GLYCERIN PLUS
                            ETHYLENE GLYCOL
                              NITRIC PLUS
                            SULFURIC ACIDS
               WASH
               TANK
              (WATER)
           NG
                               WATER
NEUTRALIZER
   TANK
                                      SODIUM
                                     CARBONATE
                                     SOLUTION
          NG:
                            i
                           CATCH
                           TRAP
 . SODIUM
CARBONATE
                                        NG
                                                           1
                  NEUTRALIZER
                     TANK
                                                             H20
                                       FINAL
                                       WASH
                               NG
                                    35

-------
 be  pentaerythri-tol  tetranitrate  (PETN) ,  lead aside,  lead
 mononitroresorcinate   (LMR) r   lead   styphnate,    tetryl,
 nitromannite  (HNM)   and  isosorbide  dinitrate.   The waste
 volume generated is generally small but highly concentrated.

          Process Descriptions

               Subcateqory A - Manufacture of Explosives

               Nitroglvcerin

 Nitroglycerin is  commonly  manufactured  by  two  different
 processes.    The  commercial   sector  generally  employs the
 older "batch" process,  while  the military  sector  uses   the
 Biazzi,  or  "continuous" process.

               Batch Process

 Nitroglycerin  (NG)  can be synthesized in a batch reactor by
 a  controlled reaction between a concentrated  sulfuric  acid
 (dehydrating  agent),   a  concentrated  nitric acid solution
 (nitrate source),  and  a   mixture  of   ethylene  glycol   and
 glycerin.    Figure  IV-1 a  shows a  typical schematic  diagram
 for  the  batch manufacture  of  nitroglycerin.    The  reactor
 contains cooling   coils   through  which  circulate a cooled
 brine solution.  The reactor  is initially charged  with   the
 nitrating   acid  mixture.   The  glycerin-glycol solution is
 then  added,  at a rate that maintains a constant  temperature
 in  the  reactor.    The  reacted product   (a  mixture of NG,
 ethylene glycol  dinitrate,  water,   and  spent   sulfuric   and
 nitric   acid)  passes into a gravity separator  tank where the
 spent acid  is  drawn  from   the  bottom   of   the  mixture   and
 either   discharged  or  sent   on  for  recovery of nitric and
 sulfuric acid.   The  nitroglycerin is   then  dropped  into a
 prewash  tank  and  mixed  with water.  The resulting "sour
 water" is removed  from  the top and  goes to a  catch tank.
 The   NG is   drained   from  the  catch tank   and  sent  to
 neutralizer tanks.   In  the  neutralizer   tanks   the  NG  is
 emulsified  with   a  soda  water solution.   After  a  final  wash
 with water  the NG  is   taken   to  the   dynamite   formulation
 building.   Ethyl  acetate, a  desensitizing carrier solvent,
 is sometimes mixed with the NG when it'is  to be  stored for a
 period of time.

               Continuous  Process

The   Biazzi   process    for    continuous   manufacture   of
nitroglycerin  (Figure  IV-1b)  is one  of  the  safest methods
 known for the  production  of   this  sensitive  and  unstable
compound.  It  is safe because  it is a continuous process and
                              36

-------
                           ^
                           c
                           fO
                           s
                           to
                           o
                       -.
                       -t-> c
                       C ITS
                       d> I—
                       CL
                       OO
                         y*

                         >}
en

>r*
•O c/1
r— ^£
O C


I*
ai
a

•i- 0)
s- en


(0
X +•>
y
i
r-C )

-C )

1-C. 3

: >—

r >—
^ "\ ,.
                        at a;
                        C CD
                        o 
-------
 very  little  of the raw nitroglycerin is present in any one
 place  at  any  one  time  and  because  of  various  safety
 interlocks  and  remote-control  features  which   have  been
 incorporated in the design of the line.   Despite   the  small
 quantities  present  at  any  time,  a typical plant, when in
 continuous operation,  can produce 2200 pounds per hour.    To
 make  nitroglycerin  by  the  Biazzi  process the mixed acid
 circulates through a constant head tank;  the  required amount
 of  acid  flows  through  a  calibrated  orifice   into .  the
 nitrator.    Plates  with different-size orifices  are used to
 change the flow rate of the  acid.    A proportioning  pump,
 adjustable  to  the  nearest ounce per minute, regulates the
 flow of glycerin to the nitrator.

 The  reaction mass consisting of spent acid and nitroglycerin
 then flows to the separator.   Spent  acid  is drained  off   and
 the   raw  acid-contaminated  NG  is   sent  to the soda water
 washers.   The spent acid is passed through a   dilutor which
 adds water to increase the solubility of  any  NG which may be
 present and  on  to the spent acid  storage tanks.   Here the
 acid is retained for displacing NG on  shutdown   or   shipped
 off   station.   The NG  is passed through the three soda water
 washers which neutralize the residual acid and into   another
 separator   where the spent soda water is  removed  and sent to
 a  catch tank to be discarded.

 The  neutralized NG is  then passed through  two  fresh water
 washers to  remove  sodium salts  formed  in the neutralizing
 step and to a  re-emulsifier.

 The  NG-water emulsion  now leaves the  nitrating building   and
 flows _down a  trough to  the diverter  building.  As it  leaves
 the   nitrating  building  the   emulsion   passes   through   an
 interrupter funnel  to   provide  an  air  gap  between  NG  flow
 lines so that  an explosion in  either  building is  not  carried
 to the  other.

 In the  diverter building the NG-water  emulsion is  channeled
 to   one of two  receiving tanks.   The  product is  sampled
 remotely and subjected to  the Able Heat Test to ensure  that
 it   is  stable.   This  sample is also withdrawn completely by
 remote  control  while the operator is several  hundred  yards
 from  the   building.   The  raw NG is then  transferred to the
 jet  tank.  A water pump  boosts the water pressure to 120 Ibs
 and  jets the NG, now emulsified by the jet  action,  to  the
 desensitizing  building.   The  jet transfer technique keeps
•the  NG emulsified with water until it  reaches  a  separator
tank.   From the separator tank the raw NG is drawn off into
portable^ carts  known   as  angel   buggies   containing   a
desensitizer  such  as  acetone,  ether,  or  triacetin,  2-
                             38

-------
                        Table IV -2



          Ingredients of Water Gels and Slurries
Typical Ingredients



Ammonium Nitrate



Sodium Nitrate



Guar Gum



Water



Gel 1 ing Agents



Fumaric Acid



Ethylene Glycol



Ammonium Sulfamate
Optional Ingredients



Fuel Oil



Aluminum Powder



Smokeless Powder



Nitroglycerin.



Trinitrotoluene



Proprietary Agents



Carbon Fuel
                        Table IV -3



              Ingredients of ANFO Explosives
Ammonium Nitrate



Ferrophosphate




Calcium Si 1icate



Atticote
Fuel Oil



A1 urn inum




Coal



Mineral Oils
                      39

-------
 nitrodiphenylamine  as  a  stabilizer  and  in  some   cases,
 ballistic  modifier.    From  there,   the  desensitized NG  is
 transported to magazines  for  storage  or  other  operating
 areas for use.

 Sometimes   a   graphic   control   panel   is   used   which
 realistically portrays each of the tanks and  all  pipelines
 and  valves  of the system.  From this graphic control panel
 the operator can immediately see the position  of all   valves
 and know what operations are taking  place.

 Another  safeguard  is the use of "dead-man" switches  at the
"•four stations where NG is drawn off  to prevent  a  continued
 flow  of NG or solvent should a fire occur and the  area have
 to  be abandoned.

               Ammonium Nitrate

 Ammonium nitrate  is used primarily in  granular   or  "prill"
 form  in  explosives.    Ammonium nitrate explosives have the
 important advantage of being very safe to handle.   Special
 primers  containing TNT  are sometimes required  to detonate
 these materials.   Anhydrous ammonia   and  weak  nitric acid
 react  to  yield   ammonium  nitrate.    This  solution is then
 crystallized.   The crystals  are   ground   or  crushed  and
 screened.    Various additives,   including   wax   to coat the
 prill and fuller's  earth  for  moisture  control are also
 blended,   as   shewn in  Figure  IV-2a.    Bulk  producers of
 ammonium nitrate  are covered  by effluent   limitations  and
 guidelines  issued for  the fertilizer industry  in  the Federal
 Register,  CFR 418.

               Dynamite

 There   are  many different formulations  of  dynamite, although
 the  basic   ingredients   are  nitroglycerin    and   ammonium
 nitrate.    Ammonium nitrate   is  first  mixed in batches with
 various  minor ingredients.   The  most   common   of  these  are
 listed  in Table IV-1.   This  mixture  forms a  "dope", to which
 the     nitroglycerin    is    added.    The    proportions   of
 nitroglycerin and  ammonium nitrate,   and the  specific  minor
 ingredients   and their  proportions,   determine  the particular
 properties  of  the  dynamite.   Many dynamites  are  formulated
to  customer  specification.   After formulation, the dynamite
 is transported to  a cartridging house  for punching  out  and
 for  packaging  into  waxed   cardboard  or plastic tubes, and
then shipped or stored in magazines.

              Trinitrotoluene  (TNT)
                             40

-------
     Fuel Oil Tanks

           Fuel Oil
                           Ammonium Nitrate
                 Mixing & Bagging
                                                Conveyor
Ammonium Nitrate
Transport or
Storage
                     Wastewater From Equipment Wash
                           And Floor Wash
FigureIY-'2aTypical Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil Production Schematic
                                41

-------
                                      FIGURE IV  -3a

                   Typicax Batch TNT PRODUCTION SCHEMATIC
   TOLUENF
    ACIDS
                  NITRATION PROCESS
NITRATOR
3 steps
               PURIFICATION
 SPENT
""ACID"
 SPENT
 ACID
RECOVERY
TO
SULFURIC
ACID CONCENTRATO
       PROCESS
                        WATER
                         AND
                     SODA ASH WASH
                    YELLOW
                     WAT|R*"
        OFTEN
        RECYCLED IN
        NITRATION PROCESS
SELLITEWASH


FINISHING.

CRUDE '
PROCES
                                         J_RED_
                                          1 WATER
                                HOLDING
                                  TANK
                        DRYING
                          I
                       FLAKING
PACKAGING



FINISHE
                                          42
_

-------
TNT is the  most  important  military  high  explosive.   It
exceeds  all  other explosives in tonnage produced per year,
In its finished form it is a light yellow  crystal.   Figure
IV-3aa presents  an  overall  schematic  of  the  batch  TNT
manufacturing  process,  which  can  be  divided  into   two
integrated  subprocesses,  nitration  and purification.  The
continuous  process  (CIL- Canadian  Industries  Limited)   is
being  installed  at  Radford AAP and other AAP^ as part of
the plant modernization program for the AAPTs.
In the  nitration  process  for  the  batch  process,  acids
(sulfuric  and  nitric)  and  toluene  are  combined  in the
nitrator to form raw TNT in three steps  going  from  mono-,
di- and finally to trinitrotoluene.  The TNT is then sent to
the  purification process.  In the purification process, the
crude TNT is first subjected to water and  soda  ash. washes
which  neutralize the excess acid and then to a sellite wash
which preferentially removes the isomers of TNT and  various
oxidation  products  resulting  from  the nitration process,
The impurities dissolve in the sellite washing operation and
produce a wastewater stream commonly called "red water." The
crude TNT is then sent to the finishing process.

In the production of TNT  by  the  continuous  process,  the
nitration  of  toluene  is  carried  out  in  six  nitrator-
separator stages with the organic  phase   (toluene- nitrobody
mixture)  flowing  countercurrent to the acid phase.  Nitric
acid fortification is provided at intermediate points in the
process.  The first and  third  nitration  stages  have  two
nitration  vessels  per separator whereas the remaining four
stages  have  only  one  nitration  vessel  per   separator.
Extensive  instrumentation  provides  for safe operation and
automatic process control.  If the process temperature in  a.
nitrator  vessel  exceeds  a  pre-set level, the feed to the
nitrator is automatically shut off and the contents  of  the
nitrator  and  separator  are  automatically discharged into
drowning tubs to quench the reaction.  For TNT purification,
the crude TNT first passes through  a  mixer-settler  washer
where  five  separate countercurrent water washes remove the
free acids.   The  acid  wash  is  returned  to  the , . second
nitrator  as  acid  make up.  The TNT 'then flows through two
sellite washers in series where it is neutralized with  soda
ash  and  treated  with sodium sulfite.  Each of the sellite
washers is followed  by  a  separator  which  separates  the
aqueous  phase (red water) from the purified TNT phase.  The
dilute red water from the second separator  is  returned  to
the  first  separator,  and  the more concentrated red water
from the first separator is sent to the red water  treatment
plant.     The    sellite- treated    TNT  .  receives   final
                              43

-------
                                       Water
                                                          Residual Gases
                                                                                  Wastewater
Nitric
Acid

Toluene
                  I  |	              I mi I n*"» I iwiv
                  i.——.,-._—I	.!_.	I PROCESS        	
                               Crude I      4

 -»—_..-,—«-.___,«_____™L. ¥ _   TYellow Water
HN03

H2S04
                                                                                          Wastewater
                                                                         PURIFICATION
                                                                        1 PROCESS
Sodium
Sulfito ^*"

Water -
Sellite
Mix
Tank
J

t


	 ^
Sellite
Acid
Washer
(5)
1 1
Recycle
'
Sellite /
Washer / Sepa
/(2)




-
j TNT
Washer
(5)

\



Red Water Rotary Kiln
Concentrator
r
•^ — Water |
^^__ gQ . Destroyed
2 . or Sold
Purified •
TNT
1 Water

Separator
T FINISHING
PROCESS
	 ^^^ Wastewater
                                                                      Package &
                                                                      Shipment
                                                                                          Finished
           FIGURE IV-3 b  CONTINUOUS TNT PRODUCTION SCHEMATIC
                                                 44

-------
countercurrent water washes and is slurried  and  pumped  to
the  finishing  building  for drying, flaking and packaging.
The  continuous  process  eliminates  the   "yellow   water"
problem.

Three  important  pollution  problems  associated  with  the
manufacture of TNT are "red water", "yellow water" and "pink
water" shown on Figure IV-3a. Only red water and pink  water
are  problems with the CIL process.  TNT in its purification
is first washed with water.  TNT is soluble in water  up  to
100 mg/1 at ambient conditions.  The exposure to sunlight or
ultraviolet  light  causes  the formation of highly colored,
complex substances similar to dyes.  They impart a  pink  or
yellow color to the water.  Pink water can also occur in the
LAP  area  by washing down kettles and other machinery.  The
product stream after the water wash is a mixture of TNT  arid
unwanted  by-products  (about 4.5 percent).  The desired form
of TNT is the pure TNT, 2, 4, 6- or alpha TNT.   Removal  of
these  materials  is  through extraction by a sodium sulfite
wash  (sellite).  The waste effluent producted is  brick  red
or  almost  black  color and is commonly called "red water".
Currently none of the "red water" in  any  of  the  military
plants is being discharged.  It is either being sold for its
sulfate content to paper mills or evaporated and incinerated
to destroy the organics.

                Cyclotrimethylene Trinitramine  (RDX) and .
                Cyclotetramethylene Tetranitramine  
-------
                                    FIGURE IV  -4

                    TYPICAL SCHEMATIC FOR RDX HMX PRODUCTION
                    ACETIC ACID
              HEXAMINE
  ACIDIC
ANHYDRIDE
                 I
AMMONIUM
 NITRATE
   I
                      REACTOR
             NITRIC ACID
                     CRUDE  HMX OR RDX
                                                       WASH
                         LOAD & PACK
                                               DRIER
                                                                      RECRYSTAIZATION
                                            BLENDING
                                            OF OTHER
                                           EXPLOSIVES
                                          46

-------
 acid.   Pure  nitroguanidine  melts  with  decomposition  at
 232°C.

 Nitroguanidine  has  found  extensive  use  in   triple-base
 propel1ants.   Nitroguanidine  is currently not manufactured
 in the United States but is expected to be produced  in  the
 near  future.   Canada  presently supplies the United States
 with nitroguanidine,

               Subcategory B - Manufacture of Propellants

 The term "propeHants" refers to a broad range of compounds.
 Propellants  are  classified  as  solvent  or   solventless,
 according  to  the  use of solvent ingredients in the mixing
 operation.    Solvent  propellants  are  either  single-base,
 double-base,  triple-base,  or  high-energy.  Nitrocellulose
 (NC)  is the basic ingredient of single-base propellant which
 is used as a cannon powder or a casting powder-base.  NC and
 NG are incorporated as the two-bases of  double-base  cannon
 or rocket propellants.  Nitroguanidine is added to NC and NG
 to  make  the triple-base cannon propellant.  High-energy is
 the term applied to certain double-base  rocket  propellants
 containing metal particles and special oxidizer ingredients.
 All  solventless  propellants  are  referred  to  as  rolled
 powders.

 Differences in each kind of solvent propellant can be  found
 in  the  specific  chemicals and explosive ingredients added
 during  the  mixing  operation.   Some  ingredients  act  as
 sensitizers,  others as uniform burning rate control agents,
 others  as  cross  linking  agents,  and  some  depress  the
 freezing  point  of  the  propellants.   Depending  on  what
'properties the customer requires, formulation can be blended
 to  meet   the   specifications.    Most   propellants   use
 nitrocellulose as a base.

               Nitrocellulose Powder

 Nitrocellulose   powder,  first  manufactured  in  1867,  is
 colloidal nitrocellulose containing about 1 percent diphenyl
 amine to improve its storage life  and  a  small  amount  of
 plasticizer   such   as   dibutyl  phthalate.   This  powder
 (sometimes called smokeless powder), in its  finished  form,
 is the basic material for' nearly all types of propellants.

 Figure IV-5 presents an overall schematic of the finished NC
 manufacturing  process.  The process starts in the cellulose
 dry house where large bales of pre-purified  cotton  linters
 or  rolls  of  dried  wood pulp are shredded and dried in an
 oven to remove excess moisture.  Then the processing begins.
                             47

-------
                                               u


                                               Q
                                               Ul
                                               X-
                                               V)

                                               Z
                                             ill
                                             u. oc I
Ul
oc
=>


S
Ul
X
o
CO

o

I

Q
O
OC
Q.
OC
ui
Q


I
ui
CO
O
Ul
o
o
oc
                                              cc
                                              LU uj
                                              O v>
                                              Z D
                                              ui o

                                              5!1
                                                                Q
                                                                ui
                                                                £J CO


                                                            \   ll
                                                             »  5s

                                                              \*
                                                               \
                                                                \

                                                            _  \

tr o
ui Z
i Z3 £5
o f= t
< 1- a.
O w
Q. CO
e/>
Ul
Z
U.
o
                  C/J|0
                  LUl —
                  u.u
        C9
        Ul
        Z
        o
        cc
                 Ul
                 a

                 u.
                 Ul
                 u
                   o
                \ Q
o >
Z OC
Sr ^

13
CC CO
                                                                                         CO
                                                                                         CO
                                                                                         Ul
                                                                                         cc
                                                                                         a.
                                                                                         Z
                                                     u
                                                     "•   I
                 CC


                 Z
             Ul
             co
             O
             ui
             U
                  CO
                  Q

                  o
                                          48

-------
This process is divided into  two  integrated  stab processes,
nitration and purification.  Supplemental operations include
purification  of  the  fibers by kier boiling, bleaching and
drying of cellulose fibers prior to nitration.

In the nitration process, acids  (sulfuric  and  nitric)  and
cellulose  (in  the form of loosened fibers) are combined in
the nitrator to form raw nitrocellulose   (NC).   The  NC  is
dewatered    and   sent   to   the   purification   process.
Purification  is  accomplished  by  boiling,   beating   and
poaching  the nitrocotton fibers in acidic and basic aqueous
solutions.

              Solvent- Prop ell ants

Figure IV-6 shows a schematic diagram for the manufacture of
solvent propellants.   In  the  manufacture  of  single-base
propellant,  finished  NC is sent to a mix house where it is
mixed with solvents (alcohol and ether) and  other  chemical
ingredients.   The  raw propellant is then sent to a blocker
house where it is screened and pressed  into  blocks.   From
the blocker house it is taken to the press and cutting house
where  it  is pressed into strands and then cut to specified
lengths.  From here it  proceeds  to  solvent  recovery  and
drying and finishing steps.

in  the  manufacture of double- and triple-base propellants,
finished NG is  combined  with  finished  NC  in  a  pre-mix
process  and then sent to the "DEHY" process for mixing with
solvents  and  other   chemicals.    In   the   mix   house,
nitroguanidine is combined with the NG-NC mixture, solvents,
and  other chemicals to form triple-base propellants.  High-
energy propellants require a separate blending  process  for
the  addition  of  ammonium  perchlorate.   Solvents used in
multi-base and high-energy propellants include  acetone  and
alcohol.

              Solventless Propellants

The manufacturing process of solventless propellants  (rolled
powder)  is  similar to the process for solvent propellants,
but without the addition  of  solvents  in  the  mix  house.
Propellants,  after  the  addition  of  NG,  are  air-dried,
temporarily stored, and then processed  through  a  blender.
From  the  blender,  the powder is transported to a pre-roll
process and then  to  a  final  roll  process.   The  sheets
produced  from  the rolling operations are cut and made into
"carpet  rolls"  or  otherwise  shaped  as  desired.   These
products then undergo final processing preparation.
                             49

-------
                  UJ
                  CO
                Ul
                  ca
                  00
                     H
                     ui
                     a.
                     O
                     CC
                  z cc
ui

§

2
u.
    O
    UI


    1

    O
    Q
    O

    a.
    Ul
    a.
    O
    cc
    a.
    ui
    O
    CO
       >* ^ o
       j P, o

       8|£
CO
CO
uj


8
cc
Q.
          UJ
          o
                  ca
                                              asva-innw
FINSIHED HIGH ENERGY PROPELLANT
I HIGH ENERGY CHEMICALS





FINISHING
PROCESS

SOLVENT
RECOVERY
PROCESS
•'

SgOH
UJ Z D
CC<0
J
^
0
13 3
uj m
s i
a.
>•
£ Q
Q ul
CD
1 -
*. X .
*^ 5


V <*
X (/j
S— Ul
. o J
ui O
cc cc
0. BL I-1-
mm o
1 z 1 1 z 1 |%








HUM PERCHLORAT
VIO1AIWV |
' 	 1

1 	 1
| NITROGUANIDINE | 	
AOU3N3 HDIH
                                   50

-------
    Subcategory C - Load, Assemble and Pack Plants

              Water Gels and Slurries

Water  gels  and  slurries  were  introduced  as  industrial
explosives in 1960 and have rapidly expanded  in  use  since
that  time.   Water  gels  and  slurries  can have an almost
infinite number of formulations, but are basically  mixtures
of  an  oxidizer  and  a  fuel  and sensitizer in an aqueous
media.

Water  gel  and  slurry  manufacture  is  a  batch   process
involving  mixing  of  ammonium  nitrate, sodium nitrate and
other ingredients listed in Table IV-2 to form a  semi-solid
product  in  a  7 to 20 percent water slurry,  certain water
gel formulations include proprietary supplemental components
as  explosive  boosters.   Guar  gum  is  added  to  provide
binding.   The  product is then bagged or shipped in bulk by
truck for on-site injection.  A  gelling  catalyst  such  as
chromate is injected when water gel is used in bulk on site.
Bagged  products  do not incorporate the catalyst.  The only
wastewater sources from the manufacture of  water  gels  are
clean-up  of  spills,  mixing  equipment  and bulk-transport
trucks.

              Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil  (ANFO) Mixtures

ANFO was introduced as an explosive in the mid-1950's and by
1972  constituted  79.7  percent  of  the  total  commercial
explosive use.  ANFO is a .mixture 'of ammonium nitrate prills
and/or  grains  and  fuel  oil,  to: which a variety of other
minor  ingredients   (Table  IV-3)  may - be; added.   Typical
formulation  would  include  less  -than  94 percent ammonium
nitrate, 6 percent No. 2 fuel oil and less  than  1  percent
minor  ingredients.  ANFO is formulated by either a batch or
continuous dry mixing operation,  ;arvd  the  only  wastewater
source   is   the   clean-up   of   spills   and  equipment.
Occasionally the fuel oil  (#2) is dyed before   it  is  mixed
with  ammonium  nitrate  to  identify specific  formulations.
The  product'  is   bagged  in  paper,  plastic,  or   burlap,
depending  upon  its  intended  use.   A typical ANFO mixing
plant is shown in  Table  IV-2a.

              Nitrocarbonitrates  (NCN)

NCN was first introduced as a blasting agent in 1935 and was
primarily  used for seismic  exploration.   These  explosive
products are similar in  composition and manufacture to ANFO.
in addition to or  in place of fuel oil, the product may also
contain    mineral   oil.   carbonaceous  material,  aluminum
                              51

-------
                           FIGURE IV .-7

     TYPICAL PETN PRODUCTION AND ACETONE RECOVERY SCHEMATIC
CONG. HMO.
PENTA-
ERYTHRITOL
             CONTINUOUS
              NITRATOR
         ACETONE
         STORAGE
          STILL
           ,1
                 STEAM
                                            WATER
                       CENTRIFUGE
                                    SLURRY
                                  HNO3 TO
                                  RECOVERY
                              ACETONE
                                      SODIUM
                                    CARBONATE
                           CAUSTIC
                    i
                            PETN
                         .DIGESTOR
                                              FILTER
                                                    WASTE
                                                    WATER
                                                       PETN
                                                       DISSOLVER
                                           WATER
                                                    i
                                                    [
                                            RYSTALLIZER
                                                       FILTER
                                      ACETONE/WATER
                                                   I
                                                  PETN
AQUEOUS
                     52

-------
                 FIGURE IV -8

    TYPICAL LEAD AZIDE PRODUCTION SCHEMATIC
NaN,
LEAD
AZIDE -^_
PbN6
                     WATER
                       i
PRECIPITATOR
     NITRIC ACID
  NaNO2.
  Na2CO3
 KILL TANK
                    DISCHARGE
                                   WATER
  Pb 
-------
 powder,   and   dinitrotoluene    (DNT)   are   also   common
 ingredients.   The  formulation  is  a  dry  batch mix, with
 wastewater restricted to clean-up of spills and equipment.

               Additional Load, Assemble and Pack Processes

 Additional load, assemble and pack processes involve fillinq
 blasting caps or shells with  highly  sensitive  explosives.
 In  addition,  primers use large amounts of water since thev
 are wet when loaded.                                       Y

     Subcatecrorv p - Manufacture of Initiating Compounds

               Pentaervthrito1 Tetranitrate (PETN)

 Figure IV-7  provides a schematic of  PETN  production.    The
 pentaerythritol  is  nitrated with concentrated nitric  acid
 and PETN separated in a centrifuge,  after  which  the  scent
 acid  is  recovered.  The PETN cake is mixed  with  water,  and
 the slurry  is  filtered  to  removal  residual acid.    Th<=>
 crystalline   PETN  is then dissolved in acetone, with sodium
 carbonate added  to  further  neutralize  residual  acidity.
 After graining with water,  the slurry is again  filtered,  and
 the  granular  PETN  taken  to  storage.   The  acetone-water
 filtrate is  digested with  sodium  hydroxide  at   pH 10   to
 destroy  residual  PETN,   and  the  acetone  is recovered by
 distillation.    Still  bottoms  are  discharged as   wa'terv
 wastes.

               Lead Azide

 Figure   IV-8   provides  a  schematic of lead  azide production.
 Sodium  azide  is  reacted with lead nitrate   or   lead   acetate
 and   is  mixed with water and  dextrinate to precipitate lead
 azide,  which  is   then  separated  from   the   wastewater.
 Frequently, dissolved lead  azide  in  the  wastewater will lead
 to   an additional  step where nitric  acid, sodium nitrite  and
 soda^water are added to  precipitate any  additional  lead
 previously in  solution.

              Nitromannite  (HNM)  and  Isosorbide Dinitrate

 Figure   IV-9   provides  a  schematic   of  HNM  production.
 Mannitol, a powdered solid, is fed into  an agitated  mixture
 of  sulfuric  and  nitric  acids  in  a  nitrator.  After the
nitration phase is completed, the liquid  mixture,   composed
 essentially  of  suspended  nitromannite and spent acids,  is
drawn down into a drowning vessel which contains water.
                              54

-------
                             FIGURE IV -9

TYPICAL NITROMANITE OR ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE PRODUCTION SCHEMATIC
         MIXED
         ACID
             WASTE -*-
                 WASTE
NITRATOR
                                  DROWNING
                                   TANKS
                                CENTRIFUGE
                                               MANITOL
                                              (ISOSORBIDE)
  DISSOLVING
    TANKS
                                       I
                                   SEPARATION
                                      TANK
              CHALK

              ACETONE
                 ACETONE -«
                   TO
                 RECOVERY

PRECIPITATION
TANK
1





                   WASTE
                                     FILTER
                                 55
                HNM WASH
                   HNM OR
                  ISOSORBIDE
                  DINITRATE

-------
 From here the suspension is sent to a centrifuge.   The solid
 material is retained on a cloth filter and is washed free of
 acid.  The spent acid and wash waters pass through  a  catch
 tank and are neutralized.

 The  solid  nitromannite from the centrifuge is dissolved in
 acetone.  A small amount of chalk is added to neutralize the
 solution.  It is allowed to separate into layers.   The water
 layer is drawn off through the catch tank  described  above.
 The  acetone  layer  is  diluted  with water in a  continuous
 precipitator to form a slurry which  is  filtered   and  then
 washed.    The  acetone  water  mixture and the filtrate wash
 waters are collected for  processing  through  a  still  for
 acetone   recovery.   Solid  material  collected at the catch
 tank is  periodically collected and burned.

 Ispsorbide dinitrate is manufactured by essentially the same
 process, using different raw materials.

               Lead Mononitroresorcinate (LMR)

 Figure IV-10 provides a schematic diagram of LMR production.
 Mononitroresorcinate  is  reacted  in  a  tub  with   sodium
 hydroxide and lead nitrate and allowed to separate.   The LMR
 is   drawn  off  from the bottom and washed  first with water,
 then acetone and then amyl acetate.   The  first two  rinses
 produce   the  waste  water,   while  the  third  rinse  (amyl
 acetate}  dissolves some of the explosive  and  is   therefore
 collected and burned.

               Primer Explosives

 Several   less  frequently  used  types  of explosives  form the
 raw  materials for primer explosives  and  are   used   primarily
 in small arms ammunitions.   Examples of  these  explosives are
 lead styphnite and tetracene.  They  are  combined, along  with
 other chemicals,  to form the primer  explosives.

               Tetryl

Tetryl   (TrinitrophenylmethylnitramineJ  is chiefly used  as a
base charge  in blasting  caps,  as the  booster  explosive  in
high   explosive   shells,   and  as  an  ingredient  of binary
 explosives.    Nitric    acid,    sulfuric   acid,   and   DMA
 (dimethylaniline)   are the raw materials in its manufacture.
The major  steps  in  production  are  nitration  of  DMA  to
tetryl, refining the product,  drying, and packaging.
         Basis of Assignment of Subcategories
                               56

-------
o

H



LU
      g

      o

      a
      o
      oc
      EL
      LU
>    o

m    o
Z>    LU
CD    CC


E    I
      z
      o
CO


3

LU
                                          1
                                          LU


                                          g
                                          LU
                                   LU
                                                                      LU

                                                                      fe
-!-«=. 2
< £ s
g LU M
£S *'

1
\SH-FILTER

oc
LU
1
1 ACETONE WAS

      s
      a.












LU
1-
ec
H

Q
^ ^_l_l.H^^b
LU ^


OC


00
L_
r^
OC
e
o
LU
OC

„
D LU

O LU
2i |
OC LU
                                                    57

-------
The  subcategories  chosen  are  in-tended  to  encompass the
entire range of explosives manufacturing.  They include both
military  and   commercial   explosives   and   propellants.
Although  there  are   some  differences,  both in volume and
product, between the military and commercial sectors,  their
waste loads are equivalent.  For example, the load, assemble
and  pack  subcategory in the commercial explosives averaged
0.973 Ib COD/ton  explosives  handled,  while  the  military
explosives  averaged   0.253  Ib  COD/ton explosives handled,
with a range of 0.727 to 0.003.

Explosive plants sometimes manufacture  additional  products
besides  explosives.   Fertilizer  or  raw materials for the
manufacture of explosives (such as sulfuric and nitric acid)
have been excluded from this subcategorization,  since  they
are covered under other effluent limitations, guidelines and
new  source  performance standards.  Considerable effort was
spent in segregating these  sections  to  produce  an  unam-
biguous  set  of  effluent  limitations  and  guidelines for
explosives^ manufacturing  point  source  category   without
contradicting  any  other  industrial  point source category
effluent limitations and guidelines.

It is anticipated that no single plant will fall under  only
one  of  the subcategories developed.  Plants that fall into
more than one subcategory will have to conform  to  effluent
limitations, guidelines and new source performance standards
for  each  subcategory.   If  a plant chooses to combine its
wastes from two subcategory areas  in  a  treatment  center,
then  total plant allowable effluent limitations,  guidelines
and new source performance standards  should  be  calculated
according  to  the  method presented in Section IX using the
building block technique.
                               58

-------
                         SECTION V

                   WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
The wastewater sources associated with each subcategory  and
ranges  for  values of selected water quality parameters are
presented in the following discussion.  The wide variability
in the ranges are  due  in  part  to  the  wide  variety  of
products  produced,  differences  between war time and peace
time operations, combined  commercial  and  military  sector
data  and  combined historical  (some which contained cooling
water) and surveyed data.  These numbers  are  presented  in
order  to  show  the ranges of waste that are generated from
these subcategories.  The numbers of  significance  are  the
calculated  raw  waste load data found in Tables V-1 through
V-4.
    Suhcategory A - Manufacture of Explosives

    The following tabulation summarizes the  effluent
    load ranges for subcategory A  (see Table V-2a).
                  waste
             Parameter
               BODS
               COD
               Nitrates
               Sulfates
               TOC
               TSS
       Range
(lbs/1,000  Ibs  product)

  0.18  -    6.35
  0.30  -   10.6
  0.31  -    9.00
  0.28  -  116.
  0.24  -    4,13
  0.05U - 10.7
The wastes from this subcategory are characteristically high
in BCD5, COD, nitrates, sulfates, and TOC.

Highly  variable pH is also characteristic of the wastewater
from explosives manufacturing.

The  manufacture  of  explosives  generally   involves   the
nitrification  of organic compounds.  Many of the explosives
use nitric acid to serve as- the nitrate source and  su If uric
and acetic acids as dehydrating compounds.  Nitrification is
followed    by   product   finishing,   including   washing,
refinement, and drying.  The  major  waste  loads  generally
come  from  the  finishing  area,  where the crude explosive
becomes the final product.

The raw materials used  in  the  manufacture  of  explosives
explain  some  of the wastewater characteristics.  The BODS,
                              59

-------
                                                                in
                                                                 •
                                                                *»
                                                                vo
                          to
                           •
                          en
_
                                                                             I
                                                                                         in
                                                                                         oo
 «*
  •

 03
                                                                             O
                                                                              •

                                                                             o
                                                                                        •s
                                                                                         «
                                                                                        in
                                                                                        o
                                                                                        o
                                                               3
                         o
                         en
                         CM
                                                               T
                                                               < •

                                                               3
                         o

                         3
                                  I

                                 >
OJ
10
                                                                                        §
in
o
                                                     s
                                                      I!
                                                     •s
                                                     I
                                                                                                          3

-------
                                                              TABLE V-2a

                                              Explosive Manufacturing Raw Waste Loads

                                                         Subcategory A


Subcategory A - Explosive
Plant No.
49
SO
439
419
449
Oil

031
041
061
071

v Waste Load2

Production
kkg/day
(1,000 Ib/day)
Manufacture

59.4
(131)
145
(320)
128
(283)
45.8
(101)
296
(652)
76.8
(169)
339
(745)
127
(280)
90.9
(200)
58.2
(128)
—
—
Flow
kkg/day
(mgd)


0.188
(0.05)
0.024
(0.0063)
0.67
(0.163)
5.68
(1.50)
28.4
(7.501
(2)

(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)

, „
—
L/kkg product
(gal/1 ,000 prod) BODS


3,190 0.311
(382)
165 0.181
(19.7)
4,800
(576)
124,000
( 4,900)
95,800 6.04
(11,500)
(2) 6.35

(2) 0.22
(2) 1-66
(2) 0.360
(2) 0:085

1,680 1.463
(201)7
Raw Waste Load (I
COD T53 TOT:


0.921 0.152 0.550
0.563 0.054 0.24
0.062 0.27
10.7 4.13
10.6 1.02 4.05
10.3 0.90 --

3.73 0.550 —
6.99 2.55 , —
1.19 0.53 —
.300 0.780 --

3.873 0.823 1.633

cg/kkg Prod.P-
M3-N S04


3.35 6.55
1.11 0.3
0.31 10.4
116
.35
9.0 0.28

4.83 1.05
3.60 26.5
3.34 0.410
.92 3.15

2.503 6.903


TkN


0.10
0.60
0.021
0.770
0.343
5.25

~
1.0
2.88
0.060

0.823

!Data from Patterson (.1974).
2Due to coding ambiguities, this Individual Information was unavailable.  However, the average of
 these numbers was available and use 1n computing the overall average.
Excludes high and low values.
4Propel1ant operation
SExploslve operation
^Four-plant average
^Average from plants 49, 50 only (49, 50 the only ones visited 1n this category).
8RWL developed from more reliable single source - 47.
H0ata obtained from Department of Defense
                                                             61

-------
                                        00
                                          •

                                        f>
                                           in
                                            •

                                           CO
                                                                 s
                                                                       8
                                                                        *
                                                                       in
                     il
                                  CO
                                  in
                                                            eo
                                                            CM
                                                            CO
                                                                            en
                                        to
                                        CO
                                        CM
                                                         to
                                                         10
                                        to
                                         •

                                        CO
                                                                 CO
                                                                 00
                                                                 CM
                                                                           CO
                                                                            to
                                                oo
                                                eo
                                                   in
                                                   CM
                                                                       in

                                                                       *t
                                                                       to
                                        CO
                                                         in      i—
               ml
               ol
               o
               cat
                                        CO
                                        to
                                                                      CO
                                                                      to
                                                                                         O

                                                                                         ai


                                                                                         2

                                                                                         £
U
 vt
-Q
CM
 I
s    §>    g
4J    0)   r—
£

 (U




I
'a.
 x
UJ
                       T3

                    4.2
                    U O.
                    rj
                    •a o

                    2S
                                                                                   Ol


                                                                                   O)
                                    2   0°'   22    22     22"        J
                                       Oto    O O
O O    O O
O O    OO
o to    o cn
                                                                      o o
                                                                      o o
                                                                      o o
                                                  CM to
                                                  CM CM
                                       r»to    en en
                                       CO CO    CM i—
                                                                 (O CO
                                                                 to «f
                                                                 coo
                                                                      l-~ CM
                                                                      to co
                                                                      CM ^-*
                                       f—	•   CO CM
                                                                 IO l~-
                                                                 CM	
                                                                      I  I
                                                                      I  I
                                 i—en

                                 eo co
                                                o to
                                                CM CO
                                                CM «S-
                                                  O to
                                                  CO to
                                                                            t  i
                                                                            i  i
                      o   £
                            u

                            42
                       t

                      CO
                            a
                            u


                            I
                                                                                   a a
                                                                                   a en
                                                                                         a  at
                                                                                         >  >
                                                                                         a  xs
                                                                                        55
                                                                                         « 4->
                                                                                         E  D>
                                                                                         O  C
                                                                                        •Si
                                                                                  -a  a>
                                                                                   c  en


                                                                                   in -o
 o
 D>
 U


 
                                                                                                           •o
                                                                                                            CO
                                                                                                            U)
                                                                                                            0}
                                                                                                      c  fli
                                                                                                       «  =<£.
                                                                                                      Cn •»- CO
                                                                                                       •
                                                                                                               0)4-
                                                                                               U>
                                                                                           co  a>
                                                                                        u>    »—
                                                                                        a> 
                                                                                                            c

                                                                                                            S
                                                                                                           5
                                              en
                                               co
                                                 en
                                                  co
                                                         en
                                                           CM
                                                                                        §O> O r—
                                                                                        1-
                                                                                      V) .O IA "O
                                                                                      £ E a c
                                                                                              j
                                                                                     •o c t.  o>
                                                                                     a. T- a T-
                                                                                        •o ja j=
                                                                                            §  C   •  M
                                                                                            i-  o  ai  4->
                                                                                            •!->•»-  en c
                                                                                            ns *»  m    O^
                                                                                id    in i—
                                                                               *> a> ai  u

                                                                               cS o5 uj

                                                                              ^- CM    CO '
                                                                                                 ^ T;  -s. &  2-3
                                                                                                  a»  o   i  « -e
                                                                                                  Q. F—  L. S»    its
                                                                                                  O  OL 3 Ol —143
                                                                                              in to r>. C0cn
                                                           62

-------
COD and TOC loads can be attributed to the organic compounds
involved.  The high nitrate levels can be attributed to acid
and organic compounds that contain  nitrogen.   The  sulfate
level  can  be attributed to sulfuric acid, and, in the case
of TNT, the sellite wash used in the purification of TNT.

Initially the wastewaters from explosives manufacturing  are
highly  acidic,  and  pH  values  of  1.0  are not uncommon.
However, prior to  discharge,  neutralization  is  practiced
and, hence, the pH can be as high as 9.0 at discharge.

Another   wastewater  problem  is  the  discharge  of  trace
quantities of explosives.  Discharges  of  nitroglycerin  as
high as 1,000 mg/1 have been recorded.  TNT is of particular
interest  since-  it  has  been  proven  to  inhibit  natural
biological processes.  Discharges of  wastewater  containing
100  mg/1  of TNT are typical.  Concentration of RDX and HMX
can be. as high as 25 mg/1.

    Subcategory B - Manufacture of Propellants

The  waste  loads  associated  with   the   manufacture   of
propellants  are generally higher than those associated with
the manufacture of  explosives.   The  following  tabulation
summarizes  the effluent waste load ranges for subcategory B
(see Table V-2b) .
              Parameter
                COD
                Nitrates
                Sulfates
                TOC
                TSS
           Range
(lbs/1,000  Ib  product)
    35.41
     0.237
    53.5
    28.8
    25.7
118
 66.5
328
 43.6
124
Suspended solids are a troublesome problem, specifically  in
the  manufacture  of  nitrocellulose,  where  NC  fines  can
produce levels of TSS concentration  from  1,000  to  10,000
mg/1.   Wide  variation  in  pH is also a problem.  The BOD5
value obtained is 63.4 lb/1000 Ib pro.duct.

High BODS, COD and TOC  levels  can  be  attributed  to  the
organic  compounds and solvents (alcohol and ether)  involved
in the processes.  High nitrate levels can be attributed  to
the,, use of nitric acids and organic compounds with nitrogen
as one of the elements.  Similarly, sulfate  levels  can  be
attributed to the use of sulfuric acid.
                             63

-------
       1
       
S
3c3

ig,

Ul«i-

§1


"I


   i

    ei
    >


   I

   *SL

   .2
 I?
 CD
 a>
4-»
 (O

1
 £^
 cn en
                                   coco
                                   mo   rrr
                                    •  •   CM
                                   CO r™   *""*
                                     CM
                                                                                                                0«-^

                                                                                                                r"«ro-
                                                                      o en
                                                                      10 en
                                                                      u>
                                                                                oo    cnr—
                                      o o    cn in
                                      CM r-    O CM
                                      cn o    CM
                                                                                en co
                                                                                cxi--^
          CM co
          coco
00     co CM
                                CM
                             coin
                             CMO
                             oo
                                                                                                  r-» in
                                                                                                  in i—
                                                                                                  oo
                                                                                                  o o
                                                                                                     0-8
                                                                                                                  i  i
                                                                                                                  i  i
               1
i'O  *
J£0  C
   o  a

   r- 51
                u
                ra
                a.

                •o

                CO
                in
                co
               
                                                                      s-
                                                                      0)
                                                                      >
                                                                      0)

                                                                      g
                                                                                                                                     -Q  O)
                                                                                                                                            v>
                                                                                                                                         •     mm
                                                                                                                                        ^~   ••—  =J
                                                                                                                                        ^-  ui .a ^*
                                                                                                                                        1^  (U  (O  (C
                                                                                                                                        en *i~ *—  >

                                                                                                                                        d-.i-  5  3
                                                                                                                                            3  >  o
                                                                                                                                        c  o> ra r—


                                                                                                                                        S-  E  "O  C
                                                                                                                                        01  ta  ~S  as
                                                                   ia  c
                                                                  Q-'r-OJT-
                                                                     -O JD -C
                                                                      §OE
                                                                      U qj ul
                                                                   s-     S 0) =
                                                                   fO     Mr—
                                                                  •)->cua)o
                                                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                                                        D>

                                                                                                                                                       9
                                                                                                                                                        
          (/)

          >

          u>
          (U   •
          c: r~
          o«*

          >> i
CO
«3-



?
 (O
          C  CD    ,3-
          O  O
             S-      .
          o»  =    m
         JZ  O    «4*
         +J  in   • ^
                0)   .
         o  ,r—  O r—
         i— -Q    o
          C  (O -t-J
          0-r-  C  u,

         O "oJ  E  c
         in  S- •£  ro

           «   -i-  cn c  o  p
  S-  O -r-
                                                                                                                                                     E    ID
                                                                                        r— . co en o1
                                                                      64

-------
 Throughout  the survey,  one fact continued to repeat itself.
 There was no  significant  treatment  in  place  except  one
 commercial  location.    Generally  a  plant  site  had  only
 neutralization and  in  some cases sedimentation.

     Subcategory C - Loadf  Assemble and Pack Plants

 Waste loads  from subcategory C are  the  mildest,   but  most
 variable,    in   explosives  manufacturing.    The  following
 tabulation summarizes  the  range of effluent waste loads  for
 this subcategory (see  Table V-2c).
             Parameter
               BCD 5
               COD
               Nitrates
               Sulfates
               TCC
               TSS
                                             Range
                                       (lb/1,000  Ibs  product)
0 -
0.0011 -
.0003 -
0.0015 -
0 -
0.0003 -
.0015
1.44
.053
1.22
4.3
6.25
    Subcategorv  D  -  Manufacture  of  Initiating Compounds
               (Specialty Plants)

The  waste  loads  associated  with   the   manufacture   of
initiating  compounds and other specialty explosives are the
highest of any subcategory of explosives  manufacturing  due
to  high  concentrated  waste  streams  and small volumes of
production.   The  following   tabulation   summarizes   the
effluent  waste  load ranges for subcategory D  (see Table V-
2d) .
                Parameter
              EOD5
              COD
              Nitrates
              Sulfates
              TOC
              TSS
         Range
(Ibs/1,000  Ibs Production)
     3.46
     9.52
     0.003
     0.06-
   101
     0.464
 2,210
17,100
 5,750
 7,180
 1,520
   174
High TKN waste loads were also observed.

The cause of high waste loads in this subcategory is related
to the total quantity of  specialty  products  manufactured.
In   general,   specialty   products   are   sensitive  high
explosives, used to  detonate  the  more  massive  but  less
                              65

-------
3
       in
      •o
       s
       V)
       in

                                             o
                                             en
                                                      01
                                                      o
                                               in
                                               CO
                                                                       co
                                                                       in
                                                      co
                                                       o
                                                       o
                                                      r—      i—       CO       r—
                            1
                     10

                     in
                                                      CM
                                                      CM
                                                      -       §
                              CO       •—
                              o       "3*
                              O       CM
         o
         CM
r-.       in

8       ""
                                    10


                           lo       o
                           co
                                                                                         °
                                                                                                             CM
                                                                                                             en
                                                                                                             co
                                                                                                              o
                                                                                                              in
                              CM


                              cn
                              ID



                              CO
                                       g
                                                               o
                                                               CM
                                                               O
                                                o
                                                in
                                                                        CO
                                                                        en
                                                                       o

                                                                       CJ
                                             o
                                             §
                                               O
                                               CO
                                                        o
                                                        CM
                                                        in
                                                                                10
                                                                                en
                                                                                  in
                                                                                  CO
                                                                                    co
                                                                                     CO

       §2
      •T-
       in
       O

       s-
      UI
                        4->tJ

                        32
                        "O  O.
 o>  »
-*:•—
.!£••».

  ' «
    cn
                     §O    O <
                     O    O <
                  CM to    r— •
          > O
          > CD
          > (O
O

cn
  f»
in
                                                     O
                                                     i—
                                                     CM
                                                       M

                                                     CM
                                                                       CD o    o CD    o en
                                                                       o o    o o    «a- CM
                                                       o
                                                       en
                                                       CM
                               vo  •
                            10  ^^
                             CD CD
                             CD O
                             OO
                                             CM CM
                                             CM--'
                              en co
                              CM-—•
                                                     o en
                                                     co in
                                                     CO.—
                                                                                                             coin
                     VO t-»
                     CM<~
                     O <
                                                                 .—.   cn in       *-*   *&ia    10 r-
                                                       -r-   cnin   f—o    i— co    t^«3-    CMO
                                                              §f-O   OO    i—CD    i—CD    CD O
                                                              OO   OO    OO    OO    OO
t
                           S    £
                             «   O
                                             en co
                                             r— VO
                                             r- CM
                              co in    r— o   «— CM

                                               §g
                           «a-r—    «* en
                           .-co    OCD
                          CO i—
                          CM in
                          o o
         to o    o o
         co o    in co
                  r— CO
      s-
      o

      01


      u

      3
      CO
                                                                                                                                 Ol
                                                                                                                                 O)

                                                                                                                                 £
                                                                                                                                 01
                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                         cu
                                                                           (U  OJ
                                                                          r—  cn

                                                                          •8  £
                                                                          -%
                                                                           a  to
                                                                           a i—
                                                                           C r—
                                                                           •3  OS
                                                                           U,  I
                                                                           ra  01

                                                                           =  5
                                                                           O  (U
                                                                          '•P5

                                                                           lg
                                                                           o i-
                                                                                                                                i—  O
                                                                                                                                 CO  U
                                                                                                        •r- T3
                                                                                                        T3  01

                                                                                                         C  !/>
                                                                                                                           o
                                                                                                                           en
                                                                                                                           01
                                                                                                                          ^
                                                                                                                           10
                                                                                                                           u
                                                                                                                        V)
                                                                                                                       •p-
                                                                                                                        >
                                                                                                                                                   in
                                                                                                                                                   01
                                                                                                                                               O
                                                                                                                                               in
                                                                                                                             r-*  ai
                                                                                                                             cr>>^-
                                                                                                                             i— -(->
                                                                                o

                                                                                o3
                                                                                      •a
                                                                                      to
                                                                                      o
                                                                                                   c  cn
                                                                                                   OT-

                                                                                                   52-i
                                                                                                   01  a

                                                                                                  4J  cn
                                                                                                   10  c
                                                                        66
                                                                                                      10  •
                                                                                                     +J   o  0)  >f—  O
                                                                                         s-    r—  g>
                                                                                         ^O CU  E
                                                                                         •»--in     ^

                                                                                         I/)  •* CU  (O
                                                                                         E cn s_  Q.
                                                                                 5       co «3* o  cu

                                                                                r—  O  C 5- c/l
                                                                                   •r-  O -P +J E  E
                                                                                •o +J T- in c o  o
                                                                                 C  (O -P    ro S-  t.
                                                                                 (O  1-  (O S- r—        cu 4->
                                                                                 CU r— •!— CU CU > .O
                                                                                •a r—  in cn cn cu  o
                                                                                 3  cu  o  > 3:  co
                                                                                                                                    (U 
-------
sensitive  explosives.   Therefore, -the quantity produced is
small when compared with the more widely-used explosives  of
Sufccategory   A.   Because  of  the  small  quantity,  batch
processes are used,  recovery  of  spent  materials  is  not
attempted,  and  a  total  lack  of treatment prevails.  For
example, it was observed in the field that a discharge  with
a  pH  of  12.0  occured regularly.  No treatment facilities
were observed  at  this  time  and  from  the  best  sources
available  no  known treatment presently exists in the point
source category.

Table V-1 depicts the raw waste loads (RWL)   for  explosives
manufacturing.   Tables  V-2a  through  d and V-3a through d
present raw waste load  data  by  plaritv~.~asr:~:'.these-• tables.
indicate,  there  are seven parameters whose raw waste loads
are significant: BODS, COD, TOG, TSS, NO3-N, TKN, and SOU.

The mean of this data is very sensitive to the  presence  or
absence  of  the extremes in the distribution.  This is even
more pronounced when dealing with  a  small  sample.   In  a
severely  skewed  distribution,  the  very  high or very low
scores can exert a considerable impact on the mean,  to  the
extent  that  it  is  no  longer  a  good measure of central
tendency.  Hence, the statistical  technique  of  discarding
the  largest and smallest value, where there was no clear or
reasonable explanation, was  used  in  determining  the  raw
waste  load  for each subcategory if there were five or more
pieces of data to work with.  If there were fewer than  five
pieces  of  data,  a simple mean was determined, and none of
the data were discarded.

OTHEP PARAMETERS OF CONSIDERATION

Oil and grease levels as high as 341 mg/1 were found in some
waste  streams   of   plants   manufacturing   products   in
sufccategory C, LAP.  Because oil and grease can be hazardous
to  the  receiving  waters,  effluent  limitations are being
established for this parameter.

A significant waste characteristic not represented in  Table
V-1  is  metals.   Information available on heavy metals was
not adequate to promulgate  effluent  limitations;  however,
they  appear  significant  only in subcategory D.  Lead from
the production of lead azide and lead styphnate can be found
in significant quantities.  Quantities of approximately  two
pounds  of  lead  a  day   (200  mg/1)  were  observed  being
discharged daily at one installation.
                              67

-------
r
             l/>

             0)
             4J
                        ta
                       o_
                                                                                   o
                                                                                   o
                                      CT>
                                      O
                                                                                   O    i—
                       10

                       o
 t


0)
                       •o
                       •o
                          —1

+J     OJ
 «    40
 O     10
-Q     it}
 3    3:

4/1     *
       ro
      DC



       I
                                         CO
                                         CO
                                                                      I—    I
                                                                                  CM
                                                                                    •
                                                                                  in
                                                                                        10
                                                                                        o
                                                                                        CM
       co    •*
       CM    in
         • :     •-
       in    r—
                                                          in
                                                          in
                                                                                                             oo
                      (O
                      O)
                      Q.
                      X
                     UJ
                                   o
                                              co
                                                    in
                                                    oo
                                                          cvj
                                                                                                             CM
                                        CM
            co     i
            i—     i
                                    ,    t«    CO
                                  CO     •     •
                                  O|    CT>    i—
                                    I    r—    CO
«*          CO
  •            •
OJ    VO    r—
CO    p—    <3-
      VO
                                                     co     i
                                                     r-     I
                                                                       in

                                                                       00
                                                                       CTI
CO
  •


01
o
  •

•=»•
o>
  •
co

                                       CO
                                             o
                                             in
                                                   co
                                                     r—    CM
                                                     O    O
                              CO
                              O
                                                                                  to
                                                                                  CD
                                                                                                            to
                                                                                                            ID

                                                                    oo

                                                                     to

                                                                     c
                                                                     o
                                                                     CO
                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                            on
                                                                         68
                                                                    fd
                                                                    +J
                                                                    (C
                                                                    o

-------
                       I
                       I TO
                       r
            
CD
-P
10
O
•§

1/1
            
              O
              IT)
              (O
              0)
              CU
              o

              Q-
                       
-------
                                                                    cr>
             to
             2
01
             O
             ra
             O
 en    u>
 a)     ro
 03
 u     s
•§    
            to
      -a£
      CJ
      ra
            e3

            0)
                     o: <
                                           o>
                                           CM
                                                       8
                                                         •
                                                       in
             CO
             vo
             r-    *J-
              *     •
                   CO
                   CO
                                                                                CO
                                                                                10
                                                                           I    O
                                                                           I
                                                                                      CM
                                                                                      CM
                                    in
                                    CM
CO


CM    CM
  •      •

      «*
                                                             m
to    o
CO    o   CM
O    O    tO
            V)
            v>
           «c
           •o
            ra
            o
                        o
                              r—    CM
                              O    O
                                    CO
                                    O
                                                 (U
                                                 a.
                                                 o

                                                Q.
                                                CO
                                                       oo
                                                                                      O)
                                                                                      in
                                                                                      res
                                                                                                                 c
                                                                                                                 O
                                                                                                                 ro    -J=
                                                                                                                 a.    o)
                                                                                      to
                                                                                     Of
                                                                                                                       V)
                                                                                                                       cu
                                                                                                                 
-------
                                    CO
           c  to
          •H  ^
           M  V
           3 -P
          4J  Q)
           O  g

          H [  ^j
           3  id
          . j* rt«
           id
               -o
                o

               0.
                I/I
               J3
•o
CO
 O)
    IQ-H
    •d -P
 §,
 0)

 10
 u
jQ
             •O       ±3
           §*
          U  O
 C  (0

-P  (0
 id  o
•H J
-P
•H  S
 C  id
H tf
                                          O
                                          CVJ
                                          o_

                                          00
                                                       O
                                                       O
                                                                   en
                                     in
                                     cr>
                                     vo
                                                       CM
Lf>
o
                                                 co    «a-
                                                 CTi    CO
                                                 o    co
                                                                   o
                                                                   co
                          a
                          i|    !    S
                                     CM
                                     O
            i—    «*   VO
                  i—   CM
                         «O
                               s    §
                               r—    CO
O
O
CO
                               00
                               «J
                               VO
                                                             O
                                                             Ol
                                                             CO
                                     CO
                                     o
                                     o
                                     oo
                                       o
                                       o
                                       o
o
o
                                                       co
                               o
                               o
                               10
                                                             o
                                                             cr>
                                                             en
                                                              O

                                                              3
                                CM
                                           O
                                           if)
                                                 oB

                                                 z
                                                 3:
                                                               71

-------
 Another significant waste characteristic not represented  in
 Table  V-1 is trace quantities of explosives.   The following
 concentrations of explosives have been reported:
               Explosives

                   NG
                   TNT
                   RDX
                   HMX
 Effluent Concentration

1,800 mg/1
70-350 mg/1
7.9 mg/1
2.6 mg/1
 In  addition  to  these  manufactured  explosives    in    the
 effluent,   there  are  significant concentrations of  unwanted
 isomers  such as  DNT (dinitrotoluene)  in the  wastewater.   The
 possibility of these small   concentrations   accumulating   in
 the    environment  and  the   toxicity  of   these wastes
 necessitates adequate  treatment  prior to discharge.

     Kanges  of Concentration

 A  key  waste characterization is  the range of   concentration
 for      significant     pollutant    parameters.     Average
 concentrations  are   presented    in    Table   V-4.    These
 concentrations  can be  very misleading, since non-contact
 cooling  waters cannot  be distinguished  from  process  waters
 in every case.

 The  following ranges of pollutants-based on  the survey and a
 review of the historical data are for subcategory A:
EOD5 - 20.0 to  1,100 mg/1
COD  - 60 to 3,500 mg/1
TSS  - 8.0 to 1,300 mg/1
TOC  - 12.0 to  1,500 mg/1
   N03-N  -  20.0  to  6,800 mg/1
   TKN    -  5.0 to 3,700 mg/1
   SOU    -  50 to 2,100 mg/1
The   following  pollutant  concentration  ranges  generally
characterize subcategory B:
COD  - 200 to 1,200 mg/1
TSS  - 100 to 1,000 mg/1
TOC  - 30 to 130 mg/1
  N03-N  -  1.0 to 11,000 mg/1
  TKN    -  1.8 to 60 mg/1
  S04    -  300 to 900 mg/1
The  pollutant  concentration  ranges  for
generally fall into the following ranges:
              subcategory
BODS - 0 to 12 mg/1
COD  - 8.0 to 220 mg/1
TSS  - 1 to 770 mg/1
TOC  - 2.0 to 480 mg/1
  N03-N - 0.4 to 12 mg/1
  TKN   - 2.0 to 6.0 mg/1
  SOU   - 50 to 85 mg/1
                             72

-------
                                  Table V-4
                         Concentration of Pollutants
                             Explosives Industry
Category

   A
   B
   C
   D
BOD.5
mg/L
871
2371
<1
340
COD
mg/L
2,310
4421
45
7,210
TKN
mg/L
489
222
12
3
Nitrates
mg/1
1,490
1442
9
6.0
SO.
*t
mg/L
4,120
7151
232
1 ,060
TOC
mg/L
972
1632
2
975
TSS
mg/L
489
2421
523
56
1 Historical Data, Plant No.  47
2Survey Data, Plant No. 47
                                     73

-------
The   above   ranges  for  BODS,  COD  and TOC represent different
data   populations   because  the   complete   data   for   all
parameters were  not available from  each plant.

The   pollutant data points generally fall into the following
concentration ranges for subcategory D:
BODS -  100 to  12,000 mg/1
COD  -  300 to  50,000 mg/1
TSS  -  1.0 to  60,000 mg/1
TOC  -  50 to 15,000 mg/1
NO3-N - 0.5 to 5,000 mg/1
TKN   - 4.0 to 1,000 mg/1
S04   - 5 to 120,000 mg/1
It is evident that  the  concentrations  for  subcategory  B
appear  similar  to A; however, the amounts of raw pollutant
per  1,000 pounds of .product differ greatly.  Tables V-1  and
V-2a through v-2d provide more detailed data to substantiate
this observation.
Plants   falling  in  subcategory  c  appear  to  be  widely
scattered with regard to pollutant concentration.  It should
be noted that the average flow in this  category  was  about
6,800 gpd, even though the concentrations are very small.

Wasteloads  from  plants  in  subcategory  D  appear  to  be
variable in concentration.  This is borne out by the  nature
of  this  category.  For example, if a sample were extracted
when the batch process is being dumped, it would have a high
concentration.  Also, a plant  that  discharges  a  specific
process  effluent  once  every  three weeks was sampled. The
result was extremely high concentrations  of  pollutants  on
some days, followed by long periods of low concentration.
                                74

-------
                         SECTION VI

             SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS
General

From   review   of  NPDES  permit,  applications  for  direct
discharge   of   wastewaters   from    various    explosives
manufacturers  and  examination  of  related published data,
twelve parameters (listed in Table VI-1) were  selected  and
examined  for  all  industrial  wastewaters during the field
data cpllection  program.   In.  addition,  several  specific
parameters were examined for each of the subcategories.  All
field   sampling   data  are  summarized  in  Supplement  B.
Supplement B includes laboratory  analytical  results,  data
from  plants  visited,  RWL  calculations,  historical data,
analysis of historical data,  computer  print-outs  (showing
flows,  production,  and  pollutants,  performance  data  on
treatment    technologies    and    effluent     limitations
calculations).    Supplement   A  has  design  calculations,
capital cost calculations,  and, annual  cost  calculations.
Supplements  A  and  B  are  available  at  the  EPA  Public
Information  Reference  Unit,  Room  2922   (EPA   Library),
Waterside Mall, Washington* B.C.  20460.

The  degree  of  impact  on the overall environment has been
used as a basis for dividing the pollutants into  groups  as
follows:

    1.  Pollutants of significance.
    2.  Pollutants of limited signi-ficance.
    3.  Pollutants of specific significance.

The rationale and justification for pollutant categorization
within  the  foregoing  groupings, as discussed herein, will
indicate the basis for  selection  of  the  parameters  upon
which  the  actual  effluent limitations and guidelines were
postulated for each point source.  In  addition,  particular
parameters have been discussed in .terms of their validity as
measures   of   environmental   impact  and  as  sources  of
analytical insight.

Pollutants observed from the field data that were present in
sufficient  concentrations  so  as  to  interfere  with,  be
incompatible with, or pass with inadequate treatment through
publicly  owned treatment works are discussed in Section XII
of this document.
                          75

-------
    Pollutants of Significance

Parameters  of   pollution   significance   for   explosives
manufacturing point source category are BOD5, COD, TOC, TDSr
TSS,  nitrates,  .sulfates,  total Kjeldahl nitrogen, ammonia
nitrogen, lead and pH.

BOD5, COD, and TOC  have  been  selected  as  pollutants  of
significance  because  they  are the primary measurements of
organic  pollution.   In  the  survey  of   the   industrial
categories,  almost  all of the effluent data collected from
wastewater' treatment  facilities  were  based  upon   BOD5,
because  almost all the treatment facilities were biological
processes.   if  other  processes  (such   as   evaporation,
incineration,  or activated carbon)  are utilized, either COD
or TOC may be a more appropriate measure of pollution.
                         76

-------
        Table VI-1
List of Parameters Examined
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Total Organic Carbon
Total Suspended Solids
Dissolved Solids
Lead
Mercury
Nitrogen Compounds
pH, Acidity, Alkalinity
Sulfates
Oil and Grease
Color
            77

-------
 BOD

 Biochemical  oxygen  demand  (BOD)  is usually   defined  as  the
 amount    of    oxygen    required   by    microorganisms  while
 stabilizing   decomposable  organic  matter   under   aerobic
 conditions.    The  term "decomposable"  may be interpreted as
 meaning  that the  organic matter  can serve as  food   for  the
 microorganisms   and    that  energy   is derived  from  this
 oxidation. '

 The BOD  does not  in itself cause direct  harm  to   a  water
 system,   but  it  does exert an indirect effect by depressing
 the oxygen content  of the wafer";  Organic effluents  exert  a
 BOD during their  processes of decomposition which can have a
 catastrophic effect on  the ecosystem  by depleting the oxygen-
 supply. ^  Conditions  are sometimes reached where all of the
 oxygen is used, and the continuing decay process causes  the
 production of gases, such as hydrogen sulfide.  Water with a
 high BOD indicates  the  presence   of decomposing organic
 matter and subsequent high bacterial  counts that degrade the
 quality  and  potential use of the water.

 Dissolved oxygen  (DO)  is a water quality  constituent  that,
 in  appropriate concentrations, is essential not only to keep
 organisms living  but  also to sustain  species reproduction,
 vigor,  and   the-  development  of  populations.    Organisms
 undergo   stress   at reduced DO. concentrations that make them
 less competitive  and   less  capable   of  sustaining  their
 species   within  the   aquatic   environment.   For  example,
 reduced DO concentrations have been shown to interfere  with
 fish population  through  delayed hatching of eggs, reduced
 size and  vigor of embryos, production of deformities in  the
young,  interference  with  food  digestion, acceleration of
blood clotting, decreased tolerance  to  certain  toxicants,
reduced  food  efficiency and growth rate, and reduced maximum
 sustained swimming speed.  Fish food organisms are likewise
affected  adversely in conditions with suppressed DO.   Since
all  aerobic   aquatic  organisms  need  a  certain amount of
oxygen, the  consequences of total lack  of  dissolved  oxygen
due  to   a  high  BOD can kill all aerobic inhabitants of the
affected  area.
The  BOD
Chemical
          •test   (Standard  Methods,  1971;  Methods  of  the
	  Analysis  of Water and Wastes, 1971)  has been used
to gauge the pollutional strength of a wastewater  in  terms
of   the  oxygen  it  would  demand  if  discharged  into  a
watercourse.  Historically, the BOD test has also been  used
to   evaluate   the  performance  of  biological  wastewater
treatment facilities and to  establish  effluent  limitation
                            78

-------
values.  However, objections to the use of the BOD test have
been raised.  The major objections are:

    1.   The  standard  BOD5 test takes five days before the
results are available.

    2.   At the start of the BOD test,  a  seed  culture  of
microorganisms  is  added  to  the  BOD bottle.  If the seed
culture were not acclimated  (i.e.,  exposed  to  a  similar
wastewater   in   the   past),   then  it  may  not  readily
biologically degrade the waste, and a low BOD value  may  be
reported.   This  situation  may  occur  when  dealing  with
complex industrial wastes.

    3.   The BOD test is sensitive to  toxic  materials,  as
are all biological processes.  Therefore, if toxic materials
are present in particular wastewater, the reported BOD value
may be erroneous.  This situation can be remedied by running
a  microorganism  toxicity test, i.e., subsequently diluting
the sample until the BOD value reaches a plateau  indicating
that  the  material  is  at  a concentration which no longer
inhibits biological oxidation.

However, some of the previously cited weaknesses of the  BOD
test  also  make  it  uniquely  applicable.   It is the only
parameter now available which measures the amount of  oxygen
utilized  by  microorganisms  in  metabolizing  organics  in
wastewater.

The use of COD or TOC  to  monitor  the  efficiency  of  BOD
removal in biological treatment is possible only if there is
a good correlation between COD or TOC and BOD.  Under normal
circumstances,  two correlations would be necessary, one for
the raw wastewater and one for the treated effluent.  During
the field data analysis, varying correlations between COD or
TOC and BODJ5 were evident between subcategories.   In  spite
of  some disadvantages, this industry should continue to use
the EOD5 parameter as one of its pollution indicators.

The EOD5 test is essentially a bioassay procedure  involving
the measurement of oxygen consumed by living organisms while
utilizing  the  organic  matter  present  in  a  waste under
conditions as similar as possible to  those  that  occur  in
nature..    It  is  extremely  important  that  environmental
conditions be suitable for the living organisms to  function
in  an  unhindered  manner  at  all times.  This requirement
means  that  toxic  substances  must  be  absent  and   that
accessory  nutrients  needed  for  microbial growth  (such as
nitrogen, phosphorus, and certain trace  elements)  must  be
present.   Biological  degradation  of  organic matter under
                            79

-------
 natural conditions is brought about by a  diverse  group  of
 organisms   that   carry   the   oxidation   essentially  to
 completion.   Therefore, it is important that a  mixed  group
 of  organisms commonly called "seed" be present in the  test.
 For a few industrial wastes,  this "seed" should  be  allowed
 to  adapt to  the  particular  waste  (acclimate)   prior to
 introduction of the culture into the BOD5 bottle.

 The EODJ5 test may be considered as a wet oxidation procedure
 in which the  living  organisms  serve  as  the  medium  for
 oxidation of the organic matter to carbon dioxide and water.
 ft  quantitative  relationship  exists  between the amount of
 oxygen required to convert a  definite amount  of  any  given
 organic  compound  to carbon  dioxide and water,  which can be
 represented  by a generalized  equation.   On the basis  of this
 relationship,  it is possible  to interpret BOD5_ data in  terms
 of organic matter that is present as well as in terms of  the
 amount of oxygen used during  its oxidation.   This  concept is
 fundamental  to an understanding of the rate  at which  BODS  is
 exerted.                                                ~~

 The oxidative  reactions involved in the BOD5_  test are  the
 result  of  biological  activity,   and the rate  at which  the
 reactions proceed is governed  to  a  major   extent  by  the
 microbial   concentration  and   temperature.   Temperature
 effects are  held constant by  performing the   test   at  20°C,
 which  is an  approximate median value for natural bodies of
 water.

 The predominant^organisms responsible  for the   stabilization
 of  most  organic matter in natural  waters are native to the
 soil.   The rate of their metabolic  processes  at   20°C  and
 under   the    conditions  of    the  test (total   darkness,
 quiescence,  etc.)  is  such that   time  must be   measured  in
 days.    Theoretically,   an  infinite  time   is   required for
 complete  biological oxidation of organic  matter, but  for all
 practical purposes  the reaction  may  be   considered  to  be
 complete^  in  20  days.   A BOD test  conducted over  the 20 day
 period   is   normally   considered  a  good  estimate  of  the
 "ultimate"   BOD.    However,  a   20-day  period is too long to
 wait   for results   in  practice.   -It  has  been   found  by
 experience   with  domestic  sewage  that   a reasonably large
 percentage of   the  total  BOD   is   exerted  in  five  days.
 Consequently,   the  test  has been developed on the  basis of a
 5-day  incubation   period.    It   should   be   remembered,
 therefore, that 5-day  BOD values represent only a portion of
 the   total  BOD,   The  exact   percentage  depends  on  the
 character of the  "seed"  and  the  nature  of  the  organic
matter, and  can be  determined only by experiment.
                            80

-------
COD

The   chemical   oxygen  demand  (COD)   test  represents  an
alternative to the BOD test, and  in  many  respects  it  is
superior  to  the  BOD  test.  COD is widely used and allows
measurement of a waste in terms of  the  total  quantity  of
oxygen  required  for  oxidation to carbon dioxide and water
under severe chemical and physical conditions.  It is  based
on   the  fact  that  all  organic  compounds,  with  a  few
exceptions,  can  be  oxidized  by  the  action  of   strong
oxidizing agents under acid conditions.

During  the  COD test, organic matter is converted to carbon
dioxide   and   water   regardless   of    the    biological
assimilability  of the substances; for instance, glucose and
lignin are both  oxidized  completely.   As  a  result,  COD
values   are   greater   than  BOD  values  especially  when
significant amounts of biologically-resistant organic matter
are present.

One drawback of the COD test is that  its  results  give  no
indication  of  the  rate  at  which the biologically active
material would be stabilized under conditions that exist  in
nature.    High   levels  of  chloride  interfere  with  the
analysis.  Normally,  mercuric  sulfate  is  added  to  each
sample.  being   analyzed  for  chemical  oxygen  demand  to
eliminate the chloride interference.

The major advantage of  the  COD  test  is  the  short  time
required  for  evaluation.  The determination can be made in
about  3  hours  rather  than  5  days  required   for   the
measurement of BOD.  Furthermore, the COD test requires less
sophisticated  equipment,  smaller  working  area,  and less
investment  in   laboratory   facilities.    Another   major
advantage  of  the  COD  test  is  that  there  is  no  seed
acclimation problem.

TOG

Total organic carbon  (TOC) is a measure  of  the  amount  of
carbon  in the organic material in a-wastewater sample.  The
TOC  analyzer  withdraws  a  small  volume  of  sample   and
thermally  oxidizes it at 150°C.  The water vapor and carbon
dioxide from the combustion chamber  (where the  water  vapor
is  removed) are condensed and sent to an infrared analyzer,
where the carbon dioxide is monitored.  This carbon  dioxide
value  corresponds  to  the  total inorganic value.  Another
portion  of  the  same  sample  is  thermally  oxidized   at
temperatures  above 950°C.  This latter value corresponds to
                            81

-------
 the -total carbon value.  TOC is  determined  by  subtracting
 the inorganic carbon from the total carbon value.

 TSS

 All undissolved solids in water,  unless they have  settled to
 the  bottom in one hour,  are suspended solids.   The  fraction
 of undissolved solids that are settleable  is  dependent  on
 quiescence,    temperature,     density,   stability,    size,
 flocculation, and many other factors.   Suspended solids  are
 a  vital and easily determined measure of pollution  and also
 a measure of the material that may  settle  in   tranquil  or
 slow-moving streams.

 Suspended   solids   include   both organic and  inorganic
 materials.   The inorganic compounds include sand,  silt,   and
 clay.    The  organic   fraction includes   such   materials as
 grease,  oil,  tar, and (animal and vegetable)  fats.

 Suspended solids in water  interfere  with  many  industrial
 processes,   cause  foaming  in boilers and incrustations on
 equipment  exposed to such  water,    especially   as    the
 temperature  rises.    They  are undesirable in  process  water
 used in  the manufacture of steel,  in the   textile  industry,
 in laundries,  in dyeing and  in cooling systems.

 Total  suspended  solids   (TSS) discharged in the  biological
 treatment system effluent consists  of  biological solids   and
 other  suspended  solids   carried  over through  the treatment
 facilities.   Total  suspended solids, when   discharged  to a
 watercourse,   settle   to  the bottom and can blanket spawning
 grounds  and interfere  with fish propagation.    In  addition,
 the  solids which  are organic will be metabolized and exert
 an oxygen demand on the  body  of   water.   Total  suspended
 solids,   in    large   .concentrations,   can    impede  light
 transmittance  and interfere  with   aquatic  photosynthesis,
 thereby  affecting the  oxygen content of a  body  of water.

 Solids   in  suspension  are usually aesthetically displeasing.
 Solids,  when   transformed  to   sludge   deposits,  may  do  a
variety  of damaging things,  including  blanketing the stream
 or lake bed and  thereby destroying  the  living  spaces   for
those  benthic   organisms  that  would  otherwise occupy the
habitat.

In addition to any toxic  effect attributable  to  substances
leached  out  by  water,   suspended solids may kill fish and
shellfish by causing abrasive  injuries and by  clogging  the
gills  and  respiratory  passages  of various aquatic fauna.
Indirectly, suspended  solids are inimical  to  aquatic  life
                             82

-------
because they screen out light, and they promote and maintain
the   development   of  noxious  conditions  through  oxygen
depletion.  This results in the killing  of  fish  and  fish
food   organisms.    Suspended   solids   also   reduce  the
recreational value of the water.

Pollutants of Limited Significance

Dissolved Solids

In  natural  waters,  the  dissolved   solids   are   mainly
carbonates,  chlorides,  sulfates,  phosphates,  and,  to  a
lesser extent, nitrates of calcium, magnesium,  sodium,  and
potassium,   with   traces  of  iron,  manganese  and  other
substances.   The  summation  of  all  individual  dissolved
solids is commonly referred to as total dissolved solids.

Many communities in the United States and in other countries
use  water  supplies  containing  2,000  to  4,000  mg/1  of
dissolved salts, when no better water  is  available.   Such
waters  are  not  palatable,  may not quench thirst, and may
have a laxative action on new users.  Waters containing more
than 4,000 mg/1 of  total  salts  are  generally  considered
unfit  for  human  use, although in hot climates such higher
salt concentrations can  be  tolerated.   Waters  containing
5,000. mg/1  or  more are reported to be bitter and act as a
bladder and intestinal irritant.   It  is  generally  agreed
that  the salt concentration of good, palatable water should
not exceed 500 mg/1.

Limiting concentrations of dissolved solids for  fresh-water
fish  may  range  from  5,000  to  10,000 mg/1, depending on
species and prior acclimatization.  Some fish are adapted to
living in more saline waters, and a few  species  of  fresh-
water  forms  have  been found in natural waters with a salt
concentration of 15,000 to 20,000  mg/1.   Fish  can  slowly
become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish in waters
of  low  salinity  cannot  survive  sudden  exposure to high
salinities, such as those resulting from discharges of  oil-
well brines.  Dissolved solids may influence the toxicity of
heavy metals and organic compounds to- fish and other aquatic
life,  primarily  because  of  the  antagonistic  effect  of
hardness on metals.

Waters with  total  dissolved  solids   (TDS)  concentrations
higher  than  500 mg/1 have decreasing utility as irrigation
water.  At 5,000 mg/1, water has  little  or  no  value  for
irrigation.
                            83

-------
 Dissolved  solids  in industrial waters can cause foaming in
 boilers and can cause interference with cleanliness,  color,
 or  taste of many finished products.  High concentrations of
 dissolved solids also tend to accelerate corrosion.

 Specific conductance is a measure of the capacity  of  water
 to  convey an electric current.  This property is related to
 the total concentration of ionized substances in  water  and
 to  the water temperature.  This property is frequently used
 as a substitute method of quickly estimating  the  dissolved
 solids concentration.

 Lead (Pb)

 Some natural waters contain lead in solution, as much as O.U
 to  0.8  mg/1 where mountain limestone and galena are found.
 In the U.S.A., lead concentrations  in  surface  and  ground
 waters  used for domestic supplies range from traces to 0.04
 mg/1,  averaging about  0.01 mg/1.

 Foreign to the human body, lead tends  to  be  deposited  in
 bone  as  a  cumulative  poison.    The  intake  that  can be
 regarded as safe for everyone cannot be  stated  definitely,
 because  the  sensitivity  of  individuals  to  lead differs
 considerably.    Lead  poisoning  usually  results  frorr.  the
 cumulative  toxic  effects of lead after continuous consump-
 tion over  a long period of time,  rather than from occasional
 small  doses.    Lead is  not  among  the  metals  considered
 essential  to the nutrition of animals or human beings.

 Lead may enter the  body through food,  air,  and tobacco  smoke
 as  well as from water and other  beverages.   The exact  level
 at which the intake of lead by the human  body  will  exceed
 the  amount  excreted   has  not  been   established,   but  it
 probably lies  between  0.3 and 1.0  mg   per  day.    The   mean
 daily   intake   of  lead  by adults  in  North America is  about
 0.33 mg per day,  which  is  derived   from  water  used   for
 cooking and drinking.

 Lead   in an amount  of  0.1  mg ingested  daily over a  period  of
 years  has  been reported to cause   le"ad  poisoning.   On  the
 other  hand,  one reference  considered 0.5 mg  per  day  safe for
 human   beings,   and  a  daily  dose  of  0.16  mg/1  over  long
 periods of time have   apparently   been  non-poisonous.   The
 mandatory   limit for   lead  in  the   USPHS  Drinking  Water
 Standards  is 0.05 mg/1.   Several  countries use 0.1  mg/1  as a
 standard.

Traces  of   lead  in  metal-plating  baths  will  affect  the
 smoothness  and  brightness  of  deposits.  Inorganic lead salts
                             84

-------
in  irrigation  water  may  be toxic to plants and should be
investigated further.  It is not unusual for  cattle  to  be
poisoned  by  lead  in  their  water.   The  lead  need  not
necessarily be in solution, but may be  in  suspension,  as,
for  example,  oxycarbonate.   Chronic  lead poisoning among
animals has been caused by 0.18 mg/1 of lead in soft  water.
Most  authorities agree that 0.5 mg/1 of lead is the maximum
safe limit for lead in a potable supply  for  animals.   The
toxic concentration of lead for aerobic bacteria is reported
to be 1.0 mg/1, and for flagellates and infusoria, 0.5 mg/1.
The  bacterial  decomposition of organic matter is inhibited
by 0.1 to 0.5 mg/1 of lead.

Studies indicate that in water containing lead salts, a film
of coagulated mucus forms, first over the  gills,  and  then
over  the  whole body of the fish, probably as a result of a
reaction between lead and an organic constituent  of  mucus.
The  death  of the fish is caused by suffocation due to this
obstructive layer.  In soft water, lead may be  very  toxic;
in  hard  water  equivalent  concentrations of lead are less
toxic.  Concentrations of lead as low as 0.1 mg/1 have  been
reported  toxic or lethal to fish.  Other studies have shown
that the toxicity of lead  toward  rainbow  trout  increases
with  a  reduction  of the dissolved-oxygen concentration of
the water.

Mercury  (Hg)

Mercury is an elemental metal that is rarely found as a free
metal.  The most distinguishing fe%ature  is  that  it  is  a
liquid  at  ambient conditions.  Mercury is relatively inert
chemically and is insoluble in water.  Its  salts  occur  in
nature chiefly as the sulfide  (HgS) known as cinnabar.

Mercury can be introduced into the body through the skin and
the  respiratory system.  Mercuric salts are highly toxic to
humans   and   can   be   readily   absorbed   through   the
gastrointestinal  tracts.  Fatal doses can vary from 3 to 30
grams.

Mercuric salts are extremely toxic to fish and other aquatic
life.   Mercuric  chloride  is  more • lethal  than   copper,
hexavalent chromium, zinc, nickel, and lead towards fish and
aquatic  life.   In the food cycle, algae containing mercury
up to 100 times the concentration  of  the  surrounding  sea
water  are  eaten  by  fish  which  further concentrates the
mercury and predators that eat the fish in turn  concentrate
the mercury even further.

Nitrogen Compounds
                             85

-------
 Ammonia   nitrogen  (NH3-N)  and  total  Kjeldahl nitrogen  (TKN)
 are two  parameters  which have received a substantial  amount
 of  interest  in the  last decade.  TKN  is the  sum  of  the  NH3-N
 and organic  nitrogen   present in the sample.   Both  NH3  and
 TKN are  expressed in  terms  of equivalent nitrogen values   in
 mg/1 to  facilitate  mathematical manipulations of the  values.

 Organic   nitrogen  may   be  converted in the environment to
 ammonia  by saprophytic   bacteria  under  either  aerobic   or
 anaerobic conditions.   The  ammonia nitrogen  then becomes  the
 nitrogen  and   energy  source  for   autotrophic   organisms
 (nitrifiers).   The  oxidation  of ammonia to nitrite  and  then
 to   nitrate  has  a  stoichiometric  oxygen  requirement   of
 approximately-4.6 times the  concentration   of   NH3-N.    The
 nitrification   reaction is  much slower than  the  carbonaceous
 reactions, and, therefore,  the  dissolved oxygen  utilization
 is  observed  over  a  much longer  period.

 Ammonia   is  a  common  product  of the decomposition of  organic
 matter.   Dead  and decaying  animals and  plants  along  with
 human and animal  body wastes  account  for much of the  ammonia
 entering the  aquatic ecosystem.   Ammonia exists in its non-
 ionized  form only at higher pH  levels and is the most toxic
 in   this state.  The lower the pH, the more ionized  ammonia
 is  formed and   its  toxicity  decreases.   Ammonia,   in   the
 presence of dissolved  oxygen,  is converted  to nitrate  (NO3)
 by   nitrifying  bacteria.   Nitrite  (NO2),  which    is    an
 intermediate   product between ammonia and nitrate,  sometimes
 occurs in quantity when depressed oxygen conditions   permit.
 Ammonia   can   exist  in several other chemical combinations,
 including ammonium chloride and other salts.

 Infant^  methemoglobinemia,  a    disease   characterized   by
 specific blood   changes and cyanosis, may be caused  by high
 nitrate  concentrations   in  the water used  for   preparing
 feeding   formulae.   While  it   is  still impossible to state
 precise  concentration limits, it has  been widely recommended
 that water containing more  than 10  mg/1 of nitrate  nitrogen
 (NOJ3-N)  should not be used  for  infants.

 Nitrates  are also harmful  in fermentation processes and can
 cause disagreeable tastes in beer.  In  most  natural  water
the pH range is such that ammonium  ions (NH4+)  predominate.

In   streams  polluted  with  sewage,  up  to one-half of the
nitrogen  in the sewage may be in the  form of  free  ammonia,
and  sewage  may  carry up to 35 mg/1 of total nitrogen.  It
has been  shown that at  a  level  of   1.0  mg/1  non-ionized
ammonia,  the ability of hemoglobin  to combine with oxygen is
impaired   and   may  cause  fish  to  suffocate.   Evidence
                              86

-------
indicates that ammonia exerts a considerable toxic effect on
all aquatic life within a range of less than 1.0 to 25 mg/lf
depending on the pH and dissolved oxygen level present.

Ammonia  can  add  to  the  problem  of  eutrophication   by
supplying  nitrogen  through  its  breakdown products.  Some
lakes in warmer climates, and others that are aging quickly,
are  sometimes  limited  by  the  nitrogen  available.   Any
increase will speed up the plant growth and decay process.

pH, Acidity and Alkalinity

Acidity  and  alkalinity  are  reciprocal terms.  Acidity is
produced  by  substances  that  yield  hydrogen  ions   upon
hydrolysis,  and  alkalinity  is produced by substances that
yield hydroxyl ions.  The term "total  acidity"  and  "total
alkalinity" are often used to express the buffering capacity
of a solution.

Acidity  in  natural  waters  is  caused  by carbon dioxide,
mineral acids, weakly dissociated acids, and  the  salts  of
strong acids and weak bases.  Alkalinity is caused by strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.

The term pH is a logarithmic expression of the concentration
of  hydrogen  ions.  At a pH of 7, the hydrogen and hydroxyl
ion concentrations are essentially equal and  the  water  is
neutral.   Lower  pH  values  indicate acidity, while higher
values indicate alkalinity.  The relationship between pH and
acidity or alkalinity is not necessarily linear or direct.

Waters  with  a  pH -below  6  are  corrosive  to  waterwork
structures,   distribution  lines,  and  household  plumbing
fixtures, and can thus add  such  constituents  to  drinking
water as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium, and lead.

The  hydrogen  ion  concentration  can  affect  the taste of
water.  At a low pH water tastes sour.  As pH increases, the
bacterial  effect  of  chlorine  is  weakened,  and  it   is
advantageous to keep the pH close to. 7.

Extremes  of  pH  or  rapid  pH  changes  can  exert  stress
conditions  or  kill  aquatic  life  outright.   Dead  fish,
associated  algal  blooms,  and  foul stenches are aesthetic
liabilities of any waterway.   Even  moderate  changes  from
acceptable  criteria  limits  of  pH are deleterious to some
species.  The relative toxicity  to  aquatic  life  of  many
materials  is  increased" by  changes  in the water pH.  The
availability of many nutrient  substances  varies  with  the
                            87

-------
alkalinity  and  acidity.   Ammonia  is  more  lethal with a
higher pH.

The  lacrimal  fluid  of  the  human  eye  has   a   pH   of
approximately  7,  and  a  deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the
norm may* result in eye irritation or severe pain.

Sulfates  (SOU)

Sulfates occur naturally  in  waters,  particularly  in  the
western  United States, as a result of leachings from gypsum
and other common materials.  They also occur  as  the  final
oxidized  state  of  sulfides,  sulfites  and  thiosulfates.
Sulfates may also  be  present  as  the  oxidized  state  of
organic  matter  in  the sulfur cycle, but they in turn, may
serve as sources of energy for  sulfate  reducing  bacteria.
Sulfates  may  also  be  discharged  in  numerous industrial
wastes, such as those from  tanneries,  sulfate-pulp  mills,
textile  mills,  and  other  plants  that  use  sulfates  or
sulfuric acid.

In moderate concentrations, less than 500 mg/1 sulfates  are
not  harmful, yet concentrations greater than 1000 mg/1 tend
to  have  a  -laxatives   effect   on   humans.    Irrigation
concentrations  less than 336 mg/1 are considered to be good
to excellent.

Oil and Grease

Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand.  Oil emulsions  may
adhere  to  the  gills  of fish or coat and destroy algae or
plankton.  Deposition of oil in  the  bottom  sediments  can
serve  to  exhibit normal benthic growths, thus interrupting
the aquatic food chain.   Soluble  and  emulsified  material
ingested by fish may taint the flavor of the fish flesh.

Water-soluble components may be toxic to fish.  Floating oil
may  reduce  the  re-aeration  of  the  water surface and in
conjunction  with  emulsified   oil   may   interfere   with
photosynthesis.

Water-insoluble components damage the coats of water animals
and  the  plumage of waterfowl,   oil and grease in water can
result in the  formation  of  objectionable  surface  slicks
preventing  the  full aesthetic enjoyment of the water.   Oil
spills can damage the  surface  of  boats  and  destroy  the
aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.
                             88

-------
Color

Color   in  water  may  be  of  natural  mineral or vegetable
origin,  caused  by metallic   substances,   such  as  iron  and
manganese  compounds,  humus material, peat, tannins, algae,
weeds,   and   protozoa.   Waters  may  also  be  colored   by
inorganic  or  organic  soluble  wastes from many industries
including the explosives industry.

Color in the  explosives point  source category  results   from
the  manufacture  of TNT; either from the purification steps
or the  equipment and/or manufacturing area clean-up.

Color is defined as either "true" or "apparent"  color.   In
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater
 (4),  the  true color  of water is defined as "the color of
water from which the turbidity has been removed".   Apparent
color   includes "not  only  the  dolor due to substances in
solution, but also due to suspended matter".

Color bodies  interfere with the transmission of light within
the visible spectrum which  is absorbed  and  used  in  the
photosynthetic  process of micrcflora.  Color will affect the
aquarian ecosystem  balance by changing the amount of light
transmitted and may lead to  species turnover.

This is because light intensity at which  oxygen  production
in  photosynthesis  and oxygen consumption by respiration of
the plants concerned are equal is known as the  compensation
point,   and the depth at which the compensation point occurs
is called the compensation  depth.   For  a  given  body  of
water,   this  depth varies with several conditions, including
season,  time  of day, the extent of cloud cover, condition of
the water, " and the  taxonomic  composition  of  the  flora
involved.   As  commonly used, the compensation point refers
to that intensity of light which is such  that  the  plant's
oxygen   production  during  the  day  will  be sufficient to
balance the oxygen  consumption  during  the  whole  24-hour
period.   '
t
Color   bodies  discharged  to  waterways  alter  the natural
stream  color  and  thereby  become  an  aesthetic  pollutant.
Unnatural  receiving  water  color  detracts from the visual
appeal  and recreational value  of the waterways.

Color   when   discharged  to  receiving   waters   also   has
detrimental   effects  on downstream municipal and industrial
water users.  Color is not treated for in conventional water
treatment systems and when passed to  users  may  result  in
consumer discontent  and may  also interfere with industrial
processes which demand high quality water.
                             89

-------
Pollutants of Specific Significance

In addition to the parameters already discussed,  there  are
pollutants  specific to various individual categories of the
miscellaneous chemicals point source category.   These  will
be  covered  as  applicable to the discussions as is done in
the following text for the explosives point source category.

Explosives Manufacturing

General   parameters   of   significance    in    explosives
manufacturing  are  BODS,  CODr  TOC,  TSS,  lead,  mercury,
dissolved solids, color  and  nitrogen  compounds  including
nitrates and TKN.  Of special significance is the problem of
trace quantities of the explosive products themselves.

Explosives  such  as  TNT,  NG,  RDX,  and  HMX  can  all be
considered significant, because of their  potential  hazard,
toxicity,  or  inhibitory  effect on microorganisms.  NG has
been shown to be amenable to biological  treatment  by  some
investigators  while  others  have found little success with
biological treatment.

Of particular interest to this segment  are  the  pollutants
associated, whith  the manufacture of TNT, the production of
which far  exceeds  any  other  explosive  in  the  military
sector.   These  include  color,  sulfates,  and  saturation
levels of TNT.  The color problem is manifested in  the  red
and  pink  water  previously  discussed  in Section IV.  The
sulfate problem is associated with the red water  condition.
Saturation  concentration  of  TNT  in  the  effluent  is an
obvious problem and must be abated.

The major problem with  nitrocellulose  (NC)   is  NC  fines,
which  generally  are  present in quantities large enough to
cause a significant TSS  problem.    These  fines  have  been
shown  to  be successfully removed with centrifugation and a
portion of the waste liquor can  then  be  recycled  to  the
system.
                      90

-------
                         SECTION VII

             CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
General

The  entire  spectrum  of  wastewater  control and treatment
technology  is   at   the   disposal   of   the   explosives
manufacturing  point  source  category.   The  selection  of
technology  options  depends  on  the  economics   of   that
technology   and   the   magnitude  of  the  final  effluent
concentration.  Control  and  treatment  technology  may  be
divided   into  two  major  groupings:   in-plant  pollution
abatement and end-of-pipe treatment.

After discussing the available  performance  data  for  this
segment,  conclusions will be made relative to the reduction
of  various  pollutants  commensurate  with  the   following
distinct technology levels:

    1.  Best Practicable control Technology Currently
         Available (BPCTCA)
    2.  Best Available Technology Economically
         Achievable (EATEA)
    3.  Best Available Demonstrated Control Technology
         (EADCT)

To  assess  the  economic  impact of these proposed effluent
limitations and guidelines,  model  treatment  systems  have
been  proposed which are considered capable of attaining the
recommended  RWL  reduction.   It  should   be   noted   and
understood  that  the particular systems were chosen for use
in the economic analysis only, and are not the only  systems
capable of attaining the specified pollutant reductions.

There are many possible combinations of in-plant and end-of-
pipe  systems  capable of attaining the effluent limitations
guidelines and standards of performance recommended in  this
report.   The  complexity of this segment,  however, dictated
the use of only one treatment model for each subcategory for
each effluent level.

It is the responsibility of each individual  plant  to  make
the  final  decision  about  what  specific  combination  of
pollution control measures is best suited to  its  situation
in complying with the limitations and standards presented in
this report.
                           91

-------
Explosives Manufacturing

    Iii-plant, Pollution Abatement

A   significant   amount   of  pollution  abatement  can  be
accomplished   in   explosives   manufacturing   simply   by
consistent  adherence  to good housekeeping practices.   Many
of the final products such as ANFO and NCN  are  dry  mixed,
while  others  involve  only limited water use such as water
gels and slurries.  Wastes generated from these products are
primarily  from  spills,  careless  handling,   leaks,    and
washdown  of  machinery  and  floors.   Such wastes have the
potential to be almost completely eliminated by dry cleanup/
i.e., procedures involving sweeping and vacuum cleaning.

Off-site' mining  and  construction  captive   blending   of
ammonium  nitrate  and fuel oil is a minor pollution problem
and abatement  cost  would  be  negligible.   The  treatment
models  do not apply to this point of use activity.  On-site
blending of ammonium nitrate  into  explosive  end  products
such  as  NCN  and  ANFO at primary explosives manufacturing
plants is included in the present data base.   The  existing
treatment  model  does  apply.   Examples  of  locations now
included in the data base are plant no. 49 and plant no. 50.

Process changes to reduce hydraulic loadings do not  have  a
great  potential  in  the  commercial  sector  of explosives
manufacturing, because of the  difference  in  the  products
produced.  Process changes to reduce hydraulic loadings have
shown  promise  in the military manufacturing sector such as
the NC fine centrifugation system described in  section  VI.
In  the  manufacture  of  propellants,  large  quantities of
waters are used to transport explosive materials safely  and
to purify the product from one process step to another.  For
this task, high-quality water is not required.  Hence, water
reuse   with  perhaps  slight  treatment  has  a  tremendous
potential to reduce the  hydraulic  loading.   For  example,
wastewater  reductions  for nitrocellulose production in one
of the plants visited could reduce total plant discharge  by
95  percent  and  overall  propellant  production wastewater
discharge by 87 percent.  This change  is  in  the  planning
stage at that location.

The  production  of  TNT  is  another area where significant
reduction of hydraulic loading can be attained.  As  a  part
of the military modernization program", 100 percent reduction
of  current  process  water  use  is  possible  and  will be
implemented  within  the  near  future  at  a   large   army
ammunitions plant.
                          92

-------
 In general, good water management, with a  focus on  recycling
 process and cooling water, can have a significant effect  on
 hydraulic  loading  and would significantly reduce  treatment
 costs.  For example at one AAP in the current  study, overall
 plant water reduction  (including cooling as well as  process
 water)  reached 6 percent.  This saved an  estimated $900,000
 per year in pumping and treatment costs.   Such  substantial
 savings  show  that  water  conservation   practices  can  be
 economical as well ecologically favorable.

 Separation  of  process  and  non-contact  waters   is   not
 practiced  universally.   This  is  technically feasible and
 reduction of the hydraulic loading at a treatment   plant  is
 an essential first step in economical pollution abatement.

 Studies  documented  in  Section  XV  have shown explosives
wastes to be treatable with  present  technology.   However,
 prior  to  end-of-pipe  treatment,  certain in-plant control
 measures will be  mandatory.   Such  measures  will  require
neutralization   facilities,   catch   tanks   on  finishing
 explosives  lines,  and  other  pretreatment  facilities  to
 ensure  compatability  of raw waste load with the subsequent
 treatment system.

    Treatment and Control Technology

In  developing  potential  treatment  technology  for   each
 subcategory, sources of information were laboratory studies,
pilot   plants,  demonstration  projects,  facilities  under
construction, and facilities in operation.   First,  control
technology  will be discussed from the viewpoint of effluent
water quality.   After reviewing what has   been  accomplished
and  what  is  feasible, control technology will be outlined
for each subcategory for BPCTCA,  BATEA,  and BADCT.

    p_H

The control technology for pH is  neutralization.   The pH  of
a  discharge can vary over extreme ranges; from plant visits
it was observed to range from 1 to 12.   An example  of  such
ranges  can  be  seen  from the manufacture of NG,  where the
initial washing of NG  produces  an  acidic  wastewater  and
subsequent  sodium  carbonate  washings   yields  an alkaline
flow.

The  problem  of  high-alkaline  flows  is  significant   in
subcategory  D   due to the discharges from PETN,  lead azide,
and diazo production.   The  problems  of  acidic   flows  are
generally  associated  with  the   manufacture  of  nitric and
sulfuric  acids  as  raw  materials  in   the  production  of
                             93

-------
           Table VIJ -1
Summary of Treatment'-Investigations
Type of
*»fc . . •. 4
Study
Pilot
(3 months)

Operational



Laboratory



Laboratory


Laboratory


Laboratory


Laboratory




Operational

Laboratory










Laboratory





Pilot


Laboratory
Demonstra-
tion
Lab Unit
(Pilot)


Reference
U.S. Army
(PE249)

Operational



Clark, Dtetz
Eng. Rept.
HAAP

Clark, Dletz
Eng. Rept.
HAAP
Clark, Dtetz
Eng. Rept.
HAAP
Clark, Dletz
Eng. Rept.
HAAP
Clark, Dletz
Eng. Rept.



Operational

U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase 11

U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase 1 1
U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase 1 1

U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase II



U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase II
U.S. Army*
PE 249
Phase II
U.S. Army
PE 249
Phase II
&*p i vja i vca muuairy
Percent Reduction
Treatment BOD COD TOC TKN N03 SO^
Activated 86.7 78.3
Sludge
(NG Waste)
Activated 92.8 ' 71.5 ' 90 2 Increase 96 2 None
Sludge
(Propellent
Waste)
(Explosive Failed -(Filamentous Organism)
Waste)
Activated
SI udge
Trickling 83.7 72.9
Filters

Fixed Film 41.4 gif.g
Denltrof Icatlon

Dual Media
Filtration

A. C. -Note 77.6
Removes all
explosives
down to 0.0
mg/L
(Propel lant 72. O1 78.9' 88.7 * 96.6 2 increase 59.4 '
waste( Lagoon
Sp. Irr.
(NG Waste) (Successful in Decomposing 350 mg/L NG S- 130 mg/L ONG)
Decompose
NG S. DNG by
Na2S
Using Lime Successful Decomposition


Oxidating
Agent
Ozone NG 20
DNG 100
(Propellant Excellent Removal of Dissolved Organics
Wastes)
Activated
Carbon
Inorganic 97.5
504
NC Fines
Separation S-
Centrifuge
Reverse 75 gg
Osmosis

Blodenitrlf I cation 94 70-90


                                                                      TSS
                                                                     88.4
                                                                     75
                                                                     77.8
                                                                     99

-------

Type of
Study
Pilot
Operation
Operation
Pilot and
Laboratory
Commercial
Demonstra-
tion
Laboratory
Laboratory.
Pilot
Laboratory
Laboratory
Treatabillty

Reference
Pollution
Abatement
Review Aug.
1973
Pol lutlon
Abatement
Review Aug.
1973
Pollution
Abatement
Review Aug.
1973
Harris, 1973
Pol lution
Abatement
Review
Aug. 1973
Pollution
Abatement
Review
Aug. 1973
Harris, 1973
Harris, 1973
Harris, 1973
Harris, 1973
Table VII -1
(Continued)
Percent Reduction
Treatment BOD COD TOC TKN N03 SO^
Reverse Osmosis Impractical Due To High Pressure
Treatment of Red.
Water
(Pinkwater) 95 91.5-92.7 None
Activated
Carbon
(Reduction of TNT
99.5%)
(Pinkwater) -Data not available-
Activated
Carbon
Blodenttrlf !- 70-97
cation
Ion Exchange . 90-99
Reverse go
Osmosis
Biodenitrl- 95-99
f icatlon
Ion Exchange 98.8 95.4
Countercurrent
Reverse go 95
Osmosis
Calcium ppt of successful
sulfate waste
                                                                                                                 TSS
                                                                                                                 67
and Pilot
Laboratory   Harris, 1973
Tests

Bench        U.S. Navy
Scale        1972
Pilot Plants
  Survey Data
AC adsorption
Regeneration of 'carbon is feasible
TNT wastes
Activated Sludge
Aerated Lagoon
Trickling Filter
Chemical Precipitation
Activated Carbon
       Not successful
       Not successful
       Not successful
       Not Successful
                  98
                                                     95

-------
explosives.   However, as these materials are not explosives
they are covered under the major inorganic industrial  point
source category.

There are many acceptable methods for treating either acidic
or  alkaline  wastes,  including   mixing acids and alkaline
wastes and  using  chemicals,  such  as  lime,  caustic,  or
sulfuric  acid, to neutralize the wastewaters.  Equalization
is very useful in pH control.   Plants  that  practice  this
operation  have  better  control of the pH in the discharge.
This is particularly important if the wastewater  is  to  be
biologically  treated.   Biological  systems  operate over a
narrow pH range  (usually  6  to  9)  and  the  inclusipn  of
equalization  before  biotreatment is an effective technique
of operating a successful treatment system.

    BODS and COD

Current emphasis in  treatment  technology  for  both  these
areas   is   on  biological  treatment.   Activated  sludge,
lagooning,  and  spray  irrigation  are  combined   at   one
commercial  plant  treating  propellant  wastewater and this
treatment  technique  attains   excellent   and   consistent
results.   One military installation is currently completing
the design of biological treatment facilities based on pilot
plant test data.

    Solids

High dissolved  solid  concentrations  come  from  the  high
nitrate,  sulfate,  and  carbonate levels, and these will be
addressed separately.  Suspended solids generally are low in
explosives manufacturing; however, catch tanks and sumps are
usually  employed  to  catch  trace  explosives   prior   to
discharge.    An   exception  to  low  suspended  solids  in
explosives manufacturing wastewaters is in  the  manufacture
of  nitrocellulose.   Here, large concentrations of NC fines
are present in the waste  discharge  from  the  purification
process.   Treatment  technology  focuses  on sedimentation,
dissolved air flotation, flocculation, granular  filtration,
and  centrifugation.   centrifuging  has  produced excellent
results in pilot studies at a military' installation and will
be implemented shortly.

    Nitrates

The U.S. Army has investigated several methods for abatement
of nitrates.  Among these  methods  are  biodenitrification,
algae    harvesting,    ion   exchange,   reverse   osmosis,
distillation,   and   land   application.    After   initial
                              96

-------
feasibility  studies,  the Army selected biodenitrification,
ion  exchange,  and  reverse  osmosis  as  having  the  most
potential.    Current  engineering  emphasis  is  placed  on
biological denitrification, for which at  least  two  plants
have  plans for design.  Pilot plant treatability studies of
biodenitrification on nitrocellulose.waste have indicated 80
to 90 percent reduction of nitrates on a  consistent  basis.
Influent  nitrate values ranged from 600 to 800 mg/1 and the
detention time was about one day.

Additional engineering studies have been performed utilizing
reverse osmosis and ion exchange.  Excellent  removal  rates
of  90  percent  have  been  obtained at a pilot plant using
reverse osmosis.  Reverse  osmosis  can  be  used  to  treat
sulfates  as well.  At neutral pH, removal rates of 90 to 99
percent  for  nitrates  and  sulfates,  respectively,   were
observed during this same pilot investigation.  For nitrates
it  appears  that  the  economical  limit of nitrates in the
effluent is approximately 20 mg/1 as NO3-N.  Hence,  reverse
osmosis  could  be  a  means  of  nitrate recovery, while an
additional step such as biodenitrification may be  necessary
to  reduce  the  smaller  concentration  of nitrates to more
acceptable levels.

Problems associated with reverse osmosis are sensitivity  of
membranes  to  acid, and concentrate disposal.  Ion exchange
studies have shown concentrations as high as 1,200  mg/1  to
be   reduced   99   percent,   resulting   in   an  effluent
concentration of 10 mg/1.  Chemicals used  for  regeneration
of  the  resin  are  nitric  acid  and  ammonium  hydroxide.
Ammonium nitrate,  a  raw  material  in  certain  explosives
(ANFO, NCN, etc.) can be recovered in the regeneration step.

    Sulfates

Present in the water because of the use of sulfuric acid or,
in the case of TNT production, the sellite wash (red water),
sulfates  have  only  recently  received  any attention as a
pollutant.  Hence, abatement studies are only in the initial
assessment    stages.     Existing    abatement     involves
incineration.   However, incineration leads to air pollution
(SOx), and the sodium sulfate ash disposed  of  in  landfill
causes  .leaching  problems.   Several chemical processes are
being considered for reusing the ash.   The  most  promising
involves  a  fluidized-bed reduction system which utilizes a
reducing gas to liberate hydrogen sulfide from the ash.   The
hydrogen sulfide can then be  used  to  manufacture  sellite
and,   hence, complete recycling is accomplished.   Additional
methods under consideration  for  controlling  high  sulfate
discharge  are  reverse  osmosis,   ion exchange,  evaporation
                            97

-------
        TABLE VII-2  Sample Analysis of NG Process Wastewater
                      Pollutants from Acid Separator  and
                      Nitrator Tub
         Sample Analysis  (Facilities in Operation at Full  Capacity)
PH
BOD*  (mg/1)
COD*  (mg/1)
TOC*  (mg/1)
Nitrates  (mg/1)
Sulfates  .(mg/1)
Total Alkalinity
  (mg/1, CaCO,)
Spec. Cond.  (/mhos/cm)
Susp. Solids  (mg/1)
Dissolved Solids  (mg/1)
Total Solids  (mg/1)
Color (units)
Ml troglycer'in  (mg/1)
Dinitroglycerin  (mg/1)
Lead  (mg/1)
*BOD - Biological Oxygen  Demand
*COD - Chemical Oxygen  Demand
*TOC - Total Organic Carbon
Flow from nitrator 15,200 gpd at  2k hour  full  capacity w/one line.

*13,000 gpd for clean-up, not included  in  sampling  analysis
Min.
8.4
1.5
1,000
100
7,500
534
9,000
8,000
3.0
68,000
68,000
600
800
520
0.2
Avg.
8.6
4.5
1,228
230
1 3 , 280
1,416
12,700
13,000
23.0
81,626
81,650
650
1,300
850
1.0
Max.
9.2
6.5
1,400
300
20,000
3,550
16,400
19,000
63.3
98,950
99,000
700
1 ,800
1,180
2.8
It is expected that clean-up water will not  contain  appreciable  wastes,
                                   98

-------
          TABLE VH-3
Sample Analysis of NG Process Wastewater
from Emulsifier Transfer Operations'
           From the N/G being removed from storehouse  (emulsifier)
 NG  Store Houses
 a.   Significant Components
     Ni troglycerin
     Dini troglycerin
     Sodium Carbonate
     Nitrates
     Lead

 b.   Sample Analysis
PH
BOD  (mg/1)
COD  (mg/1)
TOC  (mg/1)
Nitrates  (mg/1)
Sulfates  (mg/1)
Alkalinity  (mg/1  CaCO,)
Spec. Cond.  (Xmhos/cm)
Susp. Solids  (mg/1)
Dissolved Solids  (mg/1)
Total Solids  (mg/1)
Color (units)
Nitroglycerin  (mg/1)
Dinitroglycerin  (mg/1)
Lead (mg/1)
Hin.
10.Z
2.4
460
200
270
20
7,500
1,280
3.3
2,952
2,955
200
83
41
0.2
Avq.
10.5-
3-2
912
477
477
130
1 1 ,400
5,340
11.3
13,905
13,916
477
266
130
0.8
Max.
n.j
4.1
1,456
630
665
179
18,000
8,100
22.1
30,848
30,870
630
490
248
2.4
Avg. Flow = 14,800 gpd, 24 Hour <2> full  capacity.
                                99

-------
                     TABLE VII-4
Raw Tfeste Load for the Continuous
NG Process Excluding Wash. Water
for Plant 43
     Continuous N/G Manufacturing  (Biazzi Process)
                  Production

                 KKg/day
                 '(1000 Ib/day)

                    24.90)
                   (55.0)
              Flow
        KKL/day
         (mgd)
         (.03)
 L/KKg
(gal/1000 Ib)

   4,560
   (545)
                  Nitrator
               flow .0152 mgd
    Store House
  flow .0148  mgd
                 1b pol1utant
Cone, mq/1 1 b/Day
BOO
COO
TOC
Nitrates
Sul fates
Total Alk.
SS
OS
Lead
4.5
1,228
230
13,280
1,416
12,700
23
81,626
1.0
.570
156
29.2
1,680
180
1,610
2.92
10,300
.127
Cone, mq/1
3.2
912
477
477
130
11,400
11.3
13,905
.8
1 b/Day
.395
113
58.9
58.9
16.0
1 ,410
1.39
1,720
.0987
1 b/Day
.965
' 269
88.1
1740.
196
3,020
4.31
12,000
.226
1000 Ib. prod.
0.175
4.89
1.60
31.6
3.56
54.9
0:078
218
0.0041
(1)
   At full  production 55,000 Ib/day of N/G - 1975 level was only 15% of this.
                                      100

-------
TABLE VII-5
Comparison of NG Batch Process
vs NG Continuous Process Raw
Waste Loads

BOD
COD
TOC
Nitrate
Sulfate
Total Alk.
SS
DS
Lead
Plant 43
0.175
4.89
1.69
31.6
3.56
54.9 -
.078
218.
.0041
Plant 49
Batch
163
4.88
1.05
23.0
46.4
57.8
.002
25.2
.003.6
Ratio
Cont/Batch M
1.07
1.0
1.52
1.37
.077
.950
39.0
8.65
1.14
Plant 50.
Batch
—
3.14
1.64
6.12
2.10
38.2
.026
90.3
-~
Ratio
Cont/Batch
_
1.56
• .98
5.16
1.69
1.44
3.0
2.4
—
                101

-------
                       TAELE VII-6
Comparison of Continuous NG
Process Effluent Loading to
Range of Loadings for Explosives
Subcategory A


BOO
COD
TSS
TOC
N0-
so.

Ranqes (1
6
10
10
k
9
116


) lb/1000 Ib
.35 -
• 6 -
.7 -
.T3 -
.a -
• "~
.085
.300
.054
.24
.31
.28

Cont. lb/1000 Ib
.0175
4.89
.078
1_60
31.6
3'. 56
Fall in
Range?
No (Low)
OK
OK
OK
No (High)
OK
(1)
   From  Table VE-2  (Subcategory A)
                                   102

-------
(combined with reverse osmosis to reuse sulfuric acid),  and
calcination (precipitation with lime then heating to recover
sulfuric acid and lime).

Reverse osmosis has been investigated at the pilot level, in
combination  with  nitrate  removal.   High  sulfate removal
efficiences (99 percent or  better)   are  reported  even  at
acidic  pH.   However, membrane hydrolysis at low pH greatly
decreases useful membrane life.   In  the  absence  of  more
resistant membranes, neutralization would likely be required
for  the  reverse  osmosis  feed stream.  This may result in
precipitation and fouling of the membranes by solids.

The most technically feasible method "of  sulfate  treatment
appears  to  be  calcination.   However,  the  solubility of
calcium sulfate is  high  and  lime  treatment  may  not  be
feasible  for more stringent effluent requirements.  The use
of barium to precipitate sulfate has been suggested  in  the
literature,  but  cost  and the possibility of exceeding ef-
fluent barium levels appear to be major disadvantages.    The
economic   and   technical   difficulties   associated  with
treatment for pollutants such as sulfate have led to several
applications  for  waste  disposal  by  land  irrigation  in
explosives  manufacturing.  One such plant that goes through
biological activated sludge, lagooning, and spray irrigation
is currently achieving 95 percent removal of sulfates.

    Trace Quantities of Explosives

Unique pollutants such as NG, TNT, and RDX are hazardous and
toxic.

    Nitroqlycerin (NG)

Treatment technology universally used for NG  washwaters  is
catch tanks.  The catch tanks make it possible to recover by
sedimentation  any  NG that comes out of solution.  However,
this leaves the supernatant waters at their saturation point
upon discharge.  At room temperature, 20°C,  the  solubility
of NG is recorded as 1,800 mg/1.  (Table VII-1.)   Therefore,
during  warm  summer  weather  without .further treatment, NG
wastewater  could  pose  a  safety  problem,  especially  if
discharged into a cool mountain stream.  If cooling water is
available,  the  cooling  of  NG  prior  to  discharge could
recover additional  product  and  decrease  the  waste  load
significantly.    For   a  detailed  comparison  of  process
wastewater  pollutants  from   batch   and   continuous   NG
operations  refer  to  Tables VII-2, VII-3, VII-4, VII-5 and
VII-6.
                              103

-------
 Additional technology for the treatment of  wastes   high  in
 nitroglycerin  is only in the experimental stage.   NG wastes
 containing 900 to 2,100 mg/1 have been shown to be   amenable
 to  activated  sludge  treatment.  In one study, Koziorowski
 and Kucharski report  consistent  success  in  treatment  of
 influent  wastes  containing  400  to  500  mg/1 of NG  at a
 detention time of 16 hours.   NG can  also  be  destroyed  by
 quicklime.     Lime  (up  to   200  mg/1)   was  added  to   the
 wastewater and allowed to react for three days;   the  result
 was  a   non-explosive  sludge,   but  the effluent was highly
 alkaline.  The Army has conducted experiments on the treata-
 bility   of  NG   by   biological,   physical/chemical,    and
 ozonization    methods.     With    wastewater   containing
 concentrations of NG and DNG (dinitroglycerin) .of 1,500.  mg/1
 and 850  mg/1,  respectively,  the results show that NG can  be
 treated   biologically  and chemically,  although with varying
 degrees  of  success.   NG waste should be handled biologically
 together with other plant waste.

     TNT

 TNT has  been shown  to  interfere  with  biochemical   oxygen
 demand,   and    produces  an  inhibiting  or  toxic   effect.
 Biological  treatment of wastes  high in  TNT and DNT  (red   and
 pink water)  was performed by  the Navy (1972).   Reduction has
 been successful  only  in  the  laboratory  using   specific
 cultures and nutrients.   At  crane Naval   Ammunition   Center,
 treatability   studies   using    activated   sludge    proved
 unsuccessful.   Numerous other treatability studies at Crane
 Naval Ammunition Center included activated carbon,  aerated
 lagoon,   trickling  filtration,    and   physical/    chemical
 mechanisms.    Of  these,  activated carbon adsorption  process
 was recommended.   Spent carbon  from  the   adsorption   column
 cannot   be   regenerated  at   the  present  time  and  must be
 incinerated  or  landfilled.   The  reason  is  that   in   the
 regeneration  step  the adsorbed TNT  detonates,  reducing  the
 active sites on  the  carbon molecules.

 The  Army has reached a  similar  conclusion regarding TNT.  In
 tests of reverse  osmosis, ozonization, and  activated  carbon,
 only  the  latter   proved    effective,    reducing    initial
 concentrations   of TNT  in the range of 100  mg/1 down  to 0.05
 mg/1.   The  Army recommended   development  work   in    the
 regeneration   of   carbon, but it  is uneconomical at present.
A promising  method involves dissolving the  TNT  in  toluene
then   crystallizing    it  by   a   drop  in  temperature  and
 filtration to  separate the carbon.

If  ^regeneration  of  carbon   cannot   be   achieved,   the
incineration  of  the   spent  carbon is necessary.  However,
                             104

-------
incineration, -though inactivating TNT and  its  derivatives,
produces   a  waste  high  in  sulfates  (from  the  sellite
purification process resulting in red and pink water).  This
ash  causes  a  major  solid  waste  disposal  problem.   In
addition,  leachate  from its storage can cause ground water
contamination.    Reclamation   of   this   ash   is   being
investigated  by  the Army.  A fluid-bed reduction system is
being  tested  presently  with  the  focus  of  regenerating
sellite.

    RDX and HMX

The present removal of RDX and HMX from wastewaters by catch
basins  has only partially alleviated the problem.  The Army
is investigating the following treatment methods at  Holston
AAP: reverse osmosis, activated carbon adsorption, polymeric
column  adsorption,  and  biological treatment.  Since these
treatment techniques are still  being  studied,  a  definite
statement as to their success cannot be drawn.  However, one
conclusion  can  be  drawn: biological treatment is feasible
and will break down as much as 99 percent of the  explosives
present.

    End-of-pipe Treatment

Due  to  the  current industrial practices of failure to use
available effective treatment in all but  exceptional  cases
in  explosives  manufacturing,  treatment  systems  will  be
proposed  for  all  subcategories  based  on  the  preceding
discussion    of    laboratory    studies,    pilot    plant
investigations, demonstrated projects, facilities  designed,
facilities under construction, and facilities in operation.

Treatment   systems   were   developed  for  the  explosives
industrial  sutcategories  for  the  following   levels   of
treatment technology:

         1.  Best Practicable control Technology Currently
              Available  (BPCTCA) .
         2.  Best Available Technology Economically
              Achievable  (BATEA).
         3.  Best Available Demonstrated Control
              Technology BADCT).

The treatment systems presented for each level of technology
are  not  the  only  systems that are capable of meeting the
effluent limitations  prescribed.   The  objective  of  this
section   is  not  to  prescribe  but  to  suggest  feasible
treatment systems that will satisfy the effluent limitations
and guidelines developed in this report.
                              105

-------
     BPCTCA Treatment System

 Of  the  six  plants   visited  during  the   survey,  only  one
 operated  a treatment   system  other than  neutralization and
 sedimentation.   This is  felt  to be a result of many  factors
 such, as  lack   of   technology  on how to treat the explosive
 waste,  a changing industry  profile such  as  the  advent  of
 ammonium  nitrate compounds  replacing  dynamite  and black
 powder,  a  variable operation  as a result   of  war  or  peace
 time product  demand but  primarily on the fact that there
 were no  regulations   before   1972   requiring   effluent
 limitation.  Effluent treatment cost money to implement.  As
 a   result   of  these and other  factors, the average existing
 treatment  systems are   inadequate   to  meet  safe  effluent
 standards.   Therefore,  the  levels of treatment for BPCTCA
 for sufccategories A,  B and  D  will   be  based  on  the  per-
 formance   of    this  existing  activated   sludge  plant.
 Laboratory and   pilot plant  investigations  summarized  in
 Table    VII-1  will   be  used  to  verify  these  levels  of
 treatment.   In the case  of  subcategory   C,  the  level  of
 treatment    is    based   on  technology  transfer  from  the
 performance  on   waste   waters   with    expected   similar
 characteristics.   Two   distinctly
 waters were  encountered in  this
 production of NCN and ANFO,  where fuel oil'is"utilized, the
 waste waters were characterized as high in oil  and  grease
 and low  in suspended solids.  In contrast from other load,
 assemble and pack operations,   the   waste  waters  contained
 high  suspended   solids  but low oil  and grease content.  The
 level of treatment for BPCTCA will be based on  an  extended
 aeration packaged plant  which includes screening, biological
 treatment, clarification with skimming and chlorination.

The results of nine months of data for this activated sludge
treatment  system is shown in  the summary tabulation below.
This treatment system was designed for  a  propellant  waste
having typical waste characteristics as indicated in Section
V.   The BPCTCA treatment level indicated below includes the
survey data as well  as historical data.
    different types of waste
    subcategory.   From  the
    BPCTCA Treatment Level For Subcatecrories A, B and D


         Parameter
Percent Reduction
	Of RWL
           BOD5
           COD
           TOC
           TSS
     93*
     721
     902
     882,3
                               106

-------
i Based on historical data
a Based on 24- hour composites from survey.
3 Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 50 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is 150 mg/1.

The EPCTCA treatment level for subcategory C was selected as
below.

                s  Effluent Limitations
Average of Daily Values
for 30 Consecutive Days
_ Shall Not Exceed
Parameter          mg/L

TSS                 50*
Oil and Grease      20 2
     Maximum for
     Any One Day
Parameter        mg/L

TSS               150*
Oil and Grease     602
1 Based on technology transfer from the fertilizer manu-
  facturing point source category and the inorganic
  chemicals manufacturing point source category.
2 Based on technology transfer from the petroleum
  refining point source category.

    Pretreatment Requirements for BPCTCA Treatment System

Certain waste flows will have  to  be  pretreated  prior  to
discharging  to a central treatment facility such as the one
proposed for  BPCTCA.   The  following  problem  wastewaters
should be considered in that category:

         1.  Discharges high in sulfate
         2.  Discharges high in TNT  (red water, yellow
              water, pink water).
         3.  Discharges higti in NC fines
         u.  Heavy metals

Although  discharge  to  municipal  systems was not observed
during the study suggested  methods  of  abatement  will  be
explored for completeness.

High   sulfate   concentration   can  disrupt  a  biological
secondary treatment system.  Therefore, the removal of  high
sulfate  concentration  by  calcination  may  be a necessary
pretreatment technique.  TNT is suspected of being toxic  or
an  inhibitor  of  biological processes.  Wastes high in TNT
may, therefore, require activated carbon adsorption prior to
discharge to a biological system  to  remove  the  dissolved
explosive  and  its  isomers.   High  concentrations  of  NC
                             107

-------
 suspended  solids could  also  disrupt   a. biological  system.
 Removal  by  the  use   of  centrifuging has been shown to be
 economical.

 Heavy metals concentration can be  toxic  to  microorganisms
 and, subsequently, disrupt the activated sludge process.  If
 heavy  metals are a problem, some means of physical/chemical
 pretreatment will necessarily have to  be implemented.

 High concentrations of  oil and grease  can be  disruptive  to
 municipal  systems.  An upper limit of 100 mg/1 is indicated
 for this parameter as the pretreatment standard.

    BATEA Treatment System

Out of six explosives plants visited, only one had any  kind
 of  treatment that could be considered as exemplary.  Hence,
operational performance data from this facility was used  to
 establish EATEA treatment levels; these levels were verified
by laboratory and pilot studies.

     BATEA Treatment Levels For Subcateqories A, B and D
                                Percent Reduction of
                               BPCTCA Waste Effluent

                                    '72
                                     79
         Parameter

           BOD5
           COD
           IBS

1 Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 10 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is 20 mg/1.

BATEA treatment level for subcategory C.
         Parameter

           BOD5
           COD
           TSS
           Oil and Grease
                             Percent Reduction of
                               BPCTCA Effluent

                                     72
                                     79-
                                     601
                                     802
  Except the  average  of daily values  for  30  consecutive  days
  shall not exceed  20 mg/1  and the  maximum for any  one day
  is  40 mg/1.
  Except the  average  of daily values  for  30  consecutive  days
  shall not exceed  10 mg/L-and the maximum for  any one day
  is  20 mg/1.
                               108

-------
This percent reduction  is  based  on  lagooning  and  spray
irrigation   as  a  treatment  system.   However,  a  system
specifically designed  to  remove  dissolved  and  suspended
explosive  organics  would  be  preferable.   Therefore, for
subcategories A, B and D,  a  system  using  filtration  and
activated  carbon  added to BPCTCA treatment system has been
recommended for BATEA.  In  addition,  treatment  technology
from  the  inorganic  chemicals  manufacturing  point source
category, the fertilizer manufacturing point source category
and the petroleum refining point source category  have  been
transferred to arrive at acceptable effluent limitations for
TSS  and  O&G,  respectively.  In the case of subcategory C,
chemical coagulation  and  filtration  to  BPCTCA  treatment
system has been recommended for BATEA.  Laboratory and pilot
plant  investigations in the area of activated carbon  (Table
VII-1) have shown it to  attain  comparable  percentages  of
removal.

    BADCT Treatment Systems

Not  enough  information could be gathered to quantify BADCT
from   process   changes   in   explosives    manufacturing.
Therefore, any recommendations made must be based on general
experience  in  related  industries.   New  explosive plants
initiating production between now and 1983 should  attain  a
level  of  treatment somewhere between BPCTCA and BATEA.  It
is recommended that for subcategories A, B and D  dual-media
filtration  be  used  as  an additional step after BPCTCA to
comply with BADCT.

For subcategory C, a packaged dual-medai  filtration  system
is  recommended  to  be  added to BPCTCA treatment system to
comply with BADCT.

On the basis of information derived  from  the  contractor's
previous  experience  and  EPA  publications,  the following
percent reductions are used for dual-media filtration:

     BADCT Effluent Reductions For -Subcategories A, B and D
         Parameter
           COD
           TSS
Percent Reduction of
   BPCTCA Effluent

       8.0
      13.0
      60.O1
  Except  the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed  20 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is  40 mg/1.
                          109

-------
     BACCT Effluent Reductions For Subcateaorv C
         Parame-fcer

           TSS
           Oil and Grease
Percent Reduction of
   BPCTCA Effluent

      60»
      802
1 Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 20 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is HO mg/1.                      .
2 Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 10 m/gl and the maximum for any one day
  is 20 mg/1.
                             110

-------
                        SECTION VIII

        COST, ENERGY, AND NONrWATJBR QUALITY ASPECTS
General

In  order  -to evaluate the economic impact of treatment on a
uniform  basis,  end-of-pipe  treatment  models  which  will
provide  the  desired  level  of treatment were proposed for
each subcategory.  In-plant control measures have  not  been
evaluated  because  the  cost, energy, and non-water quality
aspects of in-plant controls are intimately related  to  the
specific processes for which they are developed.

In  the  manufacture  of  a  single  product there is a wide
variety of process plant sizes and  unit  operations.   Many
detailed  designs  might be required to develop a meaningful
understanding of the economic impact of changes  in  process
conditions,  effluent  limitations  at  the RWL* s within the
subcategories of  explosives  manufacturing,  although  many
variations of technology and control can actually be used.

A  design  for  an  end-of-pipe  treatment  model  has  been
provided, for costing purposes  only.   This  model  can  be
related  directly . to  the  range  of influent hydraulic and
organic loading within each subcategory, and the  costs  as-
sociated with these systems can be divided by the production
rate  for  any given subcategory to show the economic impact
of the system in terms of dollars per pound  of  product  or
per  1000  pounds of product.  The actual combination of in-
plant controls and end-of-pipe treatment used to attain  the
effluent   limitations  and  guidelines  presented  in  this
document should be a decision made by the  individual  plant
based generally upon economic considerations.

The  major  non-water  quality consideration associated with
in-process  control  measures  is  the  means  of   ultimate
disposal  of  wastes.   As  the volume of the process RWL is
reduced,   alternative   disposal   techniques    such    as
incineration,   pyrolysis   and   evaporation   become  more
feasible.  Recent regulations tend to limit the use of ocean
discharge and deep-well injection because of  the  potential
long-term detrimental effects associated with these disposal
procedures.    Incineration   and   evaporation  are  viable
alternatives for concentrated waste streams,  considerations
involving air pollution  and  auxiliary  fuel  requirements,
depending  on  the  heating  value  of  the  waste,  must be
evaluated individually for each situation.
                               Ill

-------
 Other non-water quality aspects such as  noise   levels   will
 not  be  perceptibly  affected  by  the  proposed wastewater
 treatment systems.   Equipment associated with in-process and
 end-of-pipe control systems would not add  significantly  to
 these noise levels.

 Extensive  annual  and  capital  cost  estimates  have   been
 prepared  for  the   end-of-pipe  treatment  models  to   help
 evaluate  the  economic  impact  of  the  proposed  effluent
 limitations guidelines.   The capital costs were  generated on
 a unit process  basis  (e.g.r  equalization,  neutralization,
 etc.)   and  were used  in the form of cost curves for all the
 proposed treatment  systems.   The particular cost curves  used
 in the treatment models  for  explosives  manufacturing   are
 shown  later in this  section under paragraphs titled BPCTCA
 cost  model and  BATEA cost model.   The  following  percentage
 figures  were  added  on  to the total  unit process  costs 'to
 develop  the total capital  cost  requirements  for    all
 subcategories   except   subcategory C,   which   utilized a
 packaged treatment  model for BPCTCA and BADCT:
             Item
      Percent of Unit Process
      	Capital Cost
     Electrical
     Piping
     Instrumentation
     Site Work
     Engineering Design and Construction
       Surveillance Fees
     Construction contingency
                        14
                        20
                         8
                         6

                        15
                        15
Land costs were computed independently and added directly to
the total capital costs.

Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:
         Item

Capital Recovery
plus Return

Operations and
    Maintenance
Energy and Power
         Cost Allocation
10 yrs at 10 percent

Includes labor and supervision,
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
posal, insurance and taxes (computed
at 2 percent of the capital cost),
and maintenance (computed at 4 per-
cent of the capital cost).

Based on $0.02/kw hr for electrical
                              112

-------
                        power and 170/gal for grade 11
                        furnace oil.
The 10-year period used for capital recovery is  that  which
is  presently  acceptable  under  current  Internal  Revenue
Service  regulations  pertaining  to  industrial   pollution
control equipment.

The  following  is  a  qualitative as well as a quantitative
discussion  of  the  possible  effects  that  variations  in
treatment  technology  or  design criteria could have on the
total capital costs and annual costs.
    Technology or Design Criteria

    Use aerated lagoons and
    sludge de-watering lagoons
    in place of the proposed
    treatment system.

    Use earthen basins with
    a plastic liner in place
    of reinforced concrete con-
    struction, and floating
    aerators with permanent-
    access walkways.

    Place all treatment tankage
    above grade to minimize
    excavation, especially if
    a pumping station is re-
    quired in any case.  Use
    all-steel tankage to
    minimize capital cost.

    Minimize flows and maximize
    concentrations through ex-
    tensive in-plant recovery and
    water conservation, so that
    other treatment technologies,
    e.g., incineration, may be
    economically competitive.
       Capital
  Cost Differential

The cost reduction
could be 20 to 40 per-
cent of the proposed
figures.

Cost reduction could
be 20 to 30 percent
of the total cost.
Cost savings would
depend on the in-
dividual situation.
Cost differential would
depend on a number of
items, e.g., age of
plant, accessibility
to process piping,
local air pollution
standards, etc.
All cost data were computed in terms of August 1972 dollars,
which corresponds to an Engineering News Records index (ENR)
value  of  1780.   Current  capital  cost  of  the  packaged
treatment  model for BPCTCA and BADCT for subcategory C have
                             113

-------
 been reduced from an ENR index value of 2276 for  1975  back
 to  a  value  of 1780 for 1972 in order to keep a consistent
 cost basis for all subcategories.

 Explosives Manufacturing

 This section provides quantitative cost information relative
 to assessing the economic impact of  the  proposed  effluent
 limitations on explosives manufacturing.

 In  order  to  evaluate  the  economic  impact  on a uniform
 treatment basis, end-of-pipe treatment models were  proposed
 based  on  design criteria that provide the desired level of
 treatment.   A summary of the treatment models follow:
                               End-of-pipe
                               Treatment Model

                               Equalization,  Neutralization,
                                  and Activated Sludge

                               Extended Aeration Packaged
                                 Plant with Screening,
                                 Clarification,  Skimming and
                                 Chlorination

                               Equalization,  Neutralization,
                                 Activated Sludge  and
                                 Filtration

                               Extended Aeration Packaged
                                 Plant with Screening,
                                 Clarification,  Skimming and
                                 Chlorination plus
                                 Package Dual-Media Filtration

                               Equalization,  Neutralization,
                                 Activated Sludge, Filtration
                                 and  Carbon Adsorption

                               Extended Aeration Packaged
                                 Plant with Screening,
                                 Clarification,  Skimming and
                                 Chlorination  plus
                                 Package Dual-Media Filtra-
                                 tion,  Chemical  Coagulation,
                                 and Carbon Adsorption.

The treatment technology shown above  is  intended  to  attain
the    effluent   limitations    and    guidelines   proposed.
Technology Level

BPCTCA for subcat-
egories A, B and D

BPCTCA for subcat-
egory C
BADCT for subcat-
egories A, B and D
BADCT for subcat-
egory C
BATEA for subcat-
egories A, B and D


BATEA for subcat-
egory C
                              114

-------
 Individual plants may attain effluent limitations guidelines
 through  in-plant  controls  or  by  different   end-of-pipe
 treatment  than  is  shown.   The decision is left up to the
 manufacturer to determine which is the most cost-effective.

    BPCTCA Cost Models

 To evaluate the ecpnomic effects  of  BPCTCA  on  explosives
 manufacturing,  BPCTCA treatment models were developed.  The
 treatment model is described in Table VIII-1.  As  shown  in
 Figure  VIJI-1,  there  are two parallel treatment trains in
 the proposed system for subcategories A, B and D.   This  is
 to  ensure  operating flexibility and reliability.  As shown
 in  Figure  VIII-1ar  subcategory  C  has  a  single   train
 treatment  system,  except  for  duplicate pumps.  Treatment
 systems involving very low flow may not be able to use  this
 parallel mode.

 The  following  is  a  brief  discussion  of  the  treatment
 technology available and the rationale for the selection  of
 the   unit   processes  included  in  the  described  BPCTCA
 treatment system.

 The topography of a particular plant site will  dictate  the
 type of pumping equipment required.  Equalization facilities
 are  provided  for.  subcategories  ft,  B  and  D in order to
 minimize short interval (e.g., hourly)  fluctuations  in  the
 hydraulic  loading  to  the  treatment  plant  and to absorb
organic sludge loads from reactor cleanouts  and  accidental
 spills  and  minimize the usage of neutralization chemicals.
 Equalization will provide continuous (seven days  per  week)
 operation of the wastewater treatment facilities even though
 the  manufacturing facilities operate only five days a week.
 In  the  case  of  subcategory  C,   separate   equalization
 facilities will not be required because of the small flow.

Since  many  of  the  explosives  waste streams have extreme
values  of  pH,  neutralization  is   necessary.    Alkaline
neutralization   is   provided   in  the  model  system  for
 subcategories A, B and  D  in  the  form  of  hydrated  lime
 storage and feed facilities.

In the case of subcategories A, B and D, an activated sludge
 process was selected for the biological treatment portion of
the  system;   however,   for  plants  located  in  areas with
available land space,   aerated  lagoons  with  clarification
could  provide  a  viable  treatment  alternative.    For the
purpose of cost estimates,  activated  sludge  was  selected.
For  subcategory C,  an extended aeration packaged system was
selected.
                               115

-------
                               Table VIII-1
                  BPCTCA Treatment System Design Summary
                            Explosives Indusry

 1.  Subcategory A, B and D

EqualJzation

    For plants with  less than 2k hour/day and 7 day/week production,
    a minimum holding time of 1.5 days  is provided with continuous
    discharge from the equalization basin over 2k hours.

    For plants with  less than 2k hour/day and 5 days/week production,
    two day equalization is provided.   Discharge from the basin will
    be continuous over the seven days.  For plants with 2k hour/day
    and 7 day/week batch production, one day holding capacity  is pro-
    vided.  For continuous processes  (2k hours/day, 7 days/week) no
    equalization is  required except under special cases.

    Protective liners are provided, based on the following criteria:

        Influent pH                       Type of Liner Required
        Greater than 6
        Between k.Q and 6.0
        Between 2.0 and k.O
        Below 2.0
  No Lining
  Epoxy Coating
  Rubber or Polypropylene
  Acid Brick Lining
Neutralization
    The size of the two-stage neutralization basin is based on an average
    detention time of 10 minutes.  Lime and acid handling facilities are
    sized according to acidity/alkalinity data collected during the sur-
    vey.  Bulk lime-storage facilities (20 tons) or bag storage is pro-
    vided, depending on plant size.  Sulfuric acid storage is either
    by 55-gallon drums or in carbon-steel tanks.  Lime or acid addition
    is controlled by two pH probes, one in each basin.  The lime slurry
    is added to the neutralization basin, from a volumetric feeder.  Aci'd
    is supplied by positive displacement metering pumps.

Primary Flocculation Clarifiers
    Primary flocculator clarifiers with
    square feet are rectangular units wi
    1  to k.  The side water depth varies
    flow rate varies between 600 and 800
    size.  Clarifiers with surface areas
    are circular units.  The side water
    and the overflow rate varies between
    pending on plant size.  Polymer addi
surface areas less than 1,000
th a length-to-width ratio of
 from 6 to 8 feet and the over-
 gpd/sq ft depending on plant
 greater than 1,000 square feet
depth varies from 7 to 13 feet
 600 and 800 gpd/sq ft, de-
tion facilities are provided.
                                116

-------
                           Table VII I  -1
                            (continued)
Nutrient Addition
    Facilities are provided for the addition of phosphoric acid to the
    biological system to maintain the ratio of BOD:N:P at 100:5:1.

Aeration Basin/Aerated Lagoons

    The size of the aeration basins is based on historical treatability
    data collected during the survey.  Mechanical surface aerators are
    provided.

    The necessary design criteria for the aeration basins are:
        Oxygen Utilization:  Energy
        Oxygen Utilization:  Endogenous
        Oxygen transfer
        Motor Efficiency
        Minimum Basin D.O.
0.8 Ibs 07/lb BOD removed
6 Ibs 0-/fir/1,000 Ibs MLVSS
0.75   Z
0.90               ,

3.5 Ibs O./hr/shaft HP at
   20°C and zero D.O. in
   tap water
85 percent
2 mg/L
    Oxygen is monitored in the basins using D.O. probes.

Secondary Flpeculator Clarifiers

    The design basis for secondary flocculator clarifiers is the same
    as discussed previously for primary fIocculator"c1arifiers except
    for overflow rate.  Secondary flocculator clarifiers are designed
    for an overflow rate of 600 gpd/sq ft.  Feed facilities for anionic
    polymer addition are provided.

Sludge Thickener

    The thickener provided was designed on the basis of a solids load-
    ing of 6 Ibs/sq ft/day.

Aerobic Digester

    The size of the aerobic digester was based on a hydraulic detention
    time of 20 days.  The size of the aerator-mixers was based on an
    oxygen requirement of 1.6 Ibs 0 /lb VSS destroyed and a mixing re-
    quirement of 165 HP/mg of digester volume.

F?na1  SIudge D?sposa1

    For small  plants sludge is disposed of at a sanitary landfill.
    Sludge incineration facilities are provided for larger plants.
                                 117

-------
                       Table VIII - 1 (Continued)

                          BPCTCA Treatment

2.   Subcategory C

     General

       Subcategory C generally includes two types  of plants
       combined operation plants and stand alone mix plants.
       A combined operations plant is one located  at the
       same site as the explosive manufacturing facilities,
       and the wastewater from this type of plant  could
       be treated at the waste treatment plant for the
       manufacturing facilities.

       For the stand alone mix plant separate waste treat-1
       ment facilities will be required.  This cost model
       is developed for that type of plant.

     Extented Aeration Package Plant

       The stand alone mix plant wastewaters are characte-
       rized as containing either high oil content (ANFO and
       NCN production)  or high suspended solids content or
       both.  The flow is small or intermittent therefore
       an extended aeration package plant which includes
       screening, biological treatment,  clarification with
       skimming and chlorination has been selected.  The
       sludge from the unit will be disposed at a  certified
       landfill capable of handling such wastes.
                              118

-------
                         Table VIII-2

               BATEA and BADCT Treatment System
                        Design Summary

                      Explosives Industry
Dual Media Filtration

    Filters were sized using the criteria of 3 gpm/sq ft.  Backwash
    rates used were 20 gpm/sq ft for 10 minute duration.  In case
    of subcategory C chemical coagulation facility is included.

Carbon Adsorption

    The unit is designed as a downflow fixed bed.  Pretreatment for
    removal of suspended solids is provided so as to thwart clogging
    of the carbon column.  Carbon contact time was set at 30 minutes.
    Hydraulic loading rates used were 4 gpm/sq ft.  The spent carbon
    to be regenerated was calculated on a 0.5 Ib of COD/lb carbon.
    The regeneration furnace itself was designed for 2.5 Ibs/sq
    ft/hr.
                           119

-------
The  sludge  handling scheme for subcategories A, B and D is
shown in Figure VIII-1.  The aerobic digester will produce a
nonputrescible sludge which  can  be  thickened  and  stored
before   being   trucked   to  a  certified  landfill.   For
subcategory C, as the sludge quantity will be small, it will
be trucked to a certified landfill.

It should be noted that the activated  sludge  process  cost
model  cannot  be  justified for the dilute waste streams of
subcategory C.  However, since some load, assemble and  pack
operations are part of larger plant operations which include
manufacturing   activities   in   the  other  subcategories,
activated  sludge  remains  a  viable  technology  for   the
combined  wastes  and the incremental cost for subcategory C
becomes minimal in this case.

    BATEA Cost Model

For the purpose of the economic evaluation of BATEA, it  was
necessary  to formulate a BATEA waste treatment model (Table
VIII-2).  The model,  composed  of  dual-media  filters  and
activated  carbon  adsorption,  is  added  on  to the BPCTCA
treatment system for subcategories A, B and  D.   The  model
for  subcategory  C  consists  of  chemical  coagulation and
filtration added to the BPCTCA  extended  aeration  packaged
treatment system.

Dual-media  filtration  is  intended to remove the suspended
solids to avoid clogging of  the  activated  carbon  column.
The   down-flow   fixed   bed  system  was  selected.   Such
regeneration of activated carbon has been a problem  in  TNT
waste  streams,  however,  these  wastes  will  be part of a
combined waste stream  at  an  explosive  plant  and  it  is
expected that activated carbon can be used with the combined
wastes.   Such  development  should be done by each plant to
assure  the  most  economical  situations  to  achieve   the
necessary   level   of  in-plant  controls  and  end-of-pipe
technology for pollution control.  End-of-pipe technology is
capable of attaining the recommended  effluent  limitations,
guidelines  and  new source performance standards.  To date,
no studies have shown it to be a problem in composite  waste
streams.

    BADCT Cost Model

For  the purpose of the economic evaluation of BADCT, a cost
model (Table VIII-2)  was formulated consisting of dual-media
filtration  added  to  the  BPCTCA  treatment   system   for
subcategories  A, B and D.  A packaged dual-media filtration
                           120

-------
         UJ
LU




1
             <
             w
             LU
>0 = uj  -
   O
         cc
      it; H
      — LU
      Q. g


      2<
        CQ
    LU


    5
                                                  121

-------
a

                                                              O)  CO
                                                             4->  S-
                                                                    O)
                                                                       \l
                                                                    O)
                                                              X  
-------


ts    J75 2
•—i    O t—
u_    Zj<
      a. aa
      x
                                                                                                  u
                                                                                                     
-------
0}
\tV
^t
IU
5
2

_3 CM
H
& o
o O
•p <

JZ
1 ^
+J <;
2 <
u±,-, >r p
O E w « H"
£~£ « £
_J W n) D.
f> O 4J 00
w c ° S
0 ££ Jo
CJ 3 r*1* —•
— en ^
*J U- T- "'

« U4 **
4-» «C (/> ?"" _l
ro uj 3 r; ~i
£ t? 2> w &
V. «C 3 .. CC
H ea < ^
i- -o i JE
fl) C
S roS s
26 I— ro 4.
• fl
ro t
TJ **

D1J

^c *™
en c*"
0 C

X >
CM fc
VO p
to c*-
^.
cz
o
+J
o
3
•a
2
a.
•«
B 0
3 4-1 O
x U O
fl 3 •»
3 -0 «-

/^^ y* ^_
k § o_ .a o-*"
3 0 — CO _J
'Tvo* -^ o en en
> vO ^* Q \s c
CS o o
) O - 1
o >-_°^ c
• ^ Q "0.0^5 .2
_i en — i en 4->
4J

(/) S g
>* O 	 i
ro —
Q LL. 4->
c L. a)
O a) ^
TJ ro H^
03 H-
30) UJ
•a 4J
O w a
u ro o
a. 3 as

oor>*
CM to
•rH



^1" ^T'
cnvo
•LO






00 to
•vO
rH




|O.
COO
•rH
CAtO
CM




ff\
4-*
U
3
•o
O
a.

en
-*
o
o
o
»
^"
•o^

o-*"
O —I
en en

i
_0
4->
ro
4J
'i

'Jj
fluent
LU
a
o
u

o
o
o
CO
o

iA
i
'1
<3
I


































o
^~

4-1
ro

c
i_
3
4J
.
-
0 0
0 0
CO O
ir\ CM


w


0 O
o o
,_ ,_
mt-
•co-
























0}
o
c
ro
• en
o —
ro
4-1 U
ro a)
Q.
O



1




1






0
o
o
CA





























u
0)
g
o_

en
4>
c
LU

O r— \
O "5f •«*
O O 00
OO •* rH



0 /— N
O to rH
CO CO CM
LTV* CM
-=r *-^
^






















' ^-s
4->
4J O
0 3
3 -a
-o o
o «-
a.
4-1 U)
a) en JQ
O -iS —
o
0 0
_ o 0
ro o o
3 « «
c »- ^~
C *««. o,.
•^ •
"rol-i
4J U)
0 0
H- 0









































4->
U)
8

ro
3
C
C
ro
"ro
4->
o
4->

C
o
•o
(!)
(A
ro
JD
4-1
I/I
o
• u
r— (







































4-J
(/)
o
o
<
o
fe
o_
CQ
l_
0)
o

4->
in
O
u
ro
4J
C
u
u
c
s


























4-J
u
3
-o
e
a.

U
3
•a
2
a.
en
^
^
•o,
en
^
m



















































to
>

-------
system  is  added  to  the  BPCTCA  treatment
subcategory C.

    Cost
                                                 system   for
Capital  and  annual  cost  estimates  were prepared for the
previous end-of-pipe treatment models for all subcategories.
The prepared cost estimates are presented in  Tables  VIII-3
through  VIII-6.   The  costs  presented in these tables are
incremental costs for achieving each technology level.

For example, in Table VIII-3, the  total  capital  cost  for
^ooa™2°^Y  A  t0  attain  BPCTCA  effluent  limitations is
5192,000 for a plant producing an average of  79.,600  pounds
of  explosives  per day.  The BPCTCA effluent limitations in
Table VIII-3 were determined by using the reduction  factors
presented in Section VII,  unless otherwise noted.
                                                 recommended
                                                 be  $35,200
                                                 achieve the
                                                 incremental
                                                 limitations
 The  incremental  capital  costs  for achieving  the
 BADCT effluent  limitations  in Table VIII-3  would
 in   addition  to   the  capital investment  made to
 BPCTCA effluent  limitations.    Similarly,  the
 capital cost   for  achieving the  BATEA effluent
 for sutcategory A would be  $108,000.

 A discussion of the  possible   effects  that  variations  in
 treatment  technology  or  design   criteria   could  have  on
 capital and  annual  costs  is   presented   earlier  in  this
 section.

     Energy

 The  size  ranges  of  the BPCTCA and BATEA treatment models
 preclude the  application  of  some  high-energy-using  unit
 processes  such as sludge incineration.  Carbon regeneration
 will  reguire significant amounts  of  energy;   however,  the
 overall impact on  energy  consumption  should be minimal.
 Tables  VIII-3 through  VIII-6  also  present  the  cost  for
 energy  and power  for each treatment model for BPCTCA, BATEA
 and  EABCT.

     Non-water Quality Aspects

The major non-water quality aspects of the proposed effluent
 limitations  and  guidelines   encompass   ultimate   sludge
disposal and noise and air pollution.

The  BPCTCA  treatment  model proposes land spreading  of the
digested biological sludge.   If   practiced  correctly,  this
disposal  method  will not create health hazards or nuisance
                                125

-------

                LU

                5
                ffl
               f.
                                                            VO
CM
                                                00 •«
                                                o »-i
            o
            c   m
 O
 o
 o
  •t

 o
 en
•CM


 CS
                  o
                  o

         ov°g    °»
         CM-O    oo
           ,|H    \o
                  r-.
o o   o
o o   o
00   O
 »  »  I   «
VO r-1
  •  •

OO CM
                                                                              CO »-    Lf\



                                                                              •-»
0>
15
.2
r"1
















m **• ^
•---. b §
£.120 5
-J W o? 0.
w O ,2 CD
4J 4J O m
we {§
o s> cs y
0 3 I"- -S
•— 01 .5
4J>««- »- <"
= J»- ,
a) ui » '
E *•* «w
4J < u» j~ i
ro ui 3 £ S
££§' 3 1
I- ca < .g
t. -o t J-
a) c
•M rao 4,
Si-* >
4J 0 " J5
in < cc °
^"§ s-
<;
o
l_
o *-
Q- *
03 >- «l
ra t
•o **
*>. 
CO C'*








^•«^
o
o
r^ C3
vo •>
CM CM
to
v_/












>•*
B '
7 4J
"* <~% IJ
r> o 3
i 00 7>
So" 2^
k »lrt Q- XI
O O 0*00 _•""
»-• *— 	 t -. Ol
























X >

•«a- -
C3 Ti
•*t X

^.
c
o

1 1
u

-o
o
1_
Q.

O)
(D

• o «—
^J Jy. ^^ ^1
^ a -o 	 	
CM >v. Q.*x. (0
_j cn_i cn


i

ui 3
>* O
ra ' •—
0 li.

c >-
o 
I- TO
0- 3
3S
•
^-








_^,
®s




CO
U
3
•o
.2
Ou

O)
N^

O
O
Q .
*
»—
>*s
Q
03 —I
1 —

\s ^

1
0
4-1
(D

,
_ E

_l

4->
C
3
>«I
M-
LU

Q
O
CO
f«s
co*^ ^
CON 0
^^ *fc
o
OO
^D
•t
in
•%«•




CM




"lj
U
3
-o
o
Q.

O)


O
O
O
»
^™
"^
° ^1
Ol O1


1
0
4->
ra
4-1

£2
•^ CA
_| **
O
4-1 O
C
3 JS
^^ D*
«<- />
UJ *-•
TS
O +*
0 O
<-> H















































£
£

CD
3
C
C
<
o
o
o
*
OO

OO


•w-
















d^
O


4-1
n}

c
i_
4->
0)
U

(A
3
"o.
>>
i_
0)
> -

— 0
to •—
It|| i I
Q. (0
TO
O





o o o r--
o o o CM
O O O  i-H CM
tO rH tO
A
TH

..























4-1
0) U
U 3
C TJ
10 . O
c »-
to
i/5
^•^



























^..^
4_l
u
3
"X3
o
1_
Q.
0) CL
C  0)-Q

ID 1- O
Z IU O
3 •— O
+ O 10 O
0- 3 «
O) C »-
C -f C ^
.- < 

U t. 10 4->
0) »















'






















•V
4J 0
tfl U
o
0 <
o
— h-
10 O
3 O.
C 03
10 1-
(U
F— >
10 O
4-1
O 4->
4-J (/I
o
C 0
o

•o "ro
(]) .M
V) C
10 (1>
-Q E
0)
4-1 U
ui U
o c
0 —
•— CM













4-1
u
^
s'
o.

U)
Xt

o
o
o
•»
^™-
•^
(/)
Xt
'"•
o
4-1
4j
c
0)
^—
>
3
cr
0)

(/)
•-«

4-J •
o
3
T3
o
Q.
cn
^
Jb£
^^
cn
^
CO -
















,"






























0)
XI
ID
1—


-------
                                         O tn   i—
                                         C3 in   o
                                                                         tn
                                                                         in
                                                                         
                                                                CM  •  •
                                                                 •»co co
                                                                CO    "--
                                                                co
                            0)

                            >
en
 o

-C
 o
                                CM
                                 I—
                                 o

                                 5
                                 en
                                                                                                •*•
                                                                                                CM
                                                       o oo
                                                       r— in in
                                                       ot CM in
                                                        •t  »
                                                       COr—
                                                                                          o cn r>»
                                                                                         in
                                 o
                                 Q.
                                 oa
                                                  *  *

                                                  *  *
                                                                                           en
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
                                                                    co
                                                       ooo
                                                       in vo o
                                                       co co rs
                                                        A  «%   !

                                                      'CM CO
                                                                                                                     <£)
in
                      o
                      o
                      at
                     +J
                      
           cnxi
                                     co  co
                                       o o
                                      X X
                                        CO
                                         •!->
                                        ' O


                                         •o

                                         2
                                         CL

                                         en
                                                                     o
                                                                     o
                                                                     o
       S-  CO    io
   -~»o- -a    o
   O    r—    03 _J

10 3-3*0     cn^>
CM  «    o    -^  e
   to o o
                                                                             CO
                                                                              o
                         a.

                         en
                                                  o

                                                  S
                                                                              o

                                                                              8
                                                           co
                                                           •M
                                                            u

                                                           •a
                                                            o

                                                            a.

                                                            o>
                                 o
                                 o
                                 o
                                                          to
                                                          oo
                                                                                       en en
                                                                                     2
                                                                                     a.

                                                                                     CO
                                                                                    .a
                                          o
                                          o
                                          o
                                       oo
                                               o
                                               (O
                                               CM
|>^°.^
fTj ^^ r*^ ^^
                                                                      I
                                                                              (O

                                                                              c


                                                                             +J

                                                                              2

                                                                              CO
                                                                                                               
                                                      CO

                                                      at
                                        4J


                                         O)
              •t
               LU
                                                                    o
                                                                    ca
                                                                             •IJ
                                                                              ta
                                                  ai
                                                  =2
                        UJ

                        O
                        o
                        o
                                                                                                VI

                                                                                               3
                                                                                                IT3
                                                                    (O
                                                                   o
                                 LU       t—
                                                           CO
                                                           to
                                                           ai
                                                                             O)    (O i- CJ
                                                                             > co S Oi
                                                                             O S-    2r—

                                                                             O ns + O to
                                                                             O) OI    Q- 13
                                                                             Q£ >> en   £=


                                                                          co t— O T-    «C


                                                                          co ••->     Q. (8 O) OI -4-> CO
                                                                             <0    Q. C O ^
                                                                          i— «J    o LU I— tj
5
o




x—^
4^
4J QJ
O 3
3T3
•0 0
O S-
S_ 0.
OL
CO
^7)<^a
*"* f-n

O O
0 O
o o
«« «
l~~ f-n
*s^ ^x^




CO
ja
CO
4J 0 0
CO O +•»
O
O «=C •»->
<_3 c: -(->
i— (— O) O)
(8 t_> i— CO
3 &. (O
1=03 > C
C -r- OI
OS S- 3 01
OI O~-Q
•— > 0)
mo co
+•» co ns

+-> CO "~
o +-» =
c o o o
0 3-t-
•— T3 •(->
"O *O O *O
OI •!-> S- -»->
CO C Q-'i-

-------










u
o
W
XJ

in
O
ca
t w
c
_  +-1
ro
el 8)
^ u
J3 1—
i— » ^*
^ U
4J
ro
S
(A
ro


4^
Ul

^
CO

1
2fi-
r^
•f <
C CO
•g
1 1
15 o <
^ b S
^'H ° 5
_J W» Q) 0.
O 4J BQ
jj C_5 *••
*•* *•"* (II
C o
a) CM X
3 t». 3
uZ 2? vy>
i*- i
Ul •
4J ^_
2«n £? _j
. = 4-» >
Sf S i
OQ 
1— t** .—
0 — «
<«: °
CO Z D.
UJ x
"^-^ Ul
0
en vo
•CM

CM



tn vo
r^ oo


co en





^•^
CD
CD
O
to •« oo
^* LO t^* ^1^
OO O tH tO
rH r-l rH
v_/



CO
t t
+^
U
•o
o
ex
en
\s
^ ^ «
<° 2T4S §




T3 •"
en.
-^ ••
««/^ «w
x. 0 O
in 3 «
a -g^ ^
— ^ *™ V ^

*" • *" * f~* — ~~~ jzr .
2°. Sen"" "
•_"* .^ o en en
x x °vr« 2 ^ E







s
r-l C
O C
O
*.
§
4J
U
3
T3
O
0.
0
en
ro
 >, 0 r-
=> ^° ro"-> -^ c
' ^ Q^O^-- 0
•v. Q.*^ ro —
_i en— i en *»
4J
' *E
tn 3 — •
>• 0 -I
ro —
Q U. 4J
c «- S
o a) 3
•« 4-1 »—
4J ro «•-
03 M-
3Q) UJ
O u> ca
i_ ro o
0-3 o>

o •«* o
r-- CM o
to **• o
0
0
crv
0
O
CM
oo
oo
1 f
LO
LTV T- CO LTVtO
CO
•CO-

CD O o
to vo o
LT3 t~- CM
t-H iH
CO
•co-

0 O ,-,
s§ 1
in
CO

^/J






0 0
CM CM
VO t^-




^J
u
3
-a
o
O.
en
o
o
0
• ^^
^^
a
o
0 —1
»»^
en en
i
c
O
4-1
ro
4_l
]I
— «J yj
- cS
S s
^ '1
ul 5
0 1
0 0
o H
128
CM
•CO-

O
o
o
CO
•co-

o
0
VO


^yj















a«
o
»••
4-1
ro
c

3
4J
a>
v_
tn
3
"o.
t_
0)
> in
u ro
0) Q)
or >.
— o
..">«—
,13 4-1
5*0. ro
ro
_ o
CO
3
c
«—•


O
0
CO


CD
O
to

























a>
o
c
ro
c
a>
4-1
c
ro
en
ro
0)
CL
o
CO


^






















o o / — »
O LO I— 1
i covo m
•CO-

00
O 0
•%
tn
o>



























in
O
U 0
c
en —
i- cu
0) 4J
C O
UJ |-


O
O
A
VO
to
























4-1
U
3
•o
O
a.


S4
O
OO
i-H
\_y






















•^-s
4-1
U
3
•o
O
1_
O_
en
cn-o
O 0
O
o
M
*^
O
O
A
•^
^^ ~^
•CO--CO-
4-1
O
o

























4-1
in
O
u
ro
3
C
C
ro
"ro
o
4-1
§
-a
a>
in
ro
J3
4-<
IA
























4-*
in
0
u
<
u
(_>
a.
ca
0)
0
in
O
u
;rementa1
o c
o —













«M
U
3
^3
E
Q.
in
J3
O
0
0
••^
JO

0
4-J
+J
0)
ro
1
u
3
-o
O
CL
en
k^v
<£ ^" rM »" >









-------
conditions.  The possibility of  trace  explosives  leaching
into  groundwater  reservoirs  can be minimized by carefully
controlled sludge application.  The following are  summaries
of  the  sludge  quantities  from  proposed BPCTCA and BATEA
treatment facilities:
              Subcateqory
                  A
                  B
                  C
                  D
Biological Sludge Quantity
   Ibs/day1

   17,600
   33,000
       30
      480
1Based on solids concentration (dry weight basis)

Noise levels will  not  be  appreciably  affected  with  the
implementation   of  the  proposed  treatment  models.   Air
pollution  should  only  be  a   consideration   if   liquid
incineration   were   selected   as   the   waste   disposal
alternative.
                                129

-------

-------
                         SECTION IX

            BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
                CURRENTLY AVAILABLE (BPCTCA)
Explosives Manufacturing

The effluent  limitations  and  guidelines  for  BPCTCA  for
explosives   manufacturing   point   source   category  were
developed from the information contained in Sections  IV  to
VIII  of  this  document.   The limitations are expressed in.
terms of allowable pounds of pollutant per 1,000  pounds  of
products.   The effluent limitations guidelines are based on
pollutant reductions that can  be  achieved  in  this  point
source category at the present time.

For  subcategories A, B and D, the treatment system consists
of:  equalization,  neutralization,  primary  sedimentation,
aeration  basin,  final  clarification,  and sludge handling
facilities.   For  subcategory  C,  the   treatment   system
consists   of  a  packaged  extended  aeration  plant  which
includes screening, biological treatment, clarification with
skimming and chlorination.  Subcategories C and D,  however,
may   choose   to  limit  their  effluent  by  other  means.
Subcategory C, with a low flow of 6,800 gallons per day  and
moderate   strength   concentration,   could  eliminate  all
wastewater flow in many cases.  Averaging only 2,520 gallons
per day, subcategory D, with  its  concentrated  waste,  may
find other pollution control approaches to be the most cost-
effective  solution.   Subcategory C could, by employing dry
clean-up and more careful operations, reduce its waste  load
to a level where it would be feasible to drum all wastes and
ship them to a regional treatment center.

As indicated in Section VII, the following treatment levels,
based   on   historical   data,   were   selected   for  the
determination of BPCTCA effluent limitations and  guidelines
for subcategories A, B and D:
  Parameter
     Average
Percent Removal of RWL
Concentration
  Limitation
   BOD5
   COD
   TSS»
        93
        72
                              50 mg/1
1 Except the average of the daily values for 30 consecutive
  days shall not exceed 50 mg/1 and the maximum for any
  one day is 150 mg/1.
                             131

-------
 For  subcategory  C,   the  BPCTCA  effluent  limitations are
 selected as:
   Parameter

    TSS2
    Oil and  Grease3
     Average^
Percent Removal of RWL
Concentration
  Limitation

    50 mg/1
   100 mg/1
 i  Treatment technology  from  the  inorganic chemicals manu-
   facturing point  source category, the  fertilizer manufac-
   turing point  source category and the  petroleum refining
   point source  category have been transferred to this
   suhcategory for  these two  parameters.
 2  Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
   shall not exceed 50 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
   is  150 mg/1.
 3  Limitations on oil and grease  are given for subcategory'C
   only since it is expected  that this pollutant will be
   significant only in this subcategory.  In this case, the
   average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall
   not exceed 20 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day is
   60  mg/1 for O&G.

 Itote  that although NO3_-N  can  be  in  certain  instances  a
 significant problem in  this  industry, no effluent limitation
 at  this  time  has been prescribed, due to the limited data
 base  available.    An   effluent  limitation  on   NO3-N   is
 desirable if there  is a public water supply a short distance
 from  the  industry discharge or if specific eutrophication
 problems may result.  These conditions do  not  occur  as  a
 result  of all explosive manufacturing discharges,  and is no
way of assuring that  a  munitions  plant  is  significantly
 close it is recommended that nitrate limitations be governed
by local conditions.

Application  of  these removal rates to the RWL produces the
 BPCTCA effluent limitations and  guidelines  shown  in  Table
IX-1, unless otherwise noted.

It^ should  be  understood that the effluent limitations and
guidelines are to be applied  to  individual  subcategories.
The information required to do this is:

    1.   The  identity of the manufacturing process,  so that
         it can be subcategorized.
    2.   The production rate, so that the specific   effluent
         limitation can be calculated.
                            132

-------
                 in
                 H
                              oo
                          i  i  .m>o
                           o
                           in
i- r-M
 •  • *
o fro
 H

''O
                       rHO
                       o, \o

                       "8
             o a t/>
             o o i/>
             eo o I-
                              ss
 •s- en


  ' CM
              c> en n
                O O


                c o
                           a o ui uj
                           o o ws so
                           CD 
  o o wi
  CO.O *-
                                            •si
  — 00

  F+.— CT\
  CO rr\ \O
                            8-i
                            oo o
   a a (/>
   o o to
   ca o h-
a o v»
o o tn
co o I-
                         5?*
                         CO CM
                                         OO
                                                             i>-o a.
                                                             —
                                           o
                                           O
   oo —
   \o o
     -CM
 ?§
          §§
          oo
           A •>

          S3

                                                       0)  C (OJ1
                                                          0) -Mtw W)

                                                       .=  a -s «-5
               CO
                 o

               d£.
               O 3
                              _ §
                              g w
                           o •

                           Q) (fl
                           U L.

                           3 ,0


                           o +-*
                           (Q (D
                                                       ^  r-  
-------
The  ^actual  effluent  limitations  and  guidelines would be
applied  directly  only  to  a  plant  whose   manufacturing
processes  fall within a single subcategory.  In the case of
multi-subcategory  plants,  the  effluent  limitations   and
guidelines  to  be  placed  upon  a  plant would represent a
production-weighted   sum   of   the   individual   effluent
limitations   and   guidelines   applied   to  each  of  its
subcategory operations.  This building block approach allows
the guidelines to be applied to any facility  regardless  of
its products.

It   is  anticipated  that  local  conditions  will  control
discharges of  nitrates  and  sulfates.   Because  of  this,
nitrates  and  sulfates are not addressed in this discussion
of  EPCTCA  treatment  technology.   Because  of  technology
transfer from other point source categories indicated in the
above  footnotes  and  due  to an insufficient data base for
variability verification, a performance factor of  three  is
used.
                              134

-------
                         SECTION X

     BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE
                          (BATEA)
Explosives Manufacturing

The  BATEA  effluent  limitations  and  guidelines  for  the
explosives manufacturing  point  source  category  presented
below have' been developed from the best available technology
presently  operating  in  the  field.   Historical data from
ether industries and  situations  in  which  filtration  and
carbon  adsorption  was  applied  and  used  to  develop the
guidelines.   For  subcategories  A,  B  and  D,  the  BATEA
treatment  focuses on filtration and carbon adsorption.  For
subcategory Cf the  BATEA  treatment  consists  of  chemical
coagulation,  filtration and activated carbon in addition to
the BPCTCA treatment system.  Published findings such as EPA
and contractors studies and continuing pilot plant  work  in
the  field  generally  support  the  biodegradation  of most
explosives.   Those  explosives  that   are   resistant   to
biodegradation will be removed by carbon adsorption.

         BATFA Effluent Limitations Guidelines
                   Parameter
                      BOD5
                      COD
                      TSSl
Percent Removal of
BPCTCA Effluent

      72

      79
  (Subcategory C only) Oil and Grease*
      60
      80
* Except the effluent limitation for the average of daily
  values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 10 mg/1
  and the maximum for any one day is 20 mg/1.

2 Limitations on oil and grease are'given for subcategory C
  only since it is expected that this pollutant will be
  significant only in this subcategory.  The average of daily
  values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 10;mg/1
  and the maximum for any one ,day is 20 mg/1.

Application  of these removal rates to BPCTCA effluent waste
loads is shown in Table X-1.
                           135

-------




























M
C

•— 01
•g £
I 1
1 *
o a
Fluent Llraltitl
Explosives Kan
&
S
H-
§





































M
c
<
•M
a
4
1
m
£1-
3 £
£ s
U- «
uj 3

1
~
1 t
^
' 1
1 '
1
1
c
4
t
»,
L


K
»— c
1
f!
K
J




*
c
;
o C
I- t-
1 Ul
01
_1 •—
-, ™
s°
BPCT
Averaae








|
H








M
Subcateqorle
fl ' ' S ' ' g
>
to
c
« d **
c jq ^ in*** *- - ^
° ^\ ^coQ r^.tn'0
£ J2l ^* *^* *o*o
^
U
o
cl
E -wl
5 a>I tn in
Eg] Q Q m o a vi
1< 2j SS£ SSn
£ £]
4
5 «ji
•" 21 i i o i i o
v 61 •-« ^i

« ^ r^
= ^ t§SQ gu>»
g -3 CM ION
§
O l»l
' "1
•• 53 in in
= El a a w o am
J 
jj y ca u |_ co ui—
3
J
c1*! ^Cst "> "o*
a 2* ~*
si



qj co
jg  «-^vo

3 in tn
B a o in a an
!&l o o in o oin
H ca ui- m ot-
"M

_,. Sg{ tS*

H
_,
S| * • 1 * 1
<| o- ' jj-m
3 CA

t.
«
*• m in
« a ocn a atn
E o o £
m u t-o


V°li



«a-
°-°. . ,

in
a o tn t n
gS{2|

t J
1 1


* * 1 1


in
§a u> en
O (/) *O
ca o i— o







IO r1*
t-»-
map CD
10 m


lie
CO U H


io«r*
CS1CM*
*f



cJo'

 • .
• i
i— O
CO 10
p—

in
a a tn
S S {2







o o
oo
R"S
COr—








Manufacture of
Initiators
5
J


















'
























C
O
• 4-*
0
3
S
cx
tn
^
m**
O
§_
*-
^

o
** c
s 1
« •"
ID 12
> ^

i 1
» s
t!
o> o
-•" SF
































.
sf
4—
+J
•si
tn .c •
o u >>
CUOlr—
w >
-r: I_ o>
+J O) CX
>) W oJ

"oj'i «
^5^»-S
0> XJ o»
^- QJ QJ
(O M (O
!c fO 0
0 •*•* t.
(O W) 3
QJ O
03 (/)
j=: c
•M OJ +•»
^ ^"o
rtJ (U O.
>
1^ » ^P
O >r-
S*^^
•M ^D *^-
to 0>
0 -OQS

f- Z3
.COO «
C^g
,t _, f_ pi
o o>
cuti-o.
V)
(O (A *O
^ C C
O 10
•25*
"° 4^ 8
13 E: »r-

*r-> .C
^^"
r- 
-------
                         SECTION XI

              NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
                           (BADCT)
General

The term "new source"  is  defined  in  the  "Federal  Water
Pollution  Control  Act  Amendments  of  1972"  to mean "any
source, the construction of which  is  commenced  after  the
publication  of  proposed regulations prescribing a standard
of performance".  Technology applicable to new sources shall
be  the  Best  Available  Demonstrated  control   Technology
(BADCT), defined by a determination of what higher levels of
pollution  control  can  be  attained  through  the  use  of
improved  production  process  and/or  wastewater  treatment
techniques.   Thus,  in addition to considering the best in-
plant and end-of-pipe control technology,  BADCT  technology
is to be based upon an analysis of how the level of effluent
may be reduced by changing the production process itself for
the explosives manufacturing point source subcategories.

Explosives Manufacturing

EADCT is based upon the utilization of in-plant controls and
filtration  as  an addition to BPCTCA end-of-pipe processes.
In  the  case  of  subcategory  C,  a  packaged   dual-media
filtration  system  will  be  required to be added to BPCTCA
treatment.  The BADCT limitations presented in  Section  VII
were  developed  on  the  basis of the contractor's previous
experience and EPA  publications  on  the  efficiency  of  a
filter,   unless   otherwise  noted.   The  wastewater  load
reductions  are  presented  below.   Application  of   these
removal  rates  to BPCTCA effluent production loads is shown
in Table XI-1.
        New Source Performance Standards
         For Subcategories A, B and D
         Parameter

           BODS

           COD

           TSS*
Percent Reduction of
EPCTCA Effluent

       8

      13

      60
                             137

-------
•g
§-•
     jii
               §§£
      O O (A

      O O W>

      mot—
°    R<
                      IT)  in

                    I- m  aof^
                    O o  csioo
                                    CO O t—O   CD O I—
                                       in eo  ,_0
                                       n i-(  co i^
                                       oo  i=
                          u\

                         §§s
                         m o I-
»-•*£
                                      it
X
V

(2


«2

o
Q.
S

o
VI

>
1
OL
X
QJ
1 —
cn»—
C 0]
3




i_
u
i
(D
0.


in
a a en
o o vi
co o H-





tn
g§£
CO U H-





LA
d a to cs
O O CO *B


r-


LT\
8O CO
O CO
CO CJ t—


   "-^
  5"S Jl
                8O C

                O t

              O3 U f
                          a o
                          O O

                          CO O
                                               8S
                                               o
                                              ft *

                                             CO U)
                                             r*. o
                                             CO •—
                                     §
                                     o
                                                                •88
                                                                vt .c  •
                                                                o o >>
                                                                Q. OJ i—
                                                                O -M 
                                                                (U   U
                                                                JC S- O)
                                                                •M  s-
 ai -M


c   o
CD C
0) o3 i—
+J ^3 (4—
x: co QJ

^12 o
                                                                  o  «
<

>
l_
o
o
QJ
4->
(D
U
.a
3
CO
o <

o >
t- tn u.
30 O
•U > O
0 —  >
1-4-1 L.
3 C O
4-> (0 O
O — <0
rj •— 4->
u- a» re
3 a. u
CO J3
Q U 3
X 0- ... CO
J£ ^
o
to >
Q_ U) l_
§O
a
c — to
m +•> 4-<
01 (D
•0 L. o
Jo .a
a. ii
O CO
o



                                                            o   ^1

-------
* Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 20 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is 40 mg/1.

It was  anticipated  that,  for  this  level  of  treatment,
significant   reduction   of   hydraulic   loading  will  be
implemented  by  application  of   good   water   management
practices.

        New Source Performance Standards
         For Sutcategory c
         Parameter

           TSSi

           Oil and Greases
Percent Reduction of
BPCTCA Effluent

      60

      80
1 Except the average of daily values for 30 consecutive days
  shall not exceed 20 mg/1 and the maximum for any one day
  is 40 mg/1.
2 Limitations on oil and grease are given for subcategory C
  only since it is expected that this pollutant will be
  significant only in this subcategory.   The average of daily
  values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 10 mg/1 and
  the maximum for any one day is 20 mg/1.
                             139

-------

-------
                        SECTION XII

                  PRETREATMENT GUIDELINES
General

Pollutants  from specific processes within this category may
interfere with, pass through, or otherwise  be  incompatible
with publicly owned treatment works (municipal system).  The
following    section   examines   the   general   wastewater
characteristics and the pretreatment unit  operations  which
may  be  applicable  to  the. explosives manufacturing point
source category.

Explosives Manufacturing

A review of the  wastewater  characteristics  of  explosives
manufacturing indicates that the process wastewaters contain
high  concentrations  of soluble oxygen-demanding materials,
varied  ranges  of  suspended  solids,  nitrates,  sulfates,
organic nitrogen and carbon, metals, and trace quantities of
explosives.

The  scope  of  this  study  did  not  allow  for a specific
toxicity evaluation of explosives wastewaters.  However, all
but the last  two  parameters  listed  above  appear  to  be
amenable to secondary treatment.

Metals  such  as  lead  and  mercury  have  been shown to be
discharged in quantities sufficient  to  disrupt  biological
activity.  In one field investigation in subcategory D, lead
discharges  were  found in concentrations of 200 mg/1.  This
makes  physical/chemical  precipitation   mandatory   as   a
pretreatment  step,  where  such  concentrations  and  other
inhibitory concentrations are found.

Trace quantities of explosives  may  present  a  significant
problem  for  a municipal sewage treatment system because of
their   toxicity   and   hazardous   nature.    However,   a
pretreatment  system can be designed to ensure that toxicity
and safety hazards are eliminated.  The system would have to
ensure that a slug of explosive material from  an  emergency
discharge  could  never  enter the municipal system.  Such a
system would  consist  of  the  following  unit  operations:
equalization,   chemical   precipitation   of   metals,  and
neutralization.

Since oil and grease (OSG)  in  high  concentrations  can  be
disruptive  to  municipal  sewage  treatment  systems  under
                            141

-------
certain circumstances, a pretreatment standard of  100  mg/1
for O&G is set for all subcategories in the explosives point
source category.
                              142

-------
                        SECTION XIII

             PERFORMANCE FACTORS FOR TREATMENT
                      PLANT OPERATIONS
General

All  of the factors that bring about variations in treatment
plant performance can be minimized through proper dosing and
operation.  Variations  in  the  performance  of  wastewater
treatment  plants  are  attributable  to  one or more of the
following:

    1.   Variations in sampling techniques.
    2.   Variations in analytical methods.
    3.   Variations in one or more  operational  parameters,
         e.g.,  the  organic  removal rate by the biological
         mass, settling rate changes of biological sludge.
    4.   Controllable   changes    in    the    treatability
         characteristics  of  the  process  wastewaters even
         after adequate equalization.
    5.   Controllable  fluctuations   in   the   volume   of
         contaminated storm runoff,
    6,   Prevention of contamination by segregation of storm
         runoff from process wastewaters.
    7.   Differences in the design and operation of  holding
         systems to average out the influent before allowing
         it into the treatment system.
    8.   Disparities in spill prevention programs.
    9.   Inattention to the  effects  of  cycled  production
         scheduling and avoidable start-ups._and shut-downs.
    10.  Negligence in the design and choice of the type  of
         treatment   system   which  can  minimize  climatic
         effects.
    11.  Lack   of   prudent   measures   to   prevent   the
         introduction  of  chemicals  which  are  likely  to
         inhibit the treatment processes.

All of these above mentioned items can  be  designed  and/or
scheduled  for  in  a  well-designed  and  properly operated
wastewater treatment plant.

Explosives Manufacturing

Variability in historic  effluent  data  from  an  exemplary
biological  treatment  plant  treating propellant wastes was
statistically analyzed.  The results of  this  analysis  are
shown  below.   Ratios  of  the  95  percent  probability of
occurrence to the 50 percent probability of occurrence  were
                            143

-------
computed  for  this plant, with the average of the daily and
monthly BOD and COD ratios as follows:
Parameter

   BOD5
   COD
      Performance Factor
      for Maximum Monthly
      Effluent Value	

              2.4
              2.4
Performance Factor
for Maximum Daily
Effluent Value

       3.8
       3.8
Variability in Biological Waste Treatment Systems

In the past, effluent requirements for wastewater  treatment
plants  have  been  related  to the achievement of a desired
treatment efficiency based on long term performance.   There
are,  however, factors that affect the performance and hence
the effluent quality or treatment efficiency over the  short
term,  such  that short term performance requirements cannot
be taken directly from the longer term data.   Knowledge  of
these  factors  must  be  incorporated in the development of
effluent limitations and in decisions of whether a treatment
plant is in compliance with the limitations.

The effluent limitations promulgated by EPA and developed in
this document include values that limit both long  term  and
short,  term   waste, discharges.   These  restrictions  are
necessary to  assure  that  deterioration  of  the- nation's
waters  does  not  occur  on a short term basis due to heavy
intermittent discharges, even though an annual  average  may
be  attained.  Because technology transfer has been used and
because the data base supporting the variability is limited,
a factor of  three  is  employed  to  set  the  maximum  day
limitation  rather  than  the ratio of approximately two for
maximum day limitation to maximum 30  day  limitation  shown
above.

Some   of   the   controllable  causes  of  variability  and
techniques  that  can  be  used  to  minimize  their  effect
include:
    A.
Storm Runoff
Storm  water  holding  or  diversion  facilities  should  be
designed  on  the  basis  of rainfall history and area being
drained.  The collected storm runoff can be drawn off  at  a
constant  rate  to the treatment system.  The volume of this
contaminated  storm  runoff  should  be  minimized   through
segregation  and  the  prevention  of  contamination.  Storm
runoff  from  outside   the   plant   area,   as   well <•  as
                             144

-------
 uncontaminated  runoff,
 or contaminated area.

     B.    Flow Variations
should be diverted around the plant
 Manufacturing process upsets and raw waste  variations can  be
 reduced by properly sized equalization  units.    Equalization
 is   a  retention  of  the  wastes in a  suitably designed and
 operated holding system to average out  the   influent   before
 allowing it into the treatment system,

     C.    Spills

 Spills  of certain materials in the plant  can cause  a heavy
 loading  on the  treatment system for a  short period of time.
 A spill may not  only cause higher effluent  levels as  it goes
 through the system,  but may inhibit a  biological  treatment
 system  and therefore have longer term effects.   Equalization
 helps  to  lessen the effects  of spills.  However, long term
 reliable control can only be attained by  an aggressive spill
 prevention and maintenance  program  including   training   of
 operating  personnel.    Industrial   associations such as the
 Manufacturing Chemists  Association  have developed guidelines
 for  prevention,  control  and reporting of  spills.  These note
 how  to  assess the potential of spill occurrence  and   how   to
 prevent  spills.   Each  explosives manufacturing  plant should
 be aware of the  MCA  report and institue a program  of  spill
 prevention using the  principles  described in the report.   If
 every  plant  were   to   use such guidelines as part of plant'
 waste management control  programs,  its  raw  waste  load  and
 effluent   variations    would    be    decreased  or  entirely
 eliminated.

     D.    Start-up and Shut-down

 These periods should be   reduced  to  a  minimum  and  their
 effect   dampened through  the use of  equalization facilities.
 At start-up, a good practice is to haul in a tank  truck  of
 sludge    from    an  efficiently  operated  activated  sludge
 wastewater  treatment plant.

     E.   Climatic Effects

The  design and choice of type of a treatment  system  should
 be   based  on the climate at the plant location so that this
 effect^can be minimized.  Where there  are  severe  seasonal
 climatic conditions, the treatment system should be designed
 and  sufficient  operational flexibility should be available
 so that the system can function effectively.
                             145

-------
     F.    Treatment Process Inhibition

 Chemicals likely to inhibit the treatment  processes   should
 be identified and prudent measures taken to see  that  they do
 not  enter  the wastewater in concentrations that  may result
 in treatment process inhibition.   Such measures  include   the
 diking   of  a  chemical   use  area  to  contain  spills   and
 contaminated wash water,  using dry instead  of  wet clean-up
 of equipment, and changing to non-inhibiting chemicals.

 The common indicator of the pollution characteristics of  the
 discharge  from  a plant  historically has been the long-term
 average   of  the  effluent  load.    However,  the   long-term
 (yearly)   average is not  the only  parameter on which  to have
 an effluent limitation.    Shorter   term  averages   also   are
 needed,   both  as  an indication   of  performance and   for
 enforcement purposes.

 Wherever possible,  the best approach to develop  the   annual
 and  shorter term limitations is to use historical data from
 the industry or production line in  question.  If enough data
 is available,  the shorter term limitations  can be   developed
 from a   detailed  analysis of the  hourly,  daily,  weekly,  or
 monthly  data.   Rarely, however, is  there an adequate   amount
 of  short  term  data.    However,   using data which show  the
 variability in the effluent load,  statistical  analyses   can
 be  used  to  compute  short  term  limits (30 day  average or
 daily) which should be attained, provided that the  plant   is
 designed  and  run  in the proper way to achieve the  desired
 long term average load.    These  analyses  can  be used   to
 establish variability factors  for effluent  limitations or to
 check those  factors that  have  been  developed.

 For  the significant organic  products segment of the  organic
 chemicals manufacturing point  source  category, EPA  has  used
 a  data base  consisting of  21 organic  chemicals, plastics  and
 petrochemical   plant performance   data,  to establish daily
 maximum  and  monthly average variability  factors of  3.9   and
 2.1, respectively.   The performance  factors for BODJ5 and  COD
 used  for the  explosives manufacturing point source category
 are 3.8  for  the  maximum   daily  and  2.H   for  the  maximum
 monthly   as  shown  below.   While these plants make  different
 products.  Agency analysis  revealed  that  they can be  grouped
because   the treatment plant characteristics and response to
 flow and  constituent variables, for example, are similar.  .

The data base upon which EPA's variability factors are based
is^the most  extensive available.  Commenters  on  these  and
prior  EPA   Development  Documents  have  suggested no other
source  of   information  on  which  to  base  BODS  or   COD
                            146

-------
variability  factor calculation.  While it is known that the
behavior  of  waste  characteristics  such  as  COD  is  not
precisely  the  same  as BODJ3 in variations of effluent, and
that  use  of  different  treatment  techniques  can   alter
expected variations, there are no data sources for COD which
can  be  used  to generate separate variability numbers.  If
anyone has more or better information available, the  Agency
will  readily  consider it.  For these reasons, EPA has used
factors of 2.4 and 3.8  for  both  BODJ5  and  COD  pollutant
parameters,  for  regulations covering BATEA and new sources
in the explosives manufacturing point source category.   For
existing  plants, EPA has used a factor of 3 for BPCTCA even
though the data indicates a ratio of approximately 2 between
the maximum day limitation and the maximum 30 day limitation
from the limited data in hand.

For lack of data, variability in suspended solids could  not
be developed by historical means.  Because of the similarity
of  their  treatment  systems employed, batch type operation
and related organic chemical reactions TSS  variability  for
explosives  manufacturing  was  assumed to be similar to the
inorganic chemicals manufacturing point source category  and
the fertilizer manufacturing point source category.

For oil and grease, the same factor of 3 was used to develop
the  BPCTCA  maximum  day limitations for all the explosives
sufccategories.

These  factors   were  applied  to   develop   the   effluent
limitations  and guidelines presented in Sections II,  IX, X,
and XI.
                            147

-------

-------
                         SECTION XIV

                       ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
 This  report was  prepared   by   the   Environmental   Protection
 Agency   on  the  basis  of a   comprehensive  study  of this
 industry performed  by Roy  p. Weston,  Inc.,  under contract
 No.   68-01-2932.    The  original   study  was  conducted  and
 prepared for the Environmental Protection Agency   under  the
 direction  of  Project Director James H. Dougherty, P.E., and
 Technical  Project  Manager  Jitendra  R.  Ghia,   P.E.   The
 following  individual members  of the staff of Roy  F. Weston,
 Inc., made significant contributions to the overall effort:
    W.D. Sitman
    J.A. DeFilippi
    K.J. Phillips
    T.E. Taylor
P.J. Marks
K.K. Wahl
D.A. Baker
Y.H. Lin
The original RFW study and this EPA revision were  conducted
under the supervision and guidance of Mr. Joseph S. Vitalis,
Project  Officer,  assisted  by  Mr.  George Jett, Assistant
Project Officer.

Overall guidance and excellent assistance was  provided  the
Project Officer by his associates in the Effluent Guidelines
Division,  particularly Messrs. Allen Cywin, Director, Ernst
P. Hall, Deputy Director, Walter J. Hunt, Branch Chief,  and
Dr.  W.  Lamar  Miller,  Senior  Technical Advisor.  Special
acknowledgement is also  made  of  others  in  the  Effluent
Guidelines  Division:  Messrs, John Nardella, Martin Halper,
David Becker,  Bruno  Maier,  Dr.  Chester  Rhines  and  Dr.
Raymond  Loehr,  for  their  helpful  suggestions and timely
comments.  EGDE project personnel also wishes to acknowledge
the  assistance  of  the  personnel  at  the   Environmental
Protection  Agency's  regional  centers, who helped identify
those plants achieving effective waste treatment, and  whose
efforts  provided  much  of  the  research necessary for the
treatment technology review.

The  following   individuals   supplied   input   into   the
development of this document while serving as members of the
EPA working group/steering committee which provided detailed
review, advice and assistance.  Their input is appreciated:

    W.  Hunt, Chairman,  Effluent Guidelines Division
    L.  Miller,  Technical Advisor,  Effluent Guidelines Div.
    J.  Vitalis, Project Officer,  Effluent Guidelines Div.
    G.  Jett, Asst.  Project officer.  Effluent Guidelines Div.
                            149

-------
    B. Becker, Effluent Guidelines Division
    J, Ciancia, National Environmental Research Center,
                   Edison
    H. Skovrenek, National Environmental Research Center,
                   Edison
    M. Strier, Office of Enforcement
    D. Davis, Office of Planning and Evaluation
    P. Desrosiers, Office of Research and Development
    R. Swank, Southeast Environmental Research Laboratory,
                   Athens
    E. Krabbe, Region II
    L. Reading, Region VII
    E. Struzeski, NEIC, Denver

Appreciation  is  extended  to  Mr.  Chris  Little and Jame's
Rodgers of the EPA  Office  of  General  Counsel  for  their
invaluable contributions and advice.

The  cooperation  of  the individual explosive manufacturing
compounds  who  offered  their  facilities  for  survey  and
contributed pertinent data is gratefully appreciated:

    1.   Atlas Powder Company
    2.   E.I. DuPont DeNemours and Company
    3.   Hercules, Incorporated
    4.   Halston Army Ammunition Plant
    5.   Olin Corporation
    6.   Radford Army Ammunition Plant
    7.   Federal Cartridge
    8.   Trojan Powder Company
Manufacturing representatives playing significant
the success of this study were:

    1.   Mr. Joseph Wilkes  (1)
    2.   Dr. Richard Cooper  (2)
    3.   Dr. R.E, Chaddock  (3)
    4.   Mr. James Hart  (4)
    5.   Mr. Sam Riccardi  (5)
    6.   Mr. Donald Mayberry  (6)
    7.   A.G. Drury (7)
    8.   Dr. Phillip Barnhard, IV
                                                   parts  in
The project personnel would like to extend its
for   the   time   and  effort  the  following
organizations displayed:
                                                appreciation
                                                governmental
    U.S. Army Environmental Hygiene Agency  (AEHA)
    Manufacturing Technology Directorate, U.S. Army
      Picatinny Arsenal
                             150

-------
     U.S. Army  Armaments  Command Headquarters
     U.S. Army  Material Command
     Department of  the Army  Headquarters

 In  addition, the project personnel would  like  to  extend  its
 gratitude  to the following  individuals and organizations for
 the significant input into  the development of  this document:

     R. Tabakin, EPA, Edison, N.J.
     Col. Charles Sell, DAEN-ZCF
     George Marienthal, Deputy  Assistant Secretary
      of Defense  (Environmental Quality)
     Gerald R.  Eskelund,  Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, N.J.
     Thomas Wash, ECO U.S. Army Armament Command,
      Pock Island, 111
     Lt. col. Ronald Snyder, HAAP
     Dr. Donald Emig, U.S. AEHA
      Aberdeen Proving Gounds,  Md.
     Irving Forsten, Picatinny  Arsenal, Dover,  N.J.
     H.R. Smith - Acting  Deputy Assistant Secretary of
      Defense  (Environmental Quality)
     John R. Evans - Holston Defense Corporation
     Col. Marshal Steinberg - Director, Lab Services/U.S. AEHA
     It. col. Vladimir Gulevich  - WQED/U.S. AEHA
     Lt. col. Roy Reuter - U.S.  Army Medical R&D Command
     American Defense Preparedness Association,
      Ad Hoc committee
     Charles Alexander,  clow Corporation, Waste Treatment Div.

Acknowledgement and appreciation is also given to Mr. Norman
Asher  for his contributions, to Ms.  Kay Starr and Ms. Nancy
Zrubek  for   invaluable   support   in   coordinating   the
preparation  and  reproduction  of this report, to Ms. Alice
Thompson,  Ms.  Ernestine Christian, Ms. Laura Cammarota,  and
Ms.    Carol  Swann,  of  the  Effluent  Guidelines  Division
secretarial staff for their efforts in the typing of drafts,
necessary revision, and final  preparation  of  the  revised
         Guidelines Division development document.
                            151

-------

-------
                         SECTION XV

                        BIBLIOGRAPHY
Explosives Manufacturing

E-1.     "Indus-trial  Waste  Treatment  Facilities,  Holston
         Army  Ammunition  Plant, Volume II," The Army Corps
         of Engineers,  Mobile  District,  Clark  Dietz  and
         Assoc., January 1974.

E-2.     "Annotated Bibliography Development of  Methods  To
         Minimize   Environmental  Pollution,  MMST  Project
         54114," Facilities and Protective Technology  Div.,
         Manufacturing   Technology  Directorate,  Picatinny
         Arsenal, Dover, N.J., January 1974.

E-3.     Harris,   R.,   "Abatement    Of    High    Nitrate
         Concentrations At Munitions Plants:  A State Of The
         Art Review," Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, N.J., August
         1973.

E-4.     "Pollution Status Report," U.S. Army, Radford  Army
         Ammunition Plant, Radford, Va., August 1974,

E-5.     Mayberry, D.H. and Evans, J.L.,  "Propellant  Plant
         Pollution    Abatement    Improvement    Of   Water
         Utilization," December 1973.

E-6.     "Pollution  Abatement   Engineering   Program   For
         Munition  Plant Modernization".  3,4, & 5 Briefings
         for Senior  Scientist "Steering  Group,"  Picatinny
         Arsenal, Dover, N.J., February 1973, 1974, 1975.

E-7.     Eskelund, G.R., et  al.,  "A  Laboratory  Study  Of
         Carbon  Adsorption  For  Elimination  Of  Nitrobody
         Waste  From  Army  Ammunition  Plants,"   Picatinny
         Arsenal, Dover, N.J., January 1973.

E-8.     Fundamentals of Explosives Manufacturing,  Sunflower
         Army  Ammunition  Plant,   Hercules   Incorporated,
         Lawrence, Kansas,  September 1968.

E-9.     Information Package, HAAP, 1974.

E-10.    Reed, s., "Wastewater Management By Disposal On The
         Land," Special  Report  171,  U.S.   Army  Corps  of
         Engineers,   cold  Regions  Research and Engineering
         Laboratory, May 1972.                             •
                             133

-------
E-11
U.S..  EPA;
Chemicals
 S tate- o f - -the- Art
Indus-try;
                               Commercial
E-12.
E-13.
E-14,
E-15.
E-16.
E-17,
E-18.
E-19,
                              for   the   Inorganic
                          	     Explosives;  EPA-
600/2-74-009b; Prepared by J.W. Patterson and  P.A.
Minear of ITT tinder Project R-800857; EPA Office of
Research  and  Development  and EPA Office of Water
and Hazardous Materials Programs, Washington, D.C.,
20460; March 1975.

Smith, L.L. and Dickenson,  R.L.,  "Biological  And
Engineering   Investigation   To   Develop  Optimum
Control Measures To Prevent Water Pollution," Final
Engineering Report  -  Propellant  Plant  Pollution
Abatement,  Radford  Army  Ammunition  Plant, April
1972.

"Concept Engineering Report  -  TNT  Waste  Control
Program." Catalytic, Inc. for U.S. Naval Ammunition
Depot, Crane, Indiana, October 1972.

Neal, L.G., "Army  Munitions  Plants  Modernization
Program  Pollution  Abatement  Review" Final Report
No. 96020  007,  Picatinny  Arsenal,  Dover,  N.J.,
August 1973.

"Carbon Column  System  Removal  Efficiency  Study,
Iowa  Army  Ammunitions  Plant,  Burlington, Iowa,"
Environmental Hygiene Agency No. 24-033-73/74, U.S.-
Army, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, Md., June 1973.

"Pollution  Abatement   Engineering   Program   For
Munition Plant Modernization," U.S. Army, Picatinny
Arsenal, Dover, N.J., February 1974.

"Propellant Plant Pollution  Abatement  Engineering
Investigation  To  Develop Optimum Control Measures
To  Prevent  Water  Pollution,"  U.S.  Army   Final
Engineering   Report   On   Production  Engineering
Project PE-249 (Phase II), Radford Army  Ammunition
Plant, May 1974.

"EPA  Guidelines  Group  Meeting  At  Radford  Army
Ammunition  Plant  Water  Pollution  Abatement  And
Control," U.S. EPA, November 1974.

"U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency  Report  On
Waste  Disposal  Practices  Radford Army Ammunition
Plant,  Radford,  Virginia,"   U.S.   EPA,   Middle
Atlantic Region - III, Philadelphia, Pa.
                             154

-------
 E-20.    Klausmeier,   J.L.,   "The   Effect   Of  TNT   On   Soil
         Microorganisms,"  U.S.  Navy,  1973.

 E-21.    "Pollution  Abatement   Engineering   Program    for
         Munition  Plant   Modernization,"   5th   Briefing for
         Senior  Scientist  Steering  Group, Picatinny  Arsenal,
         Dover,  N.J.,  February  1975.

 E-22.    "A  Characterization   Study   of   the   Wastewater
         Effluents  of the Military Explosives & Propellants
         Production    Industry",    Vol.     I,    II,     m,
         (unpublished)  prepared  by  Adhoc committee of the
         American Defense Preparedness Association,  February
         1975.

 E-23.    Rosenblatt, David H.,  "Investigations  Related to
         Prevention  and  control   of water Pollution in the
         U.S. TNT Industry," in Pollution,  Engineering   and
         Scientific    Solutions,  E.S.   Barrekette,  Plenum
         Press,  N.Y.,  1973.

 E-24.    Schulte, G.R., Hoehn,  R.C., and Randall, c.W.,  "The
         Treatability  of  a  Munitions-Manufacturing  Waste
         with    Activated   Carbon,"   Proc,   28th   Purdue
         Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University,  W.
         Lafayette, Indiana, May 24, 1973.

 E-25.    Edwards, G.,  and  Ingrain,  W.T.,   "The  Removal  of
         Color    from   TNT    Wastes,"   Journal   Sanitary
         Engineering, American  Society of  Civil  Engineers,
         81, Separate  No. 645,  1955.

 E-26.    Osman, J.L.,  and Klausmeir,  R.E.,  "The  Microbial
         Degradation   of   Explosives,"   Developments   in
         Industrial Microbiology, 14:247-252, 1973.

 E-27.    Nay, M.W. ,  Jr.,  Randall,  C.W.  and  King,  P.H.,
         "Biological    Treatability    of   Trinitrotoluene
         Manufacturing Wastewater," Journal Water  Pollution
         Control Federation, 46:3485-497, 1974.

 E-28.    Ruchhoft,  C.C.,  LeBosquet, M.,   Jr.,  and  Meckler,
         W.G.,    "TNT  Wastes  from  Shell-Loading  Plants,"
         Industrial Engineering Chemical 37:937,  1945.

E-29.    Solin, V.  and Burianek, K.,  "The  Removal  of  TNT
         from  Industrial Waste," Journal on Water Pollution
         Control Federation.  32:-:110,  1960,
                              155

-------
E-30.    U.S.   Army   Corps   of   Engineers,   "Wastewater
         Management  by  Disposal  on  the  Land."   Special
         Report #171, May '1972.

E-31.    Transportation and Environmental Operations,  "Army
         Munitions  Plants  Modernization  Program Pollution
         Abatement Review", August 1973.

E-32.    Radford AAP, "Production Engineering Project  PE249
         (Phase II)" Radford, Virginia, May 1974.

E-33.    Hoffsommer, J.C., "Biodegradability of TNT",  Naval
         Ordinance Laboratory, Maryland, November 1973.

E-34.    U.S.  AEHA  (Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency),
         "Carbon  Column  System  Removal Efficiency Study",
         Iowa AAP, May, June 1973.

E-35.    EPA,  "Group  Meeting  at  Radford  AAP   -   Water
         Pollution  Abatement  and  Control",  November  18,
         1974.

E-36.    Hercules,  Inc.,  "Production  Engineering  Project
         PE249 (Phase I)", Radford AAP, April 1972.

E-37.    Catalytic, Inc., "Concept  Engineering  Report  TNT
         Waste  Control  Program",  Crane  Naval  Ammunition
         Depot, October 1972.

E-38.    Construction   Engineering   Research   Laboratory,
         "Technical  Evaluation Study, Industrial Wastewater
         Treatment  Area  A,   Holston   AAP.",   Kingsport,
         Tennessee, December 1973.

E-39.    Holston Defense Corporation, "Material Balance  and
         Waste  Characterization - Explosive Manufacturing",
         Kingsport, Tennessee, September 1972.

E-40.    EPA, "Report on Holston AAP", Kingsport, Tennessee,
         March 1973.

E-41.    EPA,  "Report  on  Waste  Source   Investigations"v
         Kingsport, Tennessee, March 1973.

E-42.    Hercules,  Inc.,  "Production  Engineering  Project
         PE210   Alleviation  of  Pollution  in  Water  From
         Solvent Recovery and Water Dry  Operations",  RAAP,
         August 1972.
                             156

-------
 E-43.
 E-44.
 E-45.


 E-46,
E- 47,
E-48.
E-49.
E-50.
E-51.
E-52.
 Hercules,  Inc.,  "Production  Engineering  Project
 PE275   (Phase   I)    Propellant   Plant  Pollution
 Abatement Engineering Study to  Establish  Disposal
 Methods  for  Waste  Acid  Neutralization  Sludge".
 RAAP, March 1973.

 Hercules,  Inc.,  "Production  Engineering  Project
 PE290   (Phase  II)",  Propellant  Plant  Pollution
 Abatement Improvement of Water Utilization at RAAP,
 November 1973.

 EPA,  "Report on  Waste Disposal Practices at Radford
 AAP", Virginia,  May 1973.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-034^-72:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special Study, Twin cities  AAP,   Aberdeen  Proving
 Grounds,  MD 21010,  October 1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-033-^72:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Volunteer  AAP,   Aberdeen  Proving
 Grounds,  MD 21010,  August  1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-024-72:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Joliet    AAP,    Aberdeen   Proving
 Grounds,  MD 21010, June  1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report No.   24-014-72:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Longhorn   AAP,   Aberdeen   Proving
 Grounds,  MD  21010, April  1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report No.   24-006-72:    Water  Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Louisiana  AAP,   Aberdeen  Proving
 Grounds, MD  21010, December 1971.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report No.   24-001-72:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Radford   AAP,    Aberdeen   Proving
 Grounds, MD  21010, October 1971.

U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
Report  No,   24-030-71:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special Study,  Lake  City  AAP,   Aberdeen  Proving
Grounds, MD  21010, August  1971.
                              157

-------
E-53.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-021-71:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special  Study,  Holston  AAP,   Aberdeen   Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, 19 March - 28 June 1971.

E-54.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-009-71:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special  Study,  Scranton  AAP,  Aberdeen   Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, December 1970.

E-55.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-005-71:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special  Study,  Louisiana  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, 1 May - 15 August 1970.

E-56.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-002-69:  Special Study of Industrial
         Waste at Sacramento, California, October 1968.

E-57.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report. No.  24-024-73:  Water Quality Monitoring  &
         Installation Laboratory Consultation  at  Riverbank
         AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving Grounds, MD 21010, December
         1972.

E-58.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-010-70:  Report of General Sanitary
         Survey at Sunflower AAP, Aberdeen Proving  Grounds,
         MD 21010, September 1969.

E-59.    U.S.' Arjny  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. •24-023-73:  Water Quality Monitoring  &
         Installation Laboratory Consultation Visit at  Twin
         Cities  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds, MD  21010,
         October 1972.

E-60.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-019-71:   Follow-up  Study of Storm
         Survey  Pollution  at  Burlington   AAP,   Aberdeen
         Proving Grounds, MD 21010, November 1970.

E-61.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-010-71:  Sanitary Engineering  Survey
         at Cornhusker AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD
         21010, December 1970.

E-62.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report   No.  24-029-70/71:   Sanitary  Engineering
         Survey at Lake City AAP, Aberdeen Proving  Grounds,
         MD 21010, October 1970.
                              158

-------
"pJ-63.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-026-70:  Sanitary Engineering Survey
         at Holston AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds* MD 21010,
         January 1970.

E-64.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-003-71:  Sanitary Engineering Survey
         at Volunteer  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD
         21010, August 1970.

E-65.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-010-73:   Water  Quality Biological
         Study at Holston AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD
         21010, August 1972,

E-66.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-001-71:  Sanitary Engineering Survey
         at Joliet AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD  21010,
         July 1970.

E-67.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-002-71:  Sanitary Engineering Survey
         at Indiana AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD 21010,
         July 1970.

E-68.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA).
         Report  No.  24-003-72:   Water Quality Engineering
         Survey at Iowa AAP, Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD
         21010, September 1971.

E-69.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-009-73:   Water  Quality Biological
         Study at Iowa AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD
         21010, July 1972.

E-70.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-004-72:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special  Study  at  Badger  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, April - October 1971.

E-71.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report   No.  24-038-70/71:   Sanitary  Engineering
         Survey & Industrial Waste Special Study  at  Badger
         AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD 21010, May 1970.

E-72.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-007-71:  Water Quality Monitoring &
         Consultation  at  Badger ,AAP,   Aberdeen   Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, April 1973.
                              159

-------
E-73.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report   No.    24-007-71:    Sanitary   Engineering
         Consultation  Visit  at  Louisiana  AAP,   Aberdeen
         Proving Grounds, MD 21010, October  1970.

E-74.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-024-^70:  Sanitary Engineering  Survey
         at Louisiana  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD
         21010, January  1970.

E-75.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report No. 24-029-72/73:  Water Quality Engineering
         Survey  at Lone Star AAP, Aberdeen  Proving Grounds,
         MD 21010, May 1972.

E-76.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-004-73:   Water Quality Engineering
         Survey at Kansas AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD
         21010, August - September 1972,

E-77.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-009-70:  Report of  General Sanitary
         Engineering Survey at Kansas AAP, Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, September•1969.

E-78.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report No. 24-032-72/73:  Water Quality Engineering
         Special  Study  at  Joliet  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, June 1972.

E-79.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-030-72/73:  Water Quality Monitoring
         & Installation Laboratory  Consultation  at  Joliet
         AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD 21010, June 1972.

E-80.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-027-72:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special Study at  Longhorn  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, December - January 1972.

E-81.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report No. 24-011-73/74:  Water Quality Engineering
         Survey  at  Milan AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD
         21010, March 1973.

E-82.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-039-73/73:   Water Quality Monitoring
         & Installation Laboratory Consultation  at  Ravenna
         AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,  MD  21010, April
         1973.
                              160

-------
E-83.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-005-70:  Report of General Sanitary
         Engineering Survey at Ravenna AAP, Aberdeen Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, April 1973.

E-84.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-025-73:  Water Quality Monitoring &
         Installation Laboratory Consultation  at  Louisiana
         AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds, MD 21010, January
         1973.

E-85.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-026-72:   Water Quality Engineering
         Special Study at Louisiana  AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving
         Grounds, MD 21010, March - April 1972.

E-86.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report No. 24-030-73:  Water Quality & Installation
         Laboratory  Consultation  at  Milan  AAP,  Aberdeen
         Proving Grounds, MD 21010, March 1973.

E-87.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report  No. 24-041-73/74:  Water Quality Monitoring
         & Installation Laboratory Consultation at  Longhorn
         AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD 21010, June 1973.

E-88.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  'Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report No. 24-023-70:  General Sanitary Engineering
         Survey  at  Longhorn AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,
         MD 21010, January 1970.

E-89.    U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
         Report-  No. 24-025-70:  Sanitary Engineering Survey
         at Milan AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD  21010,
         January 1970.

E-90.    Technical  Report  4554,  Project  No.  54114:    A
         Laboratory   Study   of   Carbon   Adsorption   for
         Elimination  of  Nitrobody  Waste  at  Dover   AAP,
         January 1973.

E-91.    Technical Report 4552, Project  No.  54114:   Pilot
         Aeration  S  Neutralization- at  Joliet  AAP, April
         1973.

E-92.    EPA:   Report  on  Waste   Source
EPA:   Report  on  Waste   Source   Investigations,
Kingsport, Tennessee.  National Field Investigation
Center  -  Denver,  Cincinnati,  Region IV Atlanta,
Georgia, April 1973.
                             161

-------
 E-93.
 E-94.
E-95,
E-96.
E-97.
E-98.
E-99.
E-100.
E-101.
E-102.
 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-005-73:   Water Quality Monitoring &
 Installation  Laboratory  Consultation  at  Holston
 AAPr   Aberdeen  Proving   Grounds,   MD 21010, Auqust
 1973.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-006-73:   Water Quality Monitoring &
 Installation  Laboratory  Consultation   Visit   at
 Volunteer AAP,  Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD 21010,
 August - September 1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report No. 24-031-72/73:   Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study  at  Volunteer AAP, Aberdeen Proving
 Grounds, MD  21010,  May 1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-002-70:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special Study,   Burlington AAP,   Aberdeen  Proving
 Grounds,  MD  21010,  18-19 August 1969.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-011-69:    Water Quality Engineering
 Special  Study,  Radford  AAP,   Aberdeen    Proving
 Grounds,  MD  21010,  13-21  June 1969.

 U.S.   Army   Environmental  Hygiene  Agency.   (AEHA)
 Report  No.  24-009-^68:   Special Study  of Industrial
 Wastes at Radford AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD
 21010,  May 1968.

 U.S.   Army   Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-017-67:   Report of Industrial Waste
 Survey,  Sunflower AAP, Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD
 21010,  16-27  October  1967.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24-013-73:    Water Quality Biological
 Study  at  Newprot AAP, Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds,   MD
 21010,,  September 1972.

 U.S.   Army  Environmental   Hygiene  Agency    (AEHA)
 Report  No.   24^004-71:   Sanitary  Engineering Study
 at Newport AAP, Aberdeen  Proving Grounds,  MD 21010,
August  1970.
U.S.  Army
Report  No.
Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
 24-007-69:  Water Pollution Evaluation
                              162

-------
         Visit at Newport AAPr Aberdeen Proving Grounds,  MD
         21010, February 1969.

E-103.   O.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-027-73:  Water Quality Monitoring &
         Installation  Laboratory  Consultation  at  Newport
         AAP,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds, MD 21010, January
         1973.

E-104.   U.S.  Army  Environmental  Hygiene  Agency   (AEHA)
         Report  No.  24-007-73:  Water Quality Monitoring &
         Installation  Laboratory  Consultation  at  Radford
         AAP,  Aberdeen Proving Grounds, MD 21010, September
         1972.

E-105.   U.S. EPA; Draft Development Document  for  Effluent
         Limitations Guidelines and Standards of Performance
         - Miscellaneous Chemicals Industry, Prepared by Roy
         F,  Weston, Inc., for Effluent Guidelines Division,
         Washington, D.C.  20460; February 1975.

E--106.   Final  Draft  Report,  Assessment   of   Industrial
         Hazardous   Waste   Practices,  Organic  Chemicals,
         Pesticides and Explosives Industries,  G.I.  Gruber
         and  M.  Ghanemi;  Prepared  for U.S. Environmental
         Protection Agency Office of Solid Waste  Management
         Programs,  Washington,  D.C.,  20460 by TRW Systems
         and Energy, Redondo Beach, California, April 1975.

E-107.   Urbanski,  Tadensz;  Chemistry  and  Technology  of
         Explosives,  Vol.  I,  II, III; Pergamon Press, New
         York, N.Y.,.1967.

E-108.   Blasters* Handbook, A Manual Describing  Explosives
         and  Practical  Methods  of Use, 15thvEdition; E.I,
         DuPont  de  Nemours  &  Co.    (Inc.),   Wilmington,
         Delaware 19898, 1969.
              !         .         '
General Miscellaneous Chemical References

GR-1     AICHE Environmental Division; . "Industrial  Process
         Design  for  Pollution Control," Volume 4; October,
         1971.

GR-2     Allen, E.E. ; "How to Combat Control  Valve  Noise,"
         Chemical  Engineering  Progress,  Vol.  71,  No. 8;
         August, 1975; pp. 43-55.
                                163

-------
 GR-3
 GR-4
 GR-5
 GR-6
GR-7
GR-8





GR-9


GR-10


GR-11


GR-12


GR-13


GR-14
 American  Public   Health   Association;    Standard
 Methods  for  Examination of Water and Waste Water,
 13th Edition;  APHA, Washington,  B.C.   20036; 1971.

 Barnard, J.L. ;  "Treatment  Cost   Relationships  for
 Industrial  Waste  Treatment,"   Ph.D.  Dissertation,
 Vanderbilt University;  1971.

 Bennett, H.,  editor;  Concise Chemical  and Technical
 Dictionary:  F.A.I.C.  Chemical Publishing  Company,
 Inc.,  New York,  New York;  1962.

 Blecker,  H.G.,   and Cadman,  T.W. ;   Capital   and
 Operating  Costs  of Pollution   Control   Equipment
 Modules , Volume  I. - User Guide;  EPA-R5-73-023a;  EPA
 Office of  Research  and  Development,  Washington,
 D.C.   20460;  July 1973.
Blecker,  H.G.,  and
Operating  Costs  of
                       Nichols,   T.M. ;  Capital  and
                       Pollution  Control   Equipment
Modules, Volume  II  -  Data  Manual;   EPA-R5-73-023b;
EPA Office of Research and Development, Washington,
D.C.   20460; July,  1973.

Bruce , R. D. , and Werchan, R. E. ;  "Noise  control  in
the  Petroleum   and  Chemical  Industries," Chemical
Engineering Progress,  Vol. 71, No. 8; August, 1975;
pp. 56-59.

Chaff in, C.M. ; "Wastewater Stabilization  Ponds  at
Texas  Eastman Company."
Chemical Engineering, August  6,
Control at the Source."
                                  1973;   "Pollution
Chemical Engineering.  68   (2),  1961;  "Activated-
Sludge Process Solvents Waste Problem."

Chemical Week, May 9, 1973;  "Making  Hard-to-treat
Chemical Wastes Evaporate."

Cheremisinoff, P.N., and Feller, S.M.;  "Wastewater
Solids Separation," Pollution Engineering.

Control of Hazardous Material  Spills,  Proceedings
of  the  1972  National  Conference  on  Control of
Hazardous  Material  Spills,  Sponsored   by   U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency at the University
of Texas, March 1972.
                               164

-------
,GR-15    Cook, C.; "Variability in  BOD  concentration  from
         Biological    Treatment .  Plants,"   EPA   internal
         memorandum; March,  1974.

GR-16    Davis, K.E., and Funk, R.J.; "Deep Well Disposal of
         Industrial  Waste,"  Industrial   Waste;   January-
         February, 1975.

GR-17    Dean, J.A., editor; Lange»s Handbook of  Chemistry,
         11th  Edition;  McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,
         New York; 1973.

GR-18    Eckenfelder, W.W.,  Jr.; Water  Quality  Engineering
         for   Practicing  Engineers; Barnes and Noble, Inc.,
         New York, New York; 1970.

GR-19    Eckenfelder, W.W.,  Jr.;  "Development  of  Operator
         Training Materials," Environmental Science Services
         Corp., Stamford, Conn.; August,  1968.

GR-20    Environmental Science  and Technology, Vol.   8,  No.
         10, October,  1974;  "Currents-Technology."

GR-21    Fassell', W.M. ; Sludge  Disposal  at  a  Profit?,   a
         report   presented   at  the  National  Conference on
         Municipal     Sludge    Management,     Pittsburgh,
         Pennsylvania; June, 1974.

GR-22    Hauser,  E.A.,  Colloidal  Phenomena,  1st  Edition,
         McGraw-Hill Book Company, New  York, New York;  1939.

GR-23    Iowa  State  University  Department  of  Industrial
         Engineering  and   Engineering   Research  Institute,
         "Estimating  Staff and  Cost   Factors  for    Small
         Wastewater  Treatment  Plants Less Than  1 MGD,"  Parts
         I  and   II;  EPA   Grant  No.  5P2-WP-195-0452;  June,
          1973.

 GR-24    Iowa  State  University   Department  of   Industrial
         Engineering  and   Engineering   Research   Institute,
          "Staffing  Guidelines   for   conventional   Wastewater
         Treatment   Plants   Less  Than  1 MGD,"  EPA Grant No.
          5P2-WP-195-0452;  June, 1973,

 GR-25   Judd,   S.H.;    "Noise   Abatement   in     Existing
          Refineries,"  Chemical  Engineering   Progress,  Vol.
          71,  No.  8;  August, 1975;  pp.  31-42.
                             165

-------
 GR-26




 GR-27




 GR-28


 GR-29




 GR-30





 GR-31
GR-32
GR-33
GR-33
GR-r34
GR-35
 Kent, J.A., edi-tor; Reigel's Industrial  Chemistry.
 7th  Edition;  Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New
 York; 1974.

 Kirk-othmer; Encyclopedia of  chemical  Technology.
 2nd Edition; Interscience Publishers Division, John
 Wiley and Sons, Inc.

 Kozlorowski,  B.,  and  Kucharski,  J.;  Industrial
 Waste Disposal: Pergamon Press, New York; 1972.

 Liptak,  E.G.r  editor;  Environmental   Engineers'
 Handbook.  Volume  I. Water Pollution: Chilton Book
 Company, Radnor, Pa.; 1974.

 Martin, J.D.,  Butcher, V.D.,  Frieze,   T.R.,  Tapp,
 M.,   and   Davis,   E.M.;   "Waste   Stabilization
 Experiences  at  Union  Carbide,  Seadrift,    Texas
 Plant."

 Marshall,  G.R.  and E.J. Middlebrooks;   Intermittent
 Sand  Filtration  to  Upgrade  Existing  Wastewater
 Treatment Facilities.   PR   JEW  115-2;   Utahwater
 Research  Laboratory,   College of Engineering, Utah
 State  University,  Logan,  Utah   84322,  February


 McDermott,   G.N.;   Industrial  Spill   control    and
 Pollution   Incident  Prevention.  J. Water  Pollution
 Control  Federation 43(8) 1629 (1971).

 Minear,  R.A.,   and  Patterson,   J.W.;   Wastewater
 Treatment    Technology.    2nd   Edition;   stateof
 Illinois Institute  for    Environmental   Quality
 January, 1973.                                   y

 National Environmental  Research  Center; "Evaluation
 of  Hazardous Waste Emplacement in Mined  Openings;"
 NERC Contract No.  68-03-0470; September, 1974.

 Nemerow, N.L. ;• Liquid Waste ojf Industry - Theories.
 Practices and Treatment; Addision-Wesley Pulbishing
Company, Reading,  Massachusetts; 1971.

Novak, S.M.; "Biological Waste Stabilization   Ponds
at Exxon Company, U.S.A. Baytown Refinery and  Exxon
Chemical  Company,  U.S.A. Chemical Plant (Divisions
of Exxon Corporation) Baytown, Texas."
                             166

-------
GR-36
GR-37
GR-38
GR-39
GR-40



GR-41


GR-42
GR-43
GR-44
GR-45
GR-46
Oswald, W.J., and Ramani, R.; "The Fate of Algae in
Receiving  Waters,"  a  paper  submitted   to   the
Conference  on  Ponds  as  a  Wastewater  Treatment
Alternative, University  of  Texas,  Austin;  July,
1975.

Otakie, G.F.; A Guide to  the  Selection  of  Cost-
effective  Wastewater Treatment Systems; EPA-430/9-
75-002, Technical Report, U.S. EPA, Office of Water
Program Operations, Washington, D.C.  20460.

Parker, C.L.; "Estimating the  cost  of  Wastewater
Treatment  Ponds", Pollution Engineering, November,
1975.

Parker, D.S.;  "Performance  of  Alternative  Algae
Removal   Systems,"   a  report  submitted  to  the
Conference  on  Ponds  as  a  Wastewater  Treatment
Alternative,  University  of  Texas,  Austin; July,
1975.

Perry, J.H., et. al.; Chemical Engineers* Handbook,
5th Edition; McGraw-Hill Book  Company,  New  York,
New York; 1973.
Public Law 92-500, 92nd Congress,
18, 1972.
S.2770;  October
Quirk, T.P. ; "Application of Computerized  Analysis
to Comparative costs of Sludge Dewatering by Vacuum
Filtration   and   centrifugation,"   Proc.,   23rd
Industrial  Waste  Conference,  Purdue  University;
1968; pp. 69-709.

Riley,  B.T.,   Jr.;   The   Relationship   Between
Temperature   and   the  Design  and  Operation  of
Biological Waste Treatment Plants, submitted to the
Effluent Guidelines Division, EPA; April, 1975.

Rose, A,, and  Rose,  E.;  The  Condensed  Chemical
Dictionary,   6th   Edition; .  Reinhold  Publishing
Corporation, New York; 1961.

Rudolfs, W.; Industrial Wastes, Their Disposal  and
Treatment;  Reinhold  Publishing  Corporation,  New
York; 1953.

Sax,  N.I.;  Dangerous  Properties  of   Industrial
Material,   4th   Edition;  Van  Nostrand  Reinhold
Company, New York;  1975.
                              167

-------
 GR-47
 GR-48


 GR-49
GR-50
GR-51
GR-52
GR-53
GR-54
GR-55
GR-56
GR-57
 Seabrook, B.L.; Cost  of  Wastewater  Treatment  by_
 Land   Application:   EPA-430/9-75-003,   Technical
 Report;  U.S.  EPAr   Office   of   Water   Program
 Operationsr Washington, B.C.  20460.

 Shreye, R.N.; Chemical  Process  Industries,  Third
 Edition; McGraw-Hill, New York; 1967.

 Spill Prevention Techniques for Hazardous Polluting
 Substances,    OHM7102001;    U.S.     Environmental
 Protection   Agency,   Washington,    B.C.    20460,
 February 1971.

 Stecher,  P.G.,  editor;   The   Merck    Index,   An
 Encyclopedia  of  Chemicals and Drugs,  8th Edition;
 Merck and company. Inc.,  Rahway, New Jersey; 1968.

 Swanson,  C.L.;   "Unit   Process   Operating   and
 Maintenance  Costs for Conventional Waste Treatment
 Plants;" FWQA,  Cincinnati, Ohio; June,  1968.

 U.S.  Department of Health, Education,  and  Welfare;
 "Interaction  of Heavy Metals and Biological Sewage
 Treatment Processes," Environmental Health  Series;
 HEW  Office  of Water Supply and Pollution Control,
 Washington, B.C.;  May, 1965.

 U.S.  Department of the Interior;   "Cost  of  Clean
 Water,"   Industrial  Waste  Profile No.  3_;  Bept.  of
 Int.  GWQA,  Washington, D.C.; November,  1967.

 U.S.   EPA;   Process  Design  Manual for  Upgrading
 Existing  Waste  Water. Treatment  Plants,  U.S.  EPA
•Technology  Transfer;  EPA,  Washington, D.C.    20460;
 October,  1974.

 U.S.  EPA;  "Monitoring Industrial Waste  Water," U.S^
 EPA  Technology  Transfer;   EPA,  Washington,  D.C.
 20460; August,  1973.

U.S.  EPA;  "Methods for Chemical  Analysis  of  Water
 and  Wastes,"   U.S.   EPA   Technology  Transfer; EPA
 625/6-74-003; Washington,  D.C.   20460;  1974.

U.S.  EPA; "Handbook for Analytical  Quality  Control
in  Water   and  Waste  Water  Laboratories," U.S. EPA
Technology Transfer;  EPA,  Washington, D.C.   20460;
June,  1972.
                              168

-------
 GR-58     U.S.  EPA;  "Process   Design   Manual   for   Phosphorus
          Removal,"   U.S.    EPA  Technology   Transfer;   EPA,
          Washington, D.C.  20460;  October, 1971.

 GR-59     U.S.  EPA;   "Process   Design   Manual   for   Suspended
          Solids  Removal," U.S.  EPA Technology Transfer; EPA
          625/1-75-003a, Washington,   D.C.   20460;   January,
          1975.

 GR-60     U.S.  EPA;  "Process' Design Manual for    Sulfide
          Control  in  Sanitary  Sewerage  Systems,"  U.S. EPA
          Technology Transfer;  EPA, Washington, D.C,   20460;
          October, 1974.

 GR-61     U.S.  EPA;  "Process  Design Manual  for   Carbon
          Adsorption,"  U.S.   EPA  Technology   Transfer:  EPA,
          Washington, D.C.  20460;  October, 1973.

 GR-62     U.S.  EPA;  "Process  Design Manual  for   Sludge
          Treatment   and   Disposal," U.S.   EPA  Technology
          Transfer;  EPA   625/1-74-006,   Washington,    D.C.
          20460; October, 1974.

 GR-63    'U.S.  EPA;  Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines   and
          Standards of Performance. Metal Finishing Industry,
          Draft  Development  Document;  EPA 440/1-75/040 and
          EPA 440/1-75/040a; EPA  Office  of   Air  and  Water
          Programs, Effluent Guidelines Division, Washington,
          D.C.  20460; April,  1975.

 GR-64     U.S.  EPA;   Development   Document    for    Effluent
          Limitations Guidelines  and Standards of Performance
          ~  Organic  Chemicals   Industry; EPA 440/1-74/009a;
          EPA Office of  Air  and  Water  Programs,   Effluent
         Guidelines   Division,   Washington,   D.C.   20460;
          April, 1974.

 GR-65     U.S. EPA; Draft Development  Document for   Effluent
         Limitations Guidelines and Standards of Performance
             Steam   Supply  and  Noncontact   Cooling  Water
          Industries: EPA Office of Air and  Water  Programs,
          Effluent   Guidelines  Division,  Washington,  D.C.
          20460; October, 1974.

GR-66     U.S. EPA; Draft Development  Document  for   Effluent
         Limitations Guidelines and Standards  of Performance
         -  Organic Chemicals Industry, Phase  II Prepared by
         Roy F. Weston,  Inc.  under EPA Contract  No.  68-01-
         1509;    EPA  Office  of  Air  and  Water  Programs,
                             169

-------
         Effluent  Guidelines  Division,  Washington,
         20460; February,  1974.
D.C.
GR-67    U.S. EPA; Evaluation of Land  Application  Systems,
         Technical     Bulletin;    EPA    430/9-75-001;    EPA,
         Washington, D.C.   20460;  March,  1975.

GR-68    U.S. EPA; "Projects  in   the  Industrial  Pollution
         Control    Division,"     Environmental   Protection
         Technology    Series;   EPA    600/2-75-001;     EPA,
         Washington, D.C.   20460;  December,  1974.

GR-69    U.S. EPA;  Wastewater  Sampling  Methodologies  and
         Flow  Measurement  Technigues; EPA 907/9-74-005; EPA
         Surveillance  and Analysis,  Region  VII,  Technical
         Support Branch; June, 1974.

GR-70    U.S. EPA; A Primer on Waste  Water  Treatment;  -EPA
         Water Quality Office; 1971.

GR-71    U.S. EPA; Compilation of  Municipal  and  Industrial
         Injection Wells in the United States; EPA 520/9-74-
         020;  Vol.  I and  II; EPA, Washington, D.C.  20460;
         1974.

GR-72    U.S. EPA; "Upgrading Lagoons," U.S. EPA  Technology
         Transfer;  EPA,  Washington,  D.C.   20460; August,
         1973.

GR-73    U.S.  EPA;    "Nitrification   and   Denitrification
         Facilities,"  U.S. EPA Technology Transfer; August,
         1973.

GR-74    U.S.  EPA;  "Physical --Chemical  Nitrogen  Removal,"
         U.S. EPA Technology Transfer; EPA, Washington, D.C.
         20460; July,  1974.

GR-75    U.S. EPA; "Physical-Chemical  Wastewater  Treatment
         Plant  Design,"  U.S. EPA Technology Transfer; EPA,
         Washington, D.C.   20460; August, 1973.

GR-76    U.S.  EPA;  "Oxygen  Activated  Sludge   Wastewater
         Treatment  Systems,  Design  Criteria and Operating
         Experience," U.S.   EPA  Technology  Transfer;  EPA,
         Washington, D.C.   20460; August, 1973.

GR-77    U.S.    EPA;    Wastewater    Filtration     Design
         Considerations;  U.S. EPA Technology Transfer; EPA,
         Washington, D.C.   20460; July, 1974.
                             170

-------
GR-78


GR-79
GR-80
GR-81
GR-82
GR-83
GR-84
GR-85
GR-86
GR-87
GR-88
U.S. EPA; "Flow Equalization," U.S. EPA  Technology
Transfer; EPA, Washington, D.C. 20460; May, 1974.

U.S. EPA; "Procedural  Manual  for  Evaluating  the
Performance  of  Wastewater Treatment Plants," U.S.
EPA  Technology  Transfer;  EPA,  Washington,  D.C.
20460.

U.S. EPA;  Pretreatment  of  Pollutants  Introduced
Into  Publicly Owned Treatment Works; EPA Office of
         Water Program Operations, Washington, D.C.
         October, 1973.
                                             20460;
U.S.   Government   Printing    Office;    Standard
Industrial    Classification   Manual;   Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.  20492; 1972.

U.S. EPA; Tertiary Treatment of  Combined  Domestic
and    Industrial   Wastes,   EPA-R2-73r-236,   EPA,
Washington, D.C.  20460, May 1973.

Wang,   Lawrence   K;   Environmental   Engineering
Glossary,       (Draft)     Calspan     Corporation,
Environmental Systems Division, Buffalo,  New  York
14221, 1974,

Water Quality Criteria 1972, EPA-R-73-033, National
Academy  of  -Sciences  and  National   Academy   of
Engineering;  U.S.  Government Printing Office, No.
5501-00520, March 1973.

Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edition Edited by  Jack
McKee  and  Harold  Wolf,  The  Resources Agency of
California,  State  Water  Quality  Control  Board,
Sacramento, California, Publication No, 3-A, 1963.

Weast, R., editor; CRC Handbook  of  Chemistry  and
Physics,  54th  Edition; CRC Press, Cleveland, Ohio
44128; 1973-1974.

Weber,   C.I.,   editor;   Biological   Field   and
Laboratory  Methods  for  Measuring  the Quality of
Surface  Waters   and   Effluents,"    Environmental
Monitoring    Series;    EPA   670/4-73-001;   EPA,
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268; July, 1973.

Wastewater Systems Engineering;  Homer W.  Parker,
Prentice-Hall,  Inc,  Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey;
July, 1975.
                             171

-------
GR-89    Lindner,   G.   and   Nyberg,   K.;   Environmental
         Engineering/  A Chemical Engineering Discipline; D7
         Reidel Publishing Company,  Boston,  Mass.   02116;
         1973.

GR-90    Chemical  Coagulation/Mixed  Media  Filtration   of
         Aerated    Lagoon    Effluent,    EPA-660/2-75-025;
         Environmental   Protection    Technology    Series,
         National  Environmental  Research Center, Office of
         Research  and  Development,  U.S.  EPA,  Corvallis,
         Oregon  97330.

GR-91    Guidelines for Chemical Plants  in  the  Prevention
         Control  and  Reporting  of  Spills;  Manufacturing
         Chemists Association, Inc., Washington, B.C.  1972.

GR-92    Supplement A £ B - Detailed Record of Data Base for
         "Development Document for  Interim  Final  Effluent
         Limitations,    Guidelines    and    Standards   of
         Performance for the Explosives Manufacturing  Point
         Source   Category",   U.S.  EPA,  Washington,  D.C.
         20460, March 1976.

GR-93    Supplement A &_ B -  Detailed  Record  of  Base  for
         "DraftDevelopment  Document  for  Interim  Final
         Effluent Limitations, Guidelines and  Standards  of
         Performance   for   the   Miscellaneous•   Chemicals
         Manufacturing Point  Source  Category",  U.S.  EPA,
         Washington, D.C.  20460, February 1975.

GR-94    U.S. EPA;  Supplement to  Development  Document  for
         Effluent  Limitations,  Guidelines  and  New Source
         Performance Standards for  the  Corn  Milling  Sub-
         category,   Grain Processing, EPA, Office of Air and
         Water  Programs,  Effluent   Guidelines   Division,
         Washington, D.C.  20460, August 1975.

FG-95    Zener,  R.V.,  et   al.;   Brief   for   Respondent
         Environmental  Protection  Agency   a  Petition for
         Review in the United States Court  of  Appeals  for
         the  Tenth Circuit, Nos. 74-1465, 74-1466, 74-1621,
         and 74-1622, American Petroleum Institute, et  al.,
         Petitioners vs. Environmental Protection Agency, et
         al., Respondents,  March 1976.
                           172

-------
                        SECTION XVI

                          GLOSSARY
Explosives Manufacturing

AAP   Abgreviation  for  Army Ammunition Plant which usually
starts with a fourth capitalized letter when referring to  a
particular  facility.   For  example,  the  Radford plant is
identified as RAAP.

Alpha TNT.  This is the symmetrical isomer form,  2,  4,  6-
TNT  and  is  the  desired  isomer  for  use  in  explosives
manufacturing end products.

Aluminum.  Metal used to increase the energy of a propellant
and explosive.

Bagasse.  Plant residue used to bind explosives,

Ball Powder.   Small  arms  powder  made  by  emulsifying  a
mixture  of propellant and solvent in a liquid in which they
are not soluble.  Evaporation of the emulsifying liquid  and
the solvent yields quite uniform round balls of powder.
Binder.   In  composition  propellant,  the
which the granular ingredients are held.
                        solid matrix in
Booster Charge.  A charge that is ignited  by  the  electric
match  and,  in  turn, initiates combustion or detonation in
the propellant.

Building Block Technique.  A method of  allocating  effluent
limitations guidelines to multi-subcategory plants where the
effluent  limitations  guidelines for that given plant would
represent a production-weighted sum of effluent  limitations
guidelines which apply to each specific subcategory.

Carpet  Polls.   Rolled  powder  sheets  are cut into strips
which subsequently are rolled into rolls in  the  manner  of
rolling  up  a  carpet,  thus the term "carpet roll," Carpet
rolls of the proper size and weight are used as  the  charge
in a solventless extrusion press.
Casting   Powder.
Small   particles  of  powder  used  in
formulating cast propellant grains; contains nitrocellulose,
stabilizer, plasticizer, and usually nitroglycerin.
                              173

-------
Cellulose.  Commonly thought of  as  a
vegetable origin.
Deterrent.
rate.
                          fibrous  material  of


A  propellant additive that reduces the burning
Detonation.  The very rapid decomposition of  an  explosive.
The  reaction  is  propagated by a shock wave rather than by
heating the area near to the flame.

DNT.  Dinitrotoluene.  Added as a  deterrent  to  propellant
grains; reduces burning rate.

Double  Base.  A propellant which is made from two explosive
substances,   e.g.,   nitroceullulose,   gelatinized    with
nitroglycerin.

Double-Base Propellant.  A propellant containing two energy-
giving ingredients; nitrocellulose and nitroglycerin.

Electric  Match.  A bead of easily-ignited explosives formed
on a thin wire used as an igniter.

Explosives.   A  substance  (mixture)   capable   of   rapid
conversion into more stable products, with the liberation of
heat and usually the formation of gases.

Extruded   Propellant.   Any  propellant  made  by  pressing
solvents-softened or gelatinized nitrocellulose through a dye
to form grains.

Grain.  A single piece of formed propellant,  regardless  of
size.

"Green".   Describes  a  batch  of cotton that was not given
enough time to fully nitrate, or a cost grain not yet  fully
cured.

Hydroscopic.  Water adsorbing.

Hvpercrolic.    Two  substances  which  will  self-ignite  on
contact.                                                  ;

Igniters.  Any device used to ignite a propellant.

Inhibitor.  A coating on a propellant grain  which  prevents
burning at that point.
                             174

-------
Metal  Modifiers.   Metals used in explosvies or propellants
to modify  their  property,  e.g.,  aluminum  increases  the
energy of an explosion.

MNT,  DNT  (Mononitrotoluene, Dinitrotoluene) .  Intermediate
products formed during the manufacture of TNT.  DNT is  also
used in the formulation of single-base propellants.

Modifier.   A  substance added to a propellant to reduce the
dependence of burning rate on pressure.

NAG (Nitric  Acid  Concentrator) .   A  distillation  process
which  concentrates  weak  nitric  acid  (sixty  percent) to
strong nitric acid (ninety-eight percent) .

Nitrocellulose.   A  basic  ingredient  used  in  propellant
manufacturing,  made  by nitrating woodpulp or cotton fibers
with mixed acid.

Nitroglycerin.  A colorless highly explosive oil which is  a
nitration  product  of glycerin.  Nitroglycerin or NG, as it
is frequently called, is a principal constituent of dynamite
and certain propellants  (rocket grains).   NG  is  extremely
sensitive to impact and freezes at 56°F.  A basic ingredient
used in propellant manufacturing, made by nitrating glycerin
with mixed acid.

Nitroguanidine«   The  third  base  raw material used in the
manufacture of triple-base propellant.  The  other  two  are
nitrocellulose and nitroglycerin.

NC  Fines.  Fine nitrocellulose particles as a result of the
purification of nitrocellulose.

Pink Water.  After loading TNT into munitions,  the  loading
bays are washed.  TNT particles in concentrations of 100-150
mg/1  produce  in  sunlight  an orange or light-rust colored
effluent termed "pink water".
Plasticizer.  A high boiling liquid which  is  used  in
formulation of a propellant to help make it plastic.
the
Poaching.   Boiling  nitrocellulose  (NC) in soda ash at 96PC
for four hours followed by  fresh  water  at  96°C  for  two
hours.   The  NC  will  then settle  and the water is drained
off.

Primer.  A small charge of easily-ignited material  used  to
ignite the working charge of a gun or rocket.
                            175

-------
Propellant.   Any   substance  which   can  react to form  more
stable  substances in   the   absence  of  atmospheric  oxygen,
giving  off   hot  combustion  gases   capable of doing useful
work.

Red Water.  The effluent coming  from  the   sellite  wash of
crude   TNT.   sellite  has  a  selective  affinity  for  the
unsymmetrical, unwanted isomers  of TNT.   The  result  is  a
blood   red  effluent   high  in sulfate concentration.  A red
waste   liquid resulting  from   the   purification  of    TNT,
normally incinerated or sold to  the paper industry.

Rolled  Powder.   A propellant  which is formed by forcing a
nitrocellulose-nitroglycerin composition between  two  -large
steel rolls to form a  sheet.

SAC  (Sulfuric  Acid   Concentrator).  An evaporation process
which concentrates  weak sulfuric acid (sixty-eight  percent)
to strong sulfuric  acid (ninety-two percent).
Sellite.
TNT.
Sodium sulfite, used in the finishing operation of
Single Base.  A propellant which contains only one explosive
ingredient.    A   propellant   consisting   essentially  of
nitrocellulose plus stabilizer and. plasticizer,  formed  by
mixing   these   ingredients  with  ether  and  alcohol  and
extruding the resultant mass through dies and cutters.

Smokeless Powder.  Nitrocellulose-based propellant.

Solid Propellant.  A propellant having a  composition  which
is solid at normal temperature.

Solvent.   As  used  in propellants either:  (1) a substance
added to nitrocellulose to soften  it  so  that  it  can  be
formed;  or  (2)  a substance that dissolves both propellant
and inhibiting materials and is used to bond  inhibitors  to
grain.

Stabilizer.     A   substance   added   to   nitroceullulose
propellants to prevent decomposition product from catalyzing
further decomposition.

TNT.  An abbreviation for trinitrotoluene, a high explosive,
exploded by detonators but unaffected by  ordinary  friction
or  shock.   Manufactured  by  reacting  toluene (an organic
liquid)  with nitric acid in the presence of sulfuric acid.
                           176

-------
Triple Base.  A  propellant  -that   contains   three   explosive
ingredients, e.g.f  NC-NG-nitroguanidine  small-arms  powder.

Yellow  Water.    The   effluent  coming  from the  first  wash of
crude TNT ,in its purification process.
General Definitions

Abatement.   The  measures  taken  to   reduce  or   eliminate
pollution.

Absorption.  A process in which one material  (the absorbent)
takes  up  and  retains  another   (the  absorbate)  with the
formation of a homogeneous mixture having  the attributes  of
a  solution.   Chemical  reaction  may  accompany   or  follow
absorption.

Acclimation.  The ability of an organism to adapt to changes
in its immediate environment.

Acid.   A  substance  which  dissolves  in water   with  the
formation of hydrogen ions.

Acid  Solution.   A  solution with a pH of less than 7.00 in
which the activity of the hydrogen ion  is  greater   than  the
activity of the hydroxyl ion.

Acidity.   The  capacity  of a wastewater  for neutralizing a
base.  It is normally associated with the  presence  of  carbon
dioxide, mineral and organic acids and  salts of strong acids
or weak bases.   It  is  reported  as  equivalent   of  CaCO^
because  many  times  it  is  not  known just what  acids are
present.
Acidulate.  To make acidic.

Act.  The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments
1972, Public Law 92-500.
                                                          of
Activated   Carbon.    Carbon  which  -is  treated
temperature heating with steam or carbon  dioxide
an internal porous particle structure.
                                                   by  high-
                                                   producing
                              A  process  which  removes the
Activated  Sludge  Process.   «.  process  wnxcn  removes tne
organic matter from sewage by saturating  it  with  air  and
biologically   active   sludge.    The  recycle  "activated"
microoganisms are  -1----  --  	  ' -•-   •-      - --
                                        recycle  "activated"
inj.v-ivjvjyo.uxsiiia die  etuie  to  remove  both  the  soluble  and
colloidal organic material from the wastewater.
able
                            177

-------
 Adsorption.    An  advanced method  of treating wastes in which
 a material removes  organic matter not necessarily responsive
 to  clarification  or biological  treatment by adherence on the
 surface  of solid  bodies.

 Adsorption   Isotherm.   A  plot  used   in   evaluating   the
 effectiveness   of  activated  carbon treatment by showing the
 amount of impurity  adsorbed   versus  the  amount  remaining.
 They  are determined at  a constant temperature by varying the
 amount   of   carbon  used or the  concentration of the impurity
 in  contact with the carbon.

 Advance  Waste  Treatment.  Any treatment method  or  process
 employed following biological  treatment  to  increase the
 removal  of pollution load, to remove substances that may  be
 deleterious  to  receiving  waters  or  the environment or to
 produce  a high-quality  effluent suitable for  reuse  in  any
 specific manner  or for discharge under critical conditions.
 The term tertiary  treatment  is  commonly  used  to  denote
 advanced waste treatment methods.

 Aeration.    (1)   The bringing  about   of  intimate  contact
 between  air  and a liquid by one of  the following  methods:
 spraying the   liquid   in  the  air, bubbling air through the
 liquid,  or   agitation   of  -the  liquid  to  promote  surface
 absorption   of air.    (2)   The  process  or  state of being
 supplied or  impregnated with  air;  in  waste  treatment,  a
 process  in  which liquid from the primary clarifier is mixed
 with  compressed air and with  biologically active sludge.

 Aeration Period.    (1)  The    theoretical   time,   usually
 expressed  in   hours,   that the mixed liquor is subjected to
 aeration in  an aeration  tank  undergoing  activated-sludge
 treatment.   It is equal to the  volume of the tank divided by
 the   volumetric  rate   of  flow of wastes and return sludge.
 (2)  The  theoretical time  that  liquids  are  subjected  to
 aeration.

 Aeration Tank.  A vessel for  injecting  air into the water.

 Aerobic.   Ability  to  live, grow, or  take place only where
 free  oxygen  is  present.
Aerobic  Biological  Oxidation.
Any  waste  treatment   or
process  utilizing aerobic organisms, in the presence of air
or oxygen, as agents for  reducing  the  pollution  load  or
oxygen demand of organic substances in waste.

Aerobic Digestion.  A process in which microorganisms obtain
energy  by  endogenous  or  auto-oxidation of their cellular
                            178

-------
protoplasm.  The  biologically  degradable  constituents 7 of
cellular  material  are  slowly  oxidized to carbon dioxide,
water and ammonia, witii the ammonia being further  converted
into nitrates during the process.

Algae.   One-celled  or  many-celled  plants  which  grow in
sunlit waters and which are capable of photosynthesis.  They
are a food for fish and small aquatic animals and, like  all
plants, put oxygen in the water.

Algicide.  Chemical agent used to destroy or control algae.

Alkali.   A  water-soluble  metallic  hydroxide that ionizes
strongly to yield a basic solution.

Alkalinity.  The presence of salts of  alkali  metals.   The
hydroxides,  carbonates ,and bicarbonates of calcium, sodium
and magnesium are common impurities that  cause  alkalinity.'
A  quantitative  measure  of  the  capacity  of  liquids  or
suspensions to neutralize strong  acids  or  to  resist  the
establishment of acidic conditions.  Alkalinity results from
the   presence   of  bicarbonates,  carbonates,  hydroxides,
volatile  acids,  salts  and  occasionally  borates  and  is
usually  expressed  in terms of the concentration of calcium
carbonate  that  would  have  an  equivalent   capacity   to
neutralize strong acids.

Alum.   A  hydrated  aluminum  sulfate or potassium aluminum
sulfate or ammonium aluminum sulfate  which  is  used  as  a
settling agent.  A coagulant.

Ammonia  Nitrogen.   A  gas  released by the microbiological
decay of plant and animal proteins.  When  ammonia  nitrogen
is   found   in  waters,  it  is" indicative  of  incomplete
treatment.

Ammonia Stripping.  A modification of the  aeration  process
for  removing  gases  in water.  Ammonium ions in wastewater
exist in equilibrium with ammonia and hydrogen ions.  As  pH
increases, the equilibrium shifts to the right, and above pH
9  ammonia  may  be  liberated  as  a  gas  by agitating the
wastewater in the presence of air.  This- is usually done  in
a packed tower with an air blower.

Ammonif ication.   The process in which ammonium is liberated
from organic compounds by microoganisms.

Anaerobic.  Ability to live, grow, or take place where there
is no air or free oxygen present.
                             179

-------
 Anaerobic Biological Treatment.    Any  treatment  method   or
 process utilizing anaerobic or facultative organisms,  in  the
 absence  of  air,  for  the  purpose of reducing the organic
 matter in wastes or organic solids settled out  from wastes.

 Anaerobic Digestion.  Biodegradable materials in primary  and
 excess activated sludge are stabilized by  being oxidized   to
 carbon  dioxide,  methane  and  ether  inert products.   The
 primary digester serves mainly  to  reduce  VSS,   while   the
 secondary  digester  is mainly for solids-liquid  separation,
 sludge thickening and storage.
 Anion.   Ion with a  negative  charge.

 Antagonistic Effect.  The simultaneous
 agents  mutually opposing  each other.
action  of  separate
 Agueous  Solution.  One  containing water or watery in nature.

 Aguifer.   A   geologic   formation  or  stratum that contains
 water  and  transmits   it   from  one  point  to  another  in
 quantities    sufficient   to   permit  economic  development
 (capable of yielding an appreciable supply of water).

 Agueous  Solution.  One  containing water or watery in nature.

 Arithmetic Mean.  The arithmetic mean of a number  of  items
 is  obtained   by  adding all the items together and dividing
 the total by  the number of items.  It is  frequently  called
 the average.   It is greatly affected by extreme values.

 Azeotrope.    A liquid   mixture  that  is characterized by a
 constant minimum or maximum boiling point which is lower  or
 higher  than  that of any of the components and that distills
 without change in composition.
Backwashing.  The  process  of  cleaning  a  rapid
mechanical filter by reversing the flow of water.
            sand  or
Bacteria.   Unicellular,  plant-like microorganisms, lacking
chlorophyll.  Any water supply  contaminated  by  sewage  is
certain to contain a bacterial group'called "coliform".

Bateria, Coliform Group.  A group of bacteria, predominantly
inhabitants  of  the  intestine  of  man  but  also found on
vegetation, including all aerobic and facultative  anaerobic
gram-negative, non-sporeforming bacilli that ferment lactose
with  gas  formation.   This  group  includes five tribes of
which  the  very  great  majority  are  Eschericheae.     The
Eschericheae  tribe  comprises three genera and ten species,
                             180

-------
of  which  Escherichia  Coli  and  Aerobacter  Aerogenes are
dominant.  The Escherichia Coli are  normal  inhabitants  of
the  intestine  of man and all vertbrates whereas Aerobacter
Aerogenes normally are found on grain and plants,  and  only
to  a  varying  degree  in the intestine of man and animals.
Formerly referred to as B. Coli/ B. Coli  group,  and  Coli-
Aerogenes Group.

Bacterial  Growth.   All  bacteria  require  food  for their
continued life and  growth  and  all  are  affected  by  the
conditions  of  their  environment.  Like human beings, they
consume food, they respire, they need moisture, they require
heat,  and  they  give  off  waste  products.   Their   food
requirements  are  very  definite and have been, in general,
already outlined.  Without an adequate food  supply  of  the
type  the specific organiequires, bacteria will not grow
and multiply at their maximum rate and they will  therefore,
not perform their full and complete functions.

(BADCT)  NSPS  Effluent  Limitations.   Limitations  for new
sources which are based  on  the  application  of  the  Best
Available Demonstrated Control Technology.  See NSPS.

Base.  A substance that in aqueous solution turns red litmus
blue,  furnishes  hydroxyl  ions  and reacts with an acid to
form a salt and water only.

Batch Process.  A process which has an intermittent flow  of
raw  materials into the process and a resultant intermittent
flow of -product from the process.

BAT  (BATEA) 'Effluent  Limitations.   Limitations  for  point
sources,  other  than  publicly owned treatment works, which
are  based  on  the  application  of  the   Best   Available
Technology  Economically Achievable.  These limitations must
be achieved by July 1, 1983.

Benthic.  Attached- to the bottom of'a body of water.

Benthos.  Organisms (fauna  and  flora)   that  live  on  the
bottoms of bodies of water.
Bioassay.   An  assessment
organisms as the sensors.
which  is  made  by using living
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD).   A measure  of  the  oxygen
required  to  oxidize  the  organic  material in a sample of
wastewater by  natural  biological  process  under  standard
conditions.   This test is presently universally accepted as
the yardstick of pollution and is utilized  as  a  means  to
                             181

-------
determine  the  degree  of  treatment  in  a waste treatment
process.  Usually given in  mg/1   (or  ppm  units),  meaning
milligrams  of  oxygen  required per liter of wastewater, it
can also be expressed in pounds of total oxygen required per
wastewater or sludge batch.  The standard BOD is  five  days
at 20 degrees C.

Biota.   The  flora  and  fauna (plant and animal life) of a
stream*or other water body.
Biological   Treatment   System.
system   that   uses
microorganisms  to  remove organic pollutant material from a
wastewater.
Slowdown.  Water intentionally discharged from a cooling  or
heatingsystem   to   maintain   the   dissolved   solids
concentration of the  circulating  water  below  a  specific
critical  level.   The  removal  of a portion of any process
flow to maintain the constituents of the flow within desired
levels.  Process may be intermittent or continuous.  2)   The
water  discharged  from a boiler or cooling tower to dispose
of accumulated salts.

BOD5.  Biochemical Oxygen Demand  (BOD)  is  the  amount  of
oxygen  required  by bacteria while stabilizing decomposable
organic matter under aerobic conditions.  The BOD  .test  has
been  developed  on  the  basis of a 5-day incubation period
(i.e. BODS).

Boiler Slowdown.  Wastewater resulting from purging of solid
and waste materials from the boiler system.  A solids  build
up  in concentration as a result of water evaporation (steam
generation) in the boiler.

BPT (BPCTCA) Effluent Limitations.    Limitations  for ' point
sources,  other  than  publicly owned treatment works, which
are based on the application of the Best Practicable Control
Technology Currently Available.  These limitations  must  be
achieved by July 1, 1977.

Break  Point.  The point at which impurities first appear in
the effluent of a granular carbon adsorption bed.

Break  Point  Chlorination.   The  addition  of   sufficient
chlorine to destroy or oxidize all substances that creates a
chlorine  demand with an excess amount remaining in the free
residual state.

Brine.   Water saturated with a salt.
                          182

-------
Buffer.  A solution containing either a weak  acid  and  its
salt  or  a  weak  base  and  its salt which thereby resists
changes in acidity or basicity, resists changes in pH.

Ca rb oh ydra te .  A compound of carbon, "hydrogen  and  oxygen,
usually  having hydrogen and oxygen in the proportion of two
to one.

Carbon aceous .  Containing or composed of carbon,

Catalyst.  A substance which changes the rate of a  chemical
reaction but undergoes no permanent chemical change itself.
Cation
          The  ion  in  an  electrolyte  which  carries  the
positive charge and which migrates toward the cathode  under
the influence of a potential difference.

Caustic  Soda.   In  its  hydrated  form it is called sodium
hydroxide.  Soda ash is sodium carbonate.

Cellulose.  The fibrous constituent of trees  which  is  the
principal  raw  material  of paper and paperboard.  Commonly
thought of as a fibrous material of vegetable origin.

Centrate .  The liquid fraction that is  separated  from  the
solids fraction of a slurry through centrif ugation.

Centrif ugation .  The process of separating heavier materials
from  lighter  ones  through  the  employment of centrifugal
force.
Centrifuge.
centrifugal
densities.
             An apparatus that rotates at high speed and  by
              force   separates.   substances   of  different
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD).  A measure of oxygen-consuming
capacity of organic and inorganic matter present in water or
wastewater.   It  is  expressed  as  the  amount  of  oxygen
consumed  from  a  qhemical  oxidant in a specific test.  It
does not differentiate between stable and  unstable  organic
matter  and  thus does not correlate'with biochemical oxygen
demand.

Chemical Synthesis.  The processes of  chemically  combining
two or more constituent substances into a single substance.

Chlorination.   The application of chlorine to water, sewage
or  industrial  wastes,  generally  for   the   purpose   of
disinfection   but   frequently   for   accomplishing  other
biological or chemical results.
                           18§

-------
Clarification.  Process of removing turbidity and  suspended
solids  by  settling.  Chemicals can be added to improve and
speed up the settling process -through coagulation.

Clarifier.  A basin or  tank  in  which  a  portion  of  the
material suspended in a wastewater is settled.

Clays.   Aluminum  silicates  less  than 0.002mm  (2.0 urn) in
size.  Therefore, most clay  types  can  go  into  colloidal
suspension.

Coagulation.   The  clumping together of solids to make them
settle out of the sewage faster.  Coagulation of  solids  is
brought  about  with  the  use of certain chemicals, such as
lime, alum or polyelectrolytes.
Coagulation  and  Flocculation.
sequentially.
        Processes   which   follow
Coagulation  Chemicals.  Hydrolyzable divalent and trivalent
metallic ions of aluminum, magnesium, and iron salts.   They
include  alum" (aluminum sulfate), quicklime (calcium oxide),
hydrated lime  (calcium hydroxide), sulfuric acid,  anhydrous
ferric  chloride.  Lime and acid affect only the solution pH
which in turn causes coagulant precipitation, such  as  that
of magnesium.

Coliform.   Those bacteria which are most abundant in sewage
and in streams  containing  feces  and  other  bodily  waste
discharges.  See bacteria, coliform group.
Coliform  Organisms.
group  of  bacteria  recognized as
indicators of fecal pollution.

Colloid.  A finely divided dispersion of one material (0.01-
10 micron-sized particles),  called  the  "dispersed  phase"
(solid), in another material, called the "dispersion medium"
(liquid) .

Color Bodies.  Those complex molecules which impart color to
a solution.

Color  Units.  A solution with the color of unity contains a
mg/1   of   metallic   platinum     (added    as    potassium
chloroplatinate   to  distilled  water).   color  units  are
defined against a platinum-cobalt standard and are based, as
are  all  the  other  water  quality  criteria,  upon  those
analytical  methods  described  in  Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater, 12  ed.,  Amer.  Public
Health Assoc., N.Y., 1967.
                            184

-------
 Combined  Sewer.
 wa-ter run-off.
                   One  which  carries both sewage and  storm
 Composite  Sample.   A combination  of   individual   samples  of
 wastes   taken  at  selected  intervals,  generally hourly  for 24
 hours,   to  minimize  the  effect of the   variations   in
 individual  samples.    Individual   samples  making  up  the
 composite  may  be  of equal  volume  or  be  roughly   apportioned
 to the volume  of  flow of liquid at the time of sampling.

 Composting.    The  biochemical stabilization of solid  wastes
-ln_1rP-_a humus-like substance by producing and controlling  an
 optimum  environment for  the process.

 Concentration.  The total  mass of the suspended or dissolved
 particles  contained in  a  unit volume at a given  temperature
 and pressure.
                A  reliable   measurement   of   electrolyte
                in   a   water   sample.   The  conductivity
Conductivity.
concentration
measurement can be related to the concentration of dissolved
solids and is almost  directly  proportional  to  the  ionic
concentration of the total electrolytes.

Contact Stabilization.  Aerobic digestion.

Contact  Process  Wastewaters.   These are process-generated
wastewaters which have come in direct  or  indirect  contact
with  the reactants used in the process.  These include such
streams as contact cooling water, filtrates, centrates, wash
waters, etc.

Continuous Process.  A process which has a constant flow  of
raw  materials  into the process and resultant constant flow
of product from the process.
Contract Disposal.  Disposal of waste
outside party for a fee.
                                       products  through'  an
Crystallization.   The formation of'solid particles within a
homogeneous phase.  Formation of crystals separates a solute
from a solution and generally leaves  impurities  behind  in
the mother liquid.

Degreasing.   The  process of removing greases and oils from
sewage, waste and sludge.

Demineralization.  The total removal of all ions.
                           185

-------
Denjtrification.  Bacterial mediated reduction of nitrate to
nitrite.  Other bacteria may act on the nitrite reducing  it
to  ammonia  and  finally N2 gas.  This reduction of nitrate
occurs under anaerobic  conditions.   The  nitrate  replaces
oxygen  as  an  electron  acceptor  during the metabolism of
carbon compounds under anaerobic conditions.   A  biological
process  in  which gaseous nitrogen is produced from nitrite
and  nitrate.    The   heterotrophic   microoganisms   which
participate   in   this   process   include   pseudomonades,
achromobacters and bacilli.

Derivative.  A substance  extracted  from  another  body  or
substance.

Desorption.  The opposite of adsorption.  A phenomenon where
an adsorbed molecule leaves the surface of the adsorbent.

Diluent.  A diluting agent.

Dissolved  Air  Flotation.   The  term "flotation" indicates
something  floated  on  or  at  the  surface  of  a  liquid.
Dissolved  air  flotation  thickening is a process that adds
energy in the form of air bubbles, which become attached  to
suspended  sludge  particles, increasing the buoyancy of the
particles and producing more positive flotation.

Dissolved Oxygen  (DO).   The  oxygen  dissolved  in  sewage,
water   or   other  liquids,  usually  expressed  either  in
milligrams per liter or percent of saturation.   It  is  the
test used in BOD determination.

Distillation.   The separation, by vaporization, of a liquid
mixture of miscible and volatile substance  into  individual
components,  or,  in some cases, into a group of components.
The process of raising the temperature of a  liquid  to  the
boiling  point  and condensing the resultant vapor to liquid
form by cooling.  It is used to  remove  substances  from  a
liquid  or  to  obtain a pure liquid from one which contains
impurities or which is a mixture of several  liquids  having
different  boiling  temperatures.   Used in the treatment of
fermentation products, yeast,  etc., 'and  other  wastes  to
remove recoverable products.

DO  Units.  The units of measurement used are milligrams per
liter  (mg/1) and parts per  million   (ppm),  where  mg/1  is
defined  as  the  actual weight of oxygen per liter of water
and ppm is defined as the  parts  actual  weight  of  oxygen
dissolved  in a million parts weight of water, i.e., a pound
of oxygen in a million  pounds  of  water  is  1  ppm.   For
practical  purposes in pollution control work, these two are
                            186

-------
 used interchangeably; the density of water is so close to  1
 g/cm3   that the error is negligible.   Similarly, the changes
 in  volume  of  oxygen  with  changes  in  temperature   are
 insignificant.   This,  however,  is not true if sensors are
 calibrated in percent saturation rather than in mg/1 or ppm.
 In that case, both temperature and barometric pressure  must
 be taken into consideration.

 Drift.  Entrained water carried from a cooling device by the
 exhaust air.

 Dual  Media.   A  deep-bed  filtration  system utilizing two
 separate and discrete  layers  of  dissimilar  media   (e.g.,
 anthracite  and  sand)  placed  one  on  top of the other to
 perform the filtration function.
Ecology.  The science of the interrelations
organisms and their environment.
between  living
Effluent.   A  liquid  which  leaves  a  unit  operation  or
process.  Sewage,  water  or  other  liquids,  partially  or
completely  treated  or in their natural states, flowing out
of a reservoir basin, treatment  plant  or  any  other  unit
operation.  An influent is the incoming stream.

Elution.    (1)  The process of washing out, or removing with
the use of a solvent.  (2) In an ion exchange process it  is
defined  as  the  stripping  of  adsorbed  ions  from an ion
exchange  resin  by  passing  through  the  resin  solutions
containing other ions in relatively high concentrations.

Elutriation.   A  process of sludge conditioning whereby the
sludge is washed, either with fresh water or plant effluent,
to reduce the sludge alkalinity  and  fine  particles,  thus
decreasing  the  amount  of  required  coagulant  in further
treatment steps, or in sludge dewatering.
Emulsion.  Emulsion is a suspension of fine droplets of
liquid in another.
            one
Entrainment  Separator.   A  device  to remove liquid and/or
solids from a gas stream.  Energy source is usually  derived
from pressure drop to create centrifugal force.

Environment.    The  sum  of  all  external  influences  and
conditions affecting the life  and  the  development  of  an
organism.

Equalization  Basin.  A holding basin in which variations in
flow and composition of a liquid are averaged.  Such  basins
                             187

-------
 are   used  to  provide a  flow of reasonably uniform volume and
 composition to  a  treatment unit.

 Esterification.   This generally  involves the combination  of
 an alcohol and  an organic acid to  produce an ester and water
 The   reaction  is  carried  out  in  the  liquid phase, with
 aqueous  sulfuric  acid as the catalyst.  The use of  sulfuric
 acid  has   in  the  past  caused this type of reaction to be
 called sulfation.

 Eutrophication.   The process in  which  the  life-sustaining
 quality  of  a  body  of  water  is lost or diminished  (e.g.,
 aging or filling  in of  lakes).   A  eutrophic condition is one
 in which the  water  is rich in nutrients but has  a  seasonal
 oxygen deficiency.

 Evapotranspiration.  The loss of water from the soil both by
 evaporation  and   by  transpiration  from the plants growing
 thereon.
Facultative.  Having  the  power  to  live
conditons  (either with or without oxygen).
under  different
Facultative  Lagoon.   A  combination  of  the  aerobic  and
anaerobic lagoons.  It is divided  by  loading  and  thermal
stratifications  into  an  aerobic  surface and an anaerobic
bottom, therefore the principles of  both  the  -aerobic  and
anaerobic*processes apply.

Fauna.   The  animal  life adapted for living in a specified
environment.

Fermentation.  Oxidative decomposition of complex substances
through the  action  of  enzymes  or  ferments  produced  by
microorganisms.

Filter, Trickling.  A filter consisting of an artificial bed
of  coarse  material, such as broken stone, clinkers, slate,
slats or brush, over which sewage is distributed and applied
in drops, films for spray, from  troughs,  drippers,  moving
distributors  or fixed nozzles.  The -sewage trickles through
to the underdrains and has the opportunity to form  zoogleal
slimes which clarify and oxidize the sewage.

FiIter,  Vacuum.   A filter consisting of a cylindrical drum
mounted on a horizontal  axis  and  covered  with  a  filter
cloth.   The  filter  revolves with a partial submergence in
the liquid, and a vacuum is maintained under the  cloth  for
the larger part of each revolution to extract moisture.  The
cake is scraped off continuously.
                            188

-------
 Filtrate.    The   liquid  fraction that  is separated  from the
 solids  fraction  of  a  slurry through filtration.

 Filtration,  Biological.   The process of   passing a  liquid
 through a biological  filter containing  media  on  the  surfaces
 of  which zoogleal  films  develop  that absorb  and adsorb  fine
 suspended, colloidal  and  dissolved solids and that   release
 various biochemical end products.

 Flocculants.   Those  water-soluble organic polyelectrolytes
 that  are  used   alone  or   in  conjunction   with inorganic
 coagulants   such  as  lime,  alum  or  ferric   chloride or
 coagulant aids to agglomerate solids suspended   in   aqueous
 systems or  both.  The  large dense floes  resulting from  this
 process permit more rapid and more  efficient solids-liquid
 separations.

 Flocculation.    The  formation  of  floes.  The  process  step
 following  the   coagulation-precipitation reactions   which
 consists of  bringing  together the colloidal particles.  It
 is the   agglomeration "by  organic  polyelectroytes   of   the
 small,   slowly settling floes formed during coagulation  into
 large floes which settle  rapidly.

 Flora.   The plant life characteristic of  a region.

 Flotation.  A method  of   raising   suspended  matter   to  the
 surface of the liquid in  a tank as  scum-by aeration,  vacuum,
 evolution of gas, ehemicals,  electrolysis, heat  or bacterial
 decomposition  and  the   subsequent removal  of  the  scum by
 skimming.

 Fractionation (or Fractional  Distillation).  The  separation
 of  constituents,   or group  of   constituents,   of a liquid
 mixture of miscible and volatile substances by   vaporization
 and recondensing  at specific boiling point ranges.

 Fungus.    A  vegetable  cellular  organism  that  subsists on
organic material, such as bacteria.

Gland.  A device utilizing a  soft  wear-resistant  material
used  to  minimize  leakage between a rotating shaft  and the
 stationary portion  of a vessel such as a pump.
Gland Water.  Water used to lubricate  a  gland,
called "packing water."

Grab  Sample.   (1)   Instantaneous  sampling.
taken at a random place in space and time.
   Sometimes
(2)  A  sample
                              189

-------
Grease.  In sewage, grease includes fats, waxes, free  fat-ty
acids,  calcium  and magnesium soaps, mineral oils and other
nonfatty materials.  The type of solvent to be used for  its
extraction should be stated.

Grit  Chamber.   A small detention chamber or an enlargement
of a sewer designed to reduce the velocity of  flow  of  the
liquid  and  permit  the  separation of mineral from organic
solids by differential sedimentation.

Groundwater.  The body of water  that  is  retained  in  the
saturated  zone which tends to move by hydraulic gradient to
lower levels.

Hardness.   A  measure  of  the  capacity   of   water   for
precipitating  soap.   It  is  reported as the hardness that
would  be  produced  if  a  certain  amount  of  CaGOjJ  were
dissolved  in water.  More than one ion contributes to water
hardness.  The "Glossary of  Water  and  Wastewater  Control
Engineering" defines hardness as: A characteristic of water,
imparted  by  salts  of calcium, magnesium, and ion, such as
biocarbonates,   carbonates,   sulfates,   chlorides,    and
nitrates,  that causes curdling of soap, deposition of scale
in  boilers,  damage  in  some  industrial  processes,   and
sometimes  objectionable  taste.   Calcium and magnesium are
the most significant constituents.

Heavy Metals.  A general name given for the ions of metallic
elements,  such  as  copper,  zinc,  iron,   chromium,   and
aluminum.   They  are  normally removed from a wastewater by
the  formation  of  an  insoluble  precipitate  (usually   a
metallic hydroxide) .
Hydrocarbon.
hydrogen.
compound   containing  only  carbon  and
Hydrolysis.  A chemical reaction in which water reacts
another substance to form one or more new substances.
                                    with
Incineration.  The combustion (by burning)  of organic matter
in wastewater sludge.

Incubate.    To   maintain   cultures,  bacteria,  or  other
microorganisms  at  the  most  favorable   temperature   for
development.

Influent.   Any sewage, water or other liquid, either raw or
partly treated, flowing into a reservoir,  basin,  treatment
plant,  or  any  part  thereof.    The influent is the stream
                              190

-------
entering a  unit  operation;  the
leaving it.
                      effluent  is  the  stream
In-Plant    Measures.    Technology   applied   within   the
manufacturing process to reduce or eliminate  pollutants  in
the  raw  waste water.  Sometimes called "internal measures"
or "internal controls".
Ion.  An atom or group of
charge.
              atoms  possessing  an  electrical
Ion  Exchange.   A  reversible interchange of ions between a
liquid and a  solid  involving  no  radical  change  in  the
structure  of the solid.  The solid can be a natural zeolite
or a synthetic resin, also called  polyelectrolyte.   Cation
exchange  resins  exchange  their  hydrogen  ions  for metal
cations in the liquid.  Anion exchange resins exchange their
hydroxyl ions for anions such as  nitrates  in  the  liquid.
When  the  ion-retaining capacity of the resin is exhausted,
it must be regenerated,  cation resins are regenerated  with
acids and anion resins with bases.

Kier  boiling.   A  process of removing waxes, dirt or other
foreign matter by boiling.
Lagoons.  An oxidation pond that received
not settled or biologically treated.
                              sewage  which  is
LC  50.
lethal
 	               concentration  for 50% of test animals.
Numerically the same as TLm.  A statistical estimate of  the
toxicant,   such   as   pesticide  concentration,  in  water
necessary to  kill  50%  of  the  test  organisms  within  a
specified  time under standardized conditions (usually 24,48
or 96 hr).

Leach.  To dissolve out  by  the  action  of  a  percolating
liquid, such as water, seeping through a sanitary landfill.

Lime.   Limestone  is  an  accumulation  of  organic remains
consisting mostly of calcium  carbonate.   When  burned,  it
yields  lime  which  is  a  solid.   T,he  hydrated form of a
chemical lime is calcium hydroxide,

Maximum Day Limitation.  The effluent limitation value equal
to the maximum for one day and is the value to be  published
by the EPA in the Federal Register.

Maximum  Thirty  Day  Limitation.   The  effluent limitation
value for which the  average  of  daily  values  for  thirty
                             191

-------
 consecutive   days   shall   not   exceed and  is the value to be
 published  by the EPA  in the  Federal Register.

 Mean.   The  arithmetic  average of  the   individual  sample
 values.

 Median.    In  a  statistical array, the value having as many
 cases  larger in value as  cases  smaller in  value,

 Median  Lethal Dose  (LD50).   The dose lethal to 50 percent of
 a group of test organisms for a specified  period.  The  dose
 material may be ingested  or  injected.

 Median  Tolerance Limit  (TLm).   In toxicological studies, the
 concentration of pollutants at which 50 percent of the test
 animals can  survive for a specified period of exposure.

 Microbial.   Of or pertaining to a bacterium.
Molecular  Weight.   The  relative  weight  of  a   molecule
compared to the weight of an atom of carbon taken as exactly
12.00;  the  sum  of  the  atomic  weights of the atoms in a
molecule.
Navigable Waters.  Includes  all  navigable  waters  of  the
United  States;  tributaries of navigable waters; interstate
waters; intrastate  lakes,  rivers  and  streams  which  are
utilized  by interstate travellers for recreational or other
purposes; intrastate lakes, rivers and  streams  from  which
fish or shellfish are taken and sold in interstate commerce;
and  intrastate lakes, rivers and streams which are utilized
for  industrial  purposes  by   industries   in   interstate
commerce.

Neutralization.    The  restoration  of  the   hydrogen   or
hydroxyl  ion  balance  in  a  solution  so  that  the ionic
concentration  of  each  are  equal.   Conventionally,   the
notation "pH" (puissance d'hydrogen) is used to describe the
hydrogen  ion  concentration  or activity present in a given
solution.  For dilute solutions of strong acids, i.e., acids
which are considered to be completely dissociate (ionized in
solution), activity equals concentration.

New Source.  Any facility from which there is or  may  be  a
discharge  of  pollutants,  the  construction  of  which  is
commenced after  the  publication  of  proposed  regulations
prescribing  a  standard of performance under section 306 of
the Act.
                             192

-------
Nitrate Nitrogen.  The final decomposition  product  of  the
organic nitrogen compounds.  Determination of this parameter
indicates the degree of waste treatment.

Nitrification.   Bacterial  mediated oxidation of ammonia to
nitrite.  Nitrite can be further oxidized to nitrate.  These
reactions are  brought  about  by  only  a  few  specialized
bacterial  species.   Nitrosomonias  sp. and Nitrococcus sp.
oxidize ammonia to nitrite which is oxidized to  nitrate  by
Nitrobacter sp.

Nitrifiers.   Bacteria which causes the oxidation of ammonia
to nitrites and nitrates.

Nitrite Nitrogen.  An intermediate  stage  in  the  decompo-
sition  of  organic nitrogen to the nitrate form.  Tests for
nitrite nitrogen can determine whether the applied treatment
is sufficient.
Nitrobacteria.  Those bacteria (an autotrophic
oxidize nitrite nitrogen to nitrate nitrogen.
                             genus)   that
Nitrogen  Cycle.   Organic  nitrogen in waste is oxidized by
bacteria into ammonia.  If oxygen  is  present,  ammonia  is
bacterially  oxidized  first  into  nitrite  and  then  into
nitrate.  If oxygen is not present, nitrite and nitrate  are
bacterially  reduced  to  nitrogen  gas.  The second step is
called "denitrification."

Nitrogen Fixation.  Biological nitrogen fixation is  carried
on by a selected group of bacteria which take up atmospheric
nitrogen  and  convert  it to amine groups or for amino acid
synthesis.
Nitrosomonas.  Bacteria which oxidize ammonia nitrogen
nitrite nitrogen; an aerobic autotrophic life form.
                                     into
Non-contact Cooling Water.  Water used for cooling that does
not   come  into  direct  contact  with  any  raw  material,
intermediate product, waste product or finished product.

Non-contact Process Wastewaters.  Wastewaters generated by a
manufacturing process which have not come in direct  contact
with  the reactants used in the process.  These include such
streams  as  non-contact  cooling   water,   cooling   tower
blowdown, boiler blowdown, etc.
Nonputrescible.
decay.
incapable  of  organic  decomposition  or
                               193

-------
 Normal Solution.   A solution that contains  1  gm  molecular
 weight  of  the  dissolved substance divided by the hydrogen
 equivalent of the substance (that is, one  gram  equivalent)
 per  liter  of  solution.    Thus,  a  one normal solution of
 sulfuric acid (H2SC4,  mol. wt.  98)  contains (98/2)  49gms  of
 H2S04. per liter.

 NPDES.    National Pollution Discharge Elimination System.  A
 federal program requiring   industry  to  obtain  permits  to
 discharge plant effluents  to the nation's water courses.

 Nutrient.   Any  substance  assimilated by an organism which
 promotes growth and replacement of  cellular constituents.

 Operations and Maintenance.   Costs  required to  operate  and
 maintain  pollution abatement   equipment  including labor,
 material, insurance, taxes,  solid waste disposal,  etc.

 Organic Loading.   In the activated  sludge process,  the   food
 to   micoorganisms  (F/M)   ratio  defined  as  the   amount  of
 biodegradable  material  available   to  a  given  amount   of
 microorganisms per unit of time.

 Osmosis.   The diffusion of a solvent through a semipermeable
 membrane into a more concentrated solution.

 Oxidation.    A process  in   which  an atom or  group of atoms
 loses electrons;  the combination  of a substance  with oxygen,
 accompanied with  the release of energy.   The   oxidized  atom
 usually  becomes   a  positive   ion  while  the oxidizing agent
 becomes a negative ion in  (chlorination for  example).

 Oxidation Pond.   A man-made  lake  or body  of water   in  which
wastes   are  consumed  by  bacteria.   It receives an  influent
 which has gone through  primary  treatment  while   a  lagoon
 receives  raw  untreated sewage.

 Oxidation  Reduction (OR).   A class  of  chemical  reactions in
which   one  of  the  reacting   species  gives  up  electrons
 (oxidation)  while  another  species  in the reaction accepts
 electrons (reduction).   At one  time,  the term oxidation  was
restricted   to    reactions   involving  hydrogen.   Current
chemical  technology has broadened the scope of  these  terms
to  include  all  reactions  where electrons are given up and
taken on  by reacting species;   in   fact,  the  donating  and
accepting of electrons must take place simultaneously.

Oxidation  Reduction  Potential   (ORP).   A measurement that
indicates the activity ratio of the oxidizing  and  reducing
species present.
                              194

-------
Oxygen,  Available.   The  quantity  of  atmospheric  oxygen
dissolved  in  the  water  of  a  stream;  the  quantity  of
dissolved  oxygen  available  for  the  oxidation of organic
matter in sewage.

Oxygen, Dissolved.  The oxygen (usually  designated  as  DO)
dissolved  in  sewage,  water  or another liquid and usually
expressed in parts per million or percent of saturation.
Ozonation.
water  or
wastewater
treatment
involving the use of ozone as an oxidation agent.
                                                     process
Ozone.   That  molecular  oxygen  with three atoms of oxygen
forming each molecule.  The third atom  of  oxygen  in  each
molecule  of  ozone  is  loosely  bound and easily released.
Ozone is used sometimes for the disinfection  of  water  but
more   frequently   for  the  oxidation  of  taste-producing
substances,  such  as  phenol,  in   water   and   for   the
neutralization of odors in gases or air.

Parts   Per  Million   (ppm) .   Parts  by  weight  in  sewage
analysis; ppm by weight is equal  to  milligrams  per  liter
divided by the specific gravity.  It should be noted that in
water   analysis   ppm  is  always  understood  to  imply  a
weight/weight ratio, even though in practice a volume may be
measured instead of a weight.

Pathogenic.  Disease producing

Percolation.  The  movement  of  water  beneath  the  ground
surface  both  vertically  and  horizontally,  but above the
groundwater table.

Permeability.  The ability of a substance  (soil)   to  allow
appreciable  movement of water through it when saturated and
actuated by a hydrostatic pressure.

pH.   The   negative   logarithm   of   the   hydrogen   ion
concentration  or  activity  in  a  solution.   The number 7
indicates  neutrality,  numbers   less   than   7   indicate
increasing  acidity,  and  numbers  greater  than 7 indicate
increasing alkalinity.

Phenol.  Class of cyclic organic derivatives with the  basic
chemical formula C6H5OH.

Phosphate.  • Phosphate  ions  exist  as  an ester or salt of
phosphoric  acid,  such  as  calcium  phosphate  rock.    In
municipal  wastewater,  it  is  most  frequently  present as
orthophosphate.
                             195

-------
 Phosphorus  Precipitation.   The  addition of   the   multivalent
 metallic ions of calcium,  iron  and aluminum to wastewater to
 form insoluble precipitates with phosphorus.

 Photosynthesis.    The mechanism by which chlorophyll-bearing
 plant utilize  light  energy to  produce  carbohydrate  and
 oxygen  from  carbon  dioxide   and water  (the   reverse  of
 respiration).

 Physical/Chemical Treatment System.  A  system that   utilizes
 physical'  (i.e.,   sedimentation, filtration, centrifugation,
 activated carbon, reverse   osmosis,  etc.)   and/or   chemical
 means (i.e.,  coagulation,  oxidation, precipitation,  etc.) to
 treat wastewaters.

 Point   Source.    Any  discernible,  confined  and   discrete
 conveyance,  including but  not limited to any  pipe*  ditch,
 channel,  tunnel,  conduit,  well,  discrete fissure, container,
 rolling   stock,   concentrated   animal   feeding operation, or
 vessel or other  floating craft,  from which  pollutants are or
 may  be discharged,

 Pollutional  Load.  A measure of  the strength of a wastewater
 in terms  of  its  solids  or   oxygen-demanding characteristics
 or other objectionable  physical  and chemical characteristics
 or   both or  in terms of harm done to receiving waters.  The
 pollutional   load imposed   on   sewage   treatment  works  is
 expressed as  equivalent population.

 Polyelectrolytes.    Synthetic   chemicals  (polymers) used to
 speed up  the removal  of solids from sewage.  These chemicals
 cause solids to coagulate or  clump  together  more  rapidly
 than do chemicals such  as alum or lime.   They can be anionic
 (-charge),  nonionic   (+ and -charge)  or  cationic (+charge—
 the  most  popular).  They  are  linear   or  branched  , organic
 polymers.   They  have  high molecular weights, and are water-
 soluble.    Compounds   similar   to    the   polyelectrolyte
 flocculants  include  surface-active agents and ion  exchange
 resins.   The former  are low  molecular weight, water  soluble
 compounds  used   to disperse solids in  aqueous systems.  The
 latter are high molecular weight, water-insoluble  compounds
 used   to  selectively replace certain ions already present in
water with more desirable or less noxious ions.

 Population Equivalent  (PE).  An  expression  of  the  relative
 strength  of  a  waste  (usually industrial) in terms of its
 equivalent in domestic waste, expressed  as  the  population
 that   would  produce  the  equivalent  domestic  waste.    A
population equivalent  of  160   million  persons  means  the
 pollutional effect equivalent to raw sewage from 160 million
                             196

-------
persons;  0.17  pounds  BOD   (the oxygen demand of untreated
wastes from one person) = 1 PE.

Potable Water.  Drinking water sufficiently pure  for  human
use.

Potash.    Potassium   compounds  used  in  agriculture  and
industry.  Potassium carbonate can  be  obtained  from  wood
ashes.   The  mineral  potash is usually a muriate.  Caustic
potash is its hydrated form.                  ..•'......

Preaeration .  A preparatory treatment of sewage  consisting
of aeration to remove gases and add oxygen or to promote the
flotation of grease and aid coagulation.

Pr e c ip it at ion.  The phenomenon which occurs when a substance
held  in  solution  passes  out  of that solution into solid
form.  The adjustment of pH can reduce solubility and  cause
precipitation.   Alum and lime are frequently used chemicals
in  such  operations , as  water  softening   or   alkalinity
reduction.

Pretreatment.   Any  wastewater  treatment  process  used to
partially reduce the pollution load before the wastewater is
introduced into a  main  'sewer  system  or  delivered  to  a
treatment  plant  for substantial reduction of the pollution
load.

Primary  clarifier.   The  settling  tank  into  which   the
wastewater   (sewage)  first enters and from which the solids
are removed as raw sludge.

Primary Sludge.  Sludge from primary clarifiers.

Primary Treatment.  The removal of material that  floats  or
will  settle in sewage by using screens to catch the  floating
objects' and  tanks  for the  heavy matter to settle  in.  The
first major treatment and sometimes the only treatment in  a
waste-treatment    works,   usually   sedimentation   and/or
flocculation and  digestion.   The  removal  of  a   moderate
percentage of suspended matter but little or no colloidal or
dissolved  matter.   May  effect  the  removal  of   30 to 35
percent or more BOD.

Process Waste Water.  Any water which, during  manufacturing
or  processing,  comes  into  direct contact with or results
from  the production or use of any raw material, intermediate
product, finished product, by-product, or waste product.
                               197

-------
 Process Water.  Any water (solid, liquid  or  vapor)   which,
 during  the manufacturing process, comes into direct contact
 with any raw  material,  intermediate  product,  by-product,
 waste product, or finished product.

 Putrefaction.   Biological  decomposition  of organic matter
 accompanied by  the  production  of  foul-smelling  products
 associated with anaerobic conditions.

 Pyrolysis.    The  high  temperature decomposition of  complex
 molecules that occurs in the presence of an inert atmosphere
 (no oxygen present to support combustion).

 Quench.   A liquid used for cooling purposes.

 Raw Waste Load fRWLl .  The quantity (kg)  of pollutant  being
 discharged  in  a  plant's wastewater.   measured in terms of
 some common denominator (i.e.,  kkg of production  or   m*   of
 floor area).

 Receiving  Waters.    Rivers,   lakes,  oceans or other  courses
 that receive  treated  or untreated wastewaters.

 Recirculation.   The refiltration,of either  all or a  portion
 of   the   effluent  in  a  high-rate trickling filter  for  the
 purpose  of  maintaining  a  uniform  high rate  through  the
 filter.   (2)   The return of  effluent' to  the incoming  flow to
 reduce its  strength.

 Reduction.  A process in which  an atom  (or  group  of   atoms)
 gain electrons.   Such a process always requires  the input of
 energy.

 Refractory    Qrganics.   Organic  materials  that  are  only
 partially  degraded    or   entirely   nonbiodegradable    in
 biological  waste  treatment processes.  Refractory organics
 include   detergents,   pesticides,   color-   and  odor-causing
 agents,  tannins,  lignins,  ethers,  olefins,  alcohols,  amines,
 aldehydes, ketones, etc.

 Residual  Chlorine.    The  amount   of- chlorine   left in  the
 treated water that  is  available to oxidize  contaminants   if
 they  enter   the  stream.   It   is  usually   in   the  form of
 hypochlorous  acid of  hypochlorite   ion  or  of   one   of   the
 chloramines.   Hypochlorite  concentration  alone   is called
 "free  chlorine residual" while  together with  the  chloramine
concentration   their    sum  is  called  "combined  chlorine
residual."
                             198

-------
Respiration.  Biological oxidation within a life
most  likely  energy  source  for  animals  (the
photosynthesis).
                          form;   the
                          reverse of
Retention Time.  Volume of the vessel divided
rate through the vessel.
                       by  the  flow
Reverse  Osmosis.   The  process  in  which  a  solution  is
pressurized to a degree greater than the osmotic pressure of
the solvent, causing it to pass through a membrane.
Salt.  A compound made up of the positive ion of a base
the negative ion of an acid.
                                 and
Sanitary  Landfill.   A sanitary .landfill is a land disposal
site employing an engineered method of  disposing  of  solid
wastes  on  land  in  a  manner that minimizes environmental
hazards by spreading the wastes in thin  layers,  compacting
the  solid  wastes  to  the  smallest  practical volume, and
applying cover material at the end of  each  operating  day.
There  are  two basic sanitary landfill methods; trench fill
and area or ramp fill.  The method chosen  is  dependent  on
many  factors  such  as  drainage  and  type  of soil at the
proposed landfill site.

Sanitary Sewers.  In a separate system, pipes in a city that
carry only domestic wastewater.  The storm water  runoff  is
handled by a separate system of pipes.

Screening.   The  removal of relatively coarse, floating and
suspended solids by straining through racks or screens.
Secondary  Treatment.
The  second  step  in
most
waste
treatment systems in which bacteria consume the organic part
of  the wastes.  This is accomplished by bringing the sewage
and bacteria together either in trickling filters or in  the
activated sludge process.

Sedimentation,  Final.   The  settling  of  partly  settled,
flocculated or oxidized sewage in a final tank.   (The  term
settling is preferred).

Sedimentation, Plain.  The sedimentation of suspended matter
in  a liquid unaided by chemicals or other special means and
without any provision for the decomposition of the deposited
solids in contact with the sewage.   (The term plain settling
is preferred) .

Seed.  To introduce microorganisms into a culture medium.
                             199

-------
 Settleable Solids.   Suspended solids  which will
 of a liquid waste in a  given  period of  time.
settle  out
 Settling  Velocity.   The terminal rate of  fall of a particle
 through a  fluid as induced  by   gravity  or  other  external
 forces.

 Sewage,  Raw.   Untreated sewage.

 Sewage,  Storm.   The liquid  flowing  in  sewers during or
 following  a   period  of  heavy   rainfall   and   resulting
 therefrom.

 Sewerage.   A   comprehensive  term which includes facilities
 for collectingr  pumping, treating, and disposing of  sewage;
 the sewerage system and the sewage treatment-works.

 Silt.    Particles with a size distribution of 0.05mm-0.002mm
 (2.0mm).   Silt is high in quartz and feldspar.

 Skimming.  Removing floating solids  (scum).

 Sludge,  Activated.  Sludge floe  produced in raw  or  settled
 sewage   by  the growth  of  zoogleal  bacteria  and  other
 organisms  in   the  presence   of   dissolved   oxygen   and
 accumulated  in sufficient  concentration  by returning the
 floe previously formed.

 Sludge,  Age.   The ratio of the weight of volatile solids  in
 the digester to  the weight of volatile solids added per day.
 There  is  a   maximum sludge age beyond which no significant
 reduction  in   the  concentration  of  volatile  solids  will
 occur.

 Sludge,    Digested.    Sludge   digested   under   anaerobic
 conditions until the  volatile  content  has  been  reduced,
 usually by approximately 50 percent or more.

 Solution.   A  homogeneous mixture of two or more substances
of dissimilar  molecular structure.  In a solution, there  is
 a  dissolving  medium-solvent  and  a  dissolved  substance-
 solute.

Solvent.  A liquid which reacts with a material, bringing it
 into solution.

Solvent Extraction.  A mixture of two components is  treated
by  a  solvent  that preferentially dissolves one or more of
 the components in the mixture.   The solvent in  the  extract
leaving the extractor is usually recovered and reused.
                              200

-------
Sparger.   An  air  diffuser designed to give large bubbles,
used singly  or  in  combination  with  mechanical  aeration
devices.

Sparging.   Heating a liquid by means of live steam entering
through a perforated or nozzled pipe (usedr for example,  to
coagulate blood solids in meat processing).

Standard  Deviation.   The square root of the variance which
describes the variability within the sampling  data  on  the
basis  of the deviation of individual sample values from the
mean.

Standard Raw Waste Load (SRWL) .  The raw  waste  load  which
characterizes  a  specific  subcategory.   This is generally
computed by averaging the plant raw  waste  loads  within  a
subcategory.
Stillwell.    A   pipe,   chamber,   or   compartment   with
comparatively small inlet or  inlets  communicating  with  a
main  body  of  water.   Its  purpose  is to dampen waves or
surges while permitting the water level within the  well  to
rise  and  fall with the major fluctuations of the main body
of water.   It  is  used  with  water-measuring  devices  to
improve accuracy of measurement.

Stoichiometric.   Characterized  by  being  a  proportion of
substances exactly right for a  specific  chemical  reaction
with no excess of any reactant or product.

Stripper.   A device in which relatively volatile components
are removed from a mixture by distillation or by passage  of
steam through the mixture.
Substrate.
(D
	            Reactant  portion  of  any  biochemical
reaction, material transformed  into  a  product.    (2)  Any
substance  used  as  a nutrient by a microorganism.  (3) The
liquor in which activated sludge or other material  is  kept
in suspension.

Sulfate.   The final decomposition product of organic sulfur
compounds.

Supernatant.  Floating above or on the surface.

Surge tank.  A tank for absorbing and dampening the wavelike
motion of a volume of liquid;  an  in-process  storage  tank
that acts as a flow buffer between process tanks.
                         201

-------
 Suspended  Solids.   The wastes tha-h will not sink or settle
 in sewage.  The quantity of material deposited on  a  filter
 when a liquid is drawn through a Gooch crucible.
 Synerofistic.   An  effect
 individual contributors.
which is more than the sum of the
 Synercristic Effect.  The  simultaneous  action  of  separate
 agents  which,  together, have greater total effect than the
 sum of their individual effects.

 Tertiary Treatment.  A process  to  remove  practically  all
 solids   and   organic  matter  from  wastewater.    Granular
 activated carbon filtration is a tertiary treatment .process.
 Phosphate removal by chemical coagulation is  also  regarded
 as a step in tertiary treatment.

 Thermal  Oxidation.  The wet combustion of organic materials
 through the application of heat in the presence of oxygen.

 TKN (Total Ki'eldahl Nitrogen) .  includes -ammonia and organic
 nitrogen but does not include nitrite and nitrate   nitrogen.
 The sum of free nitrogen and organic nitrogen in a sample..

 .TLm.   The concentration that kills 50% of the test organisms
 within  a  specified time span,  usually in 96 hours or  less.
 Most of the available toxicity  data  are  reported  as  the
 median^  tolerance limit (TLm).   This system of reporting has
 been, misapplied by some who have erroneously inferred that  a
 TLm value is a safe value,  whereas it is merely the level at
 which half of the test organisms are killed.   In many cases,
 the differences are great  between  TLm  concentrations  and
 concentrations  that  are  low enough to permit reproduction
 and growth.   LC50 has the same numerical value as  TLm.

 Total Organic Carbon (TOG).  A  measure  of  the  amount of
 carbon  in  a  sample  originating from organic matter  only.
 The test is  run by burning   the   sample  and   measuring  the
 carbon dioxide produced.

Total Solids.    The   total  amount of solids  in a wastewater
 both  in  solution and  suspension.

Total  volatile Solids  (TVS).  The  quantity  of   residue   lost
after the  ignition of  total  solids.

Transport Water.   Water used to  carry insoluble  solids.

Trickling  Filter.  A bed of rocks or  stones.  The sewage is
trickled over  the  bed  so that bacteria  can  break  down  the
                             202

-------
organic  was-tes.  The bacteria collect on the stones through
repeated use of the filter.

Turbidity.  A measure of the amount of solids in suspension.
The units of measurement are  parts  per  million   (ppm)  of
suspended  solids  or  Jackson  Candle  Units.   The Jackson
Candle Unit (JCD) is defined as the turbidity resulting from
1 ppm of fuller's earth (and  inert  mineral)  suspended  in
water.   The  relationship  between  ppm  and JCU depends on
particle size, color, index of refraction;  the  correlation
between  the  two  is  generally  not  possible.   Turbidity
instruments utilize a light beam projected into  the  sample
fluid  to effect a measurement.  The light beam is scattered
by solids in suspension, and the degree of light attenuation
or  the  amount  of  scattered  light  can  be  related   to
turbidity.  The light scattered is called the Tyndall effect
and the scattered light the Tyndall light.  An expression of
the  optical  property  of a sample which causes light to be
scattered and absorbed rather than transmitted  in  straight
lines through the sample.

Volatile  Suspended Solids (VSS).  The quantity of suspended
solids lost after the ignition of total suspended solids.

Waste Treatment Plant.  A series of tanks, screens, filters,
pumps and other equipment by which  pollutants  are  removed
from water.

Water  Quality  Criteria.   Those  specific  values of water
quality associated with an identified beneficial use of  the
water under consideration.

Weir.   A  flow  measuring  device  consisting  of a barrier
across an open channel, causing the liquid to flow over  its
crest.  The height of the liquid above the crest varies with
the volume of.liquid flow.

Wet  Air  Pollution Control.  The technique of air pollution
abatement utilizing water as an absorptive media.

Wet Oxidation.  The direct oxidation of. organic  matter  in
wastewater  liquids  in  the  presence of air under heat and
pressure; generally applied to organic matter  oxidation  in
sludge.

Zeolite.   Various  natural or synthesized silicates used in
water softening and as absorbents.
                               203

-------

-------
                        SECTION XVII

                 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
AAP      Army Ammuni-tion Plant
A.C.     activated carton
ac ft    acre-foot
Ag.      silver
atm      atmosphere
ave      average
B.       boron
Ba.      barium
bbl      barrel
BOD5     biochemical oxygen demand, five day
Btu      British thermal unit
C        centigrade degrees
C.A.     carton adsorption
cal      calorie
cc       cubic centimeter
cfm      cubic foot per minute
cfs      cubic foot per second
Cl.      chloride
cm       centimeter
CN       cyanide
COD      chemical oxygen demand
cone.    concentration
cu       cubic
db       decibels
deg      degree
DO       dissolved oxygen
E. Coli  Escherichia coliform bacteria
Eq.      equation
F        Fahrenheit degrees
Fig.     figure
F/M      BOD5  (Wastewater flow)/ MLSS (contractor volume)
fpm      foot per minute
fps      foot per second
ft       foot
g        gram
gal      gallon
gpd      gallon per day
gpm      gallon per minute
Hg       mercury
hp       horsepower
hp-hr    horsepower-hour
hr       hour
in.      inch
kg       kilogram
kw       kilowatt
                            205

-------
 kwiir     kilowatt-hour
 L(l)      liter
 L/kkg    liters per 1000 kilograms
 Ib       pound
 m        meter
 M        thousand
 me       milliequivalent                         .
 mg       milligram
 mgd      million gallons daily
 min      minute
 ml       milliliter
 MLSS      mixed-liquor suspended  solids
 MLVSS    mixed-liquor volatile suspended solids
 MM       million                       ,      .
 mm       millimeter
 mole      gram-molecular  weight
 raph,      mile  per hour           .
 MPN      most  probable number
 mu       millimicron
 NCtf      nitrate
 NH^-N    ammonium nitrogen
 O£       oxygen
 p°£      phosphate
 p."*      page
 pH       potential hydrogen or hydrogen-ion index (negative
          logarithm of the hydrogen-ion concentration)
 pp.      pages
 ppb      parts per billion
 ppm      parts per million
 psf      pound per square foot
 psi      pound per square inch
 R.O.      reverse osmosis
 rpm      revolution per minute
 RWL      raw waste load
 sec      second
 Sec.      Section
 S.I.C.    Standard Industrial Classification
 SOx      sulfates
 sq       square
 sq ft     square foot
 SS        suspended solids
 stp      standard temperature  and pressure
 SRWL      standard raw waste load
 TDS      total  dissolved solids
 TKN      total  Kjeldahl nitrogen
 TLm     median tolerance limit
 TOG      total  organic carbon
 TOD      total  oxygen demand
 TSS       total  suspended solids
 u        micron
 ug       microgram
vol      volume
wt       weight'
yd       yard
                         206

-------
                       SECTION XVIII

         LIST OF EXPLOSIVE COMPOUNDS BY COMMON NAME

The following is the 1976 Explosives List published pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. 841(d).   It  is  comprehensive, • but  not  all
inclusive.   An explosive material not appearing on the list
may still be within the coverage of the law if it  otherwise
meets the statutory definitions in 18 U.S.C. 841.  Also, the
list  encompasses  all  explosive mixtures containing any of
the listed materials, according to the  Bureau  of  Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms, Department of the Treasury.

The explosive compounds are arranged alphabetically by their
common  names,  followed  by  chemical names and synonyms in
brackets.
                           207

-------
                   EXPLOSIVES LIST
 Acetylides of heavy metals.
 Aluminum containing polymeric propellant.
 Aluminum ophorite  explosive.
 Amatol,
 Ammonal.
 Ammonium nitrate explosive mixtures.
 Aromatic  nitro-explosive  mixture.
 Ammonium perchlorate having  particle
   size less than 45 microns.
 Ammonium  perchlorate composite propellant.
 Ammonium  picrate (picrate of  ammonia).
 Ammonium  salt lattice with isomorphously
   substituted inorganic salts.
 ANFO  (ammonium nitrate-fuel  oil) .

 BEAF [1,2-bis (2, 2-dif luoro-2-nitroacetoxyethane) ].
 Black powder.
 Blasting  agents, nitro-carbo-nitrates, including
   slurry  and water-gel explosives.
 Blasting  caps.
 Blasting  gelatin.
 Blasting  powder.
 BTNEC [bis  (trinitroethyl) carbonate].
 BTNEN [bis  (trinitroethyl) nitram'ine].
 ETTN [1,3,4  butanetriol trinitrate].
 Butyl tetryl.
Calcium nitrate explosive mixture.
Carboxy-terminated propellant.
Cellulose hexanitrate explosive mixture.
Chlorates and red phosphorus mixture.
Chlorates and sulphur mixture.
Copper acetylide.
Crystalline picrate with lead azide explosive mixture.
Cyanuric triazide,
Cyclonite [BOX].
Cyclotetramethylenetrinitramine.
EATB [diaminotrinitrotetramethylene tetranitramine],
EDNP [diazodinitrophenol],
EEGBN [diethyleneglycol dinitrate].
Belay powders.
                        208

-------
Detonating cord.
Detonators.
Dimethylol dimethyl methane dinitrate composition.
Einitroethyleneurea.
Dinitroglycerine.
Einitrophenol.
Dinitrophenolates.
Cinitrophenyl hydrazine.
Dinitroresorcinol.
Dinitrotoluene-sodium nitrate explosive mixtures.
Dipicryl sulfone.
Dipicrylamine.
DNDP [dinitropentano nitrile].
DNPA[2,2-dinitropropyl aerylate].
Dynamite.
EDNP [ethyl 4,Q-dinitropentanoate].
Erythritol tetranitrate explosives,
Esters of nitro-substituted alcohols.
EGDN [ethylene glycol dinitrate].
Ethyl-tetryl.
Explosive conitrates.
Explosive gelatins.
Explosive mixtures containing oxygen releasing
  inorganic salts and hydrocarbons.
Explosive mixtures containing oxygen releasing
  inorganic salts and nitro bodies.       ...•••
Explosive mixtures containing oxygen releasing
  inorganic salts and water insoluble fuels.
Explosive mixtures containing oxygen releasing
  inorganic salts and water soluble fuels.
Explosive mixtures containing sensitized nitromethane.
Explosive nitro compounds of aromatic hydrocarbons.
Explosive organic nitrate mixtures.
Explosive liquids.
Explosive powders.
FEFO [bis(2,2-dinitro-2-fluoroethyl)
Fulminate of mercury.
Fulminate of silver.
Fulminating gold.
Fulminating mercury.
Fulminating platinum.
Fulminating silver.
                         209

-------
 Gelatinized nitrocellulose.
 gem-dinitro aliphatic  explosive  mixtures.
 Guanyl  nitrosamino  guanyl tetrazene.
 Guanyl  nitrosamino  guanylidene hydrazine.
 Guncotton.
Heavy metal azides.
Hexanite.
Hexanitrodiphenylamine.
Hexanitrostilbene.
Hexogen [RDX].
Hexogene or octogene and a nitrated
  N-methylaniline.
Hexolites.
HMX [cyclo-T,3,5,7-tetramethylene-2,Ut6,8-tetra-
  nitramine; Octogen].
Hydrazinium nitrate.
Hydrazinium nitrate/hydrazine/aluminum explosive system.
Hydrazoic acid.
Igniter cord.
Igniters.
KDKBF [potassium dinitrobenzo-furoxane].
Lead azide.
Lead mannite.
Lead mononitroresorcinate.
Lead pierate.
Lead salts, explosive.
Lead styphnate [styphnate of lead, lead
  trinitroresorcinate],
Liquid nitrated polyol and trimethylolethane.
Liquid oxygen explosives.
Magnesium ophorite explosives.
Mannitol hexanitrate.
MDNP [methyl 4,4-dinitropentanoate].
Mercuric fulminate.
Mercury oxalate.
                       210

-------
Mercury tartrate.
Mononitrotoluene-nitrdglycerin mixture.
Monopropellants.          -
Nitrate sensitized with gelled nitroparaffin.
Nitrated carbohydrate explosive.
Nitrated glucoside explosive.
Nitrated polyhydric alcohol explosives.
Nitrates of soda explosive mixtures.  '
Nitric acid and a nitro aromatic compound explosive.
Nitric acid and carboxylic fuel explosive.
Nitric acid explosive mixtures.
Nitro aromatic explosive mixtures.
Nitro compounds of furane explosive mixtures.
Nitrocellulose explosive.
Nitroderivative of urea explosive mixture.
Nitrogelatin explosive.
Nitrogen trichloride.
Nitrogen tri-iodide.
Nitroglycerine [NG, RNGr nitro, glyceryl trinitrate,
  trinitroglycerine].
Nitroglycide.
Nitroglycol.
Nitroguanidine explosives.
Nitronium perchlorate propellant mixtures.
Nitrostarch.
Nitro-substituted carboxylic acids.
Nitrourea.
Cctogen [HMX].
Octol [75 percent HMX, 25 percent TNT],
Organic amine nitrates.
Organic nitramines.
Organic peroxides.
Pellet powder.
Penthrinite composition.
Pentolite.
Perchlorate explosive mixtures.
Peroxide based explosive mixtures.
PETN [nitropentaerythrite, pentaerythrite
  tetranitrate, pentaerythritol tetranitrate],
Picramic acid and its salts.
Picramide.
                          211

-------
 Piorate of potassium explosive mixtures.
 Picratol.
 Picric acid.
 Picryl chloride.
 Picryl fluoride.         , • •
 Polynitro  aliphatic compounds.
 Polyolpolynitrate-nitrocellulose explosive gels.
 Potassium  chlorate and lead  sulfocyanate explosive.
 Potassium  nitroaminotetrazole.
 PPX [cyclonite,  hexogen,  T4,  cyclo-1,3,5,-trimethy-
   lene-2 ,4,6-trinitramine ;  hexahydro-113., 5-tririitro-
   5-triazine]..
Safety  fuse.
Salts of organic  amino  sulfonic  acid  explosive  mixture,
Silver  acetylide.
Silver  azide.
Silver  fulminate.
Silver  oxalate explosive mixtures.
Silver  styphnate.
Silver  tartrate explosive mixtures.
Silver  tetrazene.
Slurried explosive mixtures of water,  inorganic
  oxidizing salt, gelling agent,  fuel  and sensitizer.
Smokeless powder.
Sodatol.
Sodium  amatol.
Sodium  dinitro-ortho-cresolate.
Sodium  nitrate-potassium nitrate  explosive mixture.
Sodium  picramate.
Squibs.
Styphnic acid.
Tacot [tetranitro-2, 3,5,6-dibenzo-1,3a,4,6a-tetra-
  zapentalene],
TEGDN [triethylene glycol dinitrate].
Tetrazene [tetracene, tetrazine, 1(5-tetrazolyl)-4-
  guanyl tetrazene hydrate],
Tetranitrocarbazole.
Tetranitromethane explosive mixtures.
Tetryl [2,4,6 tetranitro-N-methylaniline].
Tetrytol.
Thickened inorganic oxidizer salt slurried
                         212

-------
  explosive mixture.
TMETN [trimethylolethane trinitrate].
TNEF [trinitroethyl formal],
TNEOC [trinitroethylorthocarbonate].
TNEOF [trinitroethyl orthoformate],
TNT [trinitrotoluene, trotyl, trilite, triton].
Torpex.
Tridite.
Trimethylol ethyl methane trinitrate composition.
Trimethylolthane trinitrate-nitrocellulose.
Trimonite.
Trinitroanisole.
Trinitrobenzene.
Trinitrobenzoic acid.
Trinitrocresol.
Trinitro-meta-cresol.
Trinitronaphthalene.
Tr initrophenetol.
Trinitrophloroglucinol.
Trinitroresorcinol,
Tritonal.
Urea nitrate.
Water bearing explosives having salts of oxidizing
  acids and nitrogen bases, sulfates, or sulfamates,
            hydrophilic colloid explosive mixture.
                           213

-------

-------
                                     TABLE XIX

                                   METRIC TABLE

                                 CONVERSION TABLE
MULTIPLY  (ENGLISH UNITS)                   by                   TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)

    ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION    CONVERSION    ABBREVIATION      METRIC UNIT
acre                     ac
acre-feet                ac ft
British Thermal
  Unit                   BTU
British Thermal
  Unit/Pound             BTU/lb
cubic feet/minute        cfm
cubic feet/second        cfs
cubic feet               cu ft
cubic feet               cu ft
cubic inches             cu in
degree Fahrenheit        °F
feet                     ft
gallon                   gal
gallon/minute            gpm
horsepower               hp
inches                   in
inches of mercury        in Hg
pounds                   Ib
million gallons/day      mgd
mile                     mi
pound/square
  inch (gauge)           psig
square,feet              sq ft
square inches            sq in
ton (short)              ton
yard                     yd
0.405
1233.5
0.252
0.555
0.028
1.7
0.028
28.32
16.39
0.555 (°F-32)*
0.3048
3.785
0.0631
0.7457
2.54
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609
(0.06805 psig +1)*
0.0929
6.452
0.907
0.9144
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal/kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
km
atm
sq m
sq cm
kkg
m
hectares
cubic meters

kilogram-calories

kilogram calories/kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters
liters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
liters
liters/second
killowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer

atmospheres (absolute)
square meters
square centimeters
metric ton (1000 kilograms)
meter
                 *Actual conversion, not a multiplier

                 •U.S.COVEJWMENTPfUNTTNCOFHCE:i993 -715 -003/87.072
                                           215

-------

-------